Appendix No. 1 to the Resolution No.

240/15
of the Małopolska Region Management Board of 4 march 2015

REGIONAL OPERATIONAL
PROGRAMME FOR THE
MAŁOPOLSKA REGION 2014-2020

CCI 2014PL16M2OP006

Krakow, March 2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.STRATEGY ON THE OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME'S CONTRIBUTION

TO THE UNION STRATEGY FOR SMART, SUSTAINABLE AND
INCLUSIVE GROWTH AND THE ACHIEVEMENT OF ECONOMIC,
SOCIAL AND TERRITORIAL COHESION ......................................................... 3

2. PRIORITY AXES ............................................................................................... 49

3.FINANCIAL PLAN ........................................................................................... 224

4. INTEGRATED TERRITORIAL APPROACH ............................................... 230

5. SPECIFIC NEEDS OF AREAS AFFECTED BY POVERTY OR TARGET

GROUPS MOST ENDANGERED WITH DISCRIMINATION OR SOCIAL
EXCLUSION ........................................................................................................ 235

6.SPECIFIC NEEDS OF AREAS SUFFERING FROM SERIOUS AND

PERSISTENT ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTAL OR DEMOGRAPHIC
CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................... 241

7. INSTITUTIONS AND ENTITIES RESPONSIBLE FOR MANAGEMENT,

CONTROL AND AUDIT AND THE ROLE OF EACH PARTNER .... BŁĄD! NIE
ZDEFINIOWANO ZAKŁADKI.

8. COORDINATION BETWEEN COHESION POLICY FUNDS, THE EAFRD,

THE EMFF AND OTHER UNION AND NATIONAL FUNDING
INSTRUMENTS AND THE EIB ......................................................................... 258

9. EX-ANTE CONDITIONALITIES ................................................................... 276

10.REDUCTION OF ADMINISTRATIVE BURDEN FOR BENEFICIARIES 298

11.HORIZONTAL PRINCIPLES ........................................................................ 301

12.DISTINCT ELEMENTS ................................................................................. 306

2
1.STRATEGY ON THE OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME'S CONTRIBUTION
TO THE UNION STRATEGY FOR SMART, SUSTAINABLE AND INCLUSIVE
GROWTH AND THE ACHIEVEMENT OF ECONOMIC , SOCIAL AND
TERRITORIAL COHESION

1.1 STRATEGY ON THE OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME'S CONTRIBUTION TO THE UNION

STRATEGY FOR SMART, SUSTAINABLE AND INCLUSIVE GROWTH AND THE ACHIEVEMENT OF
ECONOMIC, SOCIAL AND TERRITORIAL COHESION)

1.1.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME'S STRATEGY FOR CONTRIBUTION TO

THE UNION STRATEGY FOR SMART, SUSTAINABLE AND INCLUSIVE GROWTH AND THE
ACHIEVEMENT OF ECONOMIC, SOCIAL AND TERRITORIAL COHESION

DIAGNOSIS OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITION AND ANALYSIS OF CHALLENGES AND

POTENTIALS

[ 1. Scientific, research and innovation potential of the region ]

1. In the Regional Innovation Scoreboard of European regions1, Małopolska is categorised as a
“moderate innovator”, alongside the Mazowieckie (Mazovian), Podkarpackie
(Subcarpathian), Śląskie (Silesian), and Dolnośląskie (Lower Silesian) Regions. R&D
expenditure in relation to GDP in the region is much lower than the EU average, in particular as
regards the business sector. In 2012, total regional R&D expenditure accounted for 1.39% of GDP
(coming second after Mazovia and markedly above the national average of 0.9%). In parallel,
private expenditure accounted for 0.52% of GDP (markedly above the national average - 0.33%). -
The increase in expenditure on R&D incurred in the region over recent years has largely
come from public spending. A challenge faced by Małopolska with respect to pursuing
„Europe 2020” Strategy goals is to increase both overall expenditure on research and
development and the participation of private entities, particularly the SME sector, in
financing these types of activities.
2. At a national scale, Małopolska is one of the leading regions in terms of the potential of the
science sector. Due to substantial capital expenditure in recent years, basic needs concerning
higher education infrastructure have been satisfied2. However, significant needs with regard to
research infrastructure in the science sector are still identified in the region, including those
pertaining to the continuation of investments initiated in 2007-2013. The aim of the investment
strategy in this field will be to supplement research infrastructure in the science sector in a
range that allows the commencement or development of research activity in areas associated
with regional specialisation. Intervention in this field should also ensure a successful transfer
of research results into business activity, thus contributing to the increase in the
innovativeness of enterprises.
3. Compared to other regions, the number of companies actively practising innovation in the service
sector has increased in Małopolska over recent years, while the equivalent of this index in the

1
Regional Innovation Scoreboard 2014, European Commission, 2014
2
Ocena wpływu projektów realizowanych w ramach osi priorytetowej 1. Warunki dla rozwoju społeczeństwa opartego na wiedzy w ramach
Małopolskiego Regionalnego Programu Operacyjnego na lata 2007-2013, [Impact assessment of projects implemented under Priority
Axis 1. Conditions for the development of knowledge society as part of the 2007-2013 Małopolska Regional Operational Programme],
Institute of Structural Research, 2011
 industrial sector has dropped. Service sector companies operating in the region have also
established cooperation in innovative actions more frequently than industrial enterprises. The main
barriers to research and development, as well as innovation activities of enterprises, remain as
follows: the relatively slight inclination to take risk, the costs and limits of access to capital and
the focus on “imitative innovation”, which mostly involves applying the solutions already
available on the market and used in business activity. The challenge for the regional
administration is to implement mechanisms stimulating the demand of enterprises for
innovation in order to increase expenditure on innovative actions and enhance cooperation
with the R&D sector, especially among SMEs.
4. New technology companies have developed dynamically in Małopolska, created as the fulfilment
of innovative ideas transformed into innovative products and services. The market success of such
companies is determined by access to the professional and individualised offer of services
delivered by innovation centres. It is therefore necessary to selectively support the
development of facilities such as science parks and research and development centres, which
focus on pro-innovation services, thereby contributing to the development of new companies
under conditions of free movement of knowledge that facilitates open innovation.
[ 2. The use of information and communication technologies ]
5. According to the Council of the European Union3, Poland is still well behind other Member States
when it comes to seizing the potential of information and communication technologies. Apart
from low fixed broadband coverage, the relatively low efficiency of public administration and
relatively low level of progress in e-government are pointed out, the latter being a direct cause of
the current situation. Increasing the efficiency of public administration requires further action
in the field of digitisation to ensure wider and easier access to information and services
provided by public institutions.
6. The analysis concerning the growth of the information society in Polish regions4 shows that
Małopolska ranks average or slightly above average for Poland in terms of the level at which
digital administration has been developed. Research indicates that the digitisations of internal
and external processes are not always in harmony, which is illustrated by the complex
indicators of digitisation efficiency in public service offices and of support for the growth of
the information society. Małopolska is classified among the regions in Poland that have
handled both aspects most successfully.
7. Investments made over the last few years in the field of informatisation have improved the
accessibility of public e-services and facilitated the functioning of administration. However, a
considerable part of these undertakings was fragmentary or had a local character, hence
their limited effect on the digitisation process at the regional level. Solutions applied by users
at the national scale have been delivered thanks to systemic information technology projects. The
most important areas in terms of access to public e-services are: administrative issues, including
civic issues, labour market, healthcare, court system and the administration of justice,
safety and emergency alert systems, business activity, activity concerning agriculture and

3
Council Recommendation of 9 July 2013on the National Reform Programme 2013 of Poland and delivering a Council opinion on the
Convergence Programme of Poland, 2012-2016 (2013/C 217/16)
4
Społeczeństwo informacyjne w liczbach 2013, [Information society in figures 2013], 2013, and the study Wpływ cyfryzacji na działanie
urzędów w Polsce w 2012 r. [The impact of digitization on the functioning of Polish offices in 2012] commissioned by the Ministry of
Administration and Digitization and conducted in local and central public service offices (1556 participating offices).
4
 rural development, taxes and customs duties, spatial data, statistical data, culture and
national heritage.
8. The „Europe 2020” Strategy provides for the effective use of resources to accomplish social and
economic goals. One of the essential categories of resources is public sector data. Experience in
the creation of digital repositories shows that the most useful and primarily disseminated
information includes spatial data, demographic data, data concerning business activity,
health, law, and education. Given the regional specificity, in Małopolska it is particularly
important to also provide the availability of the abundant resources of culture and regional
heritage, as well as resources and services supporting the development of tourism.

[ 3. Competitiveness of Małopolska SMEs and creating conditions for economic development]

9. The number of registered business entities in Małopolska as of the end of 2012 was 343.4
thousand. This represents 8.6% of all entities registered in Poland, which ranks Małopolska fourth
among all regions in terms of the number of registered business entities. There were 335.3
thousand entities (97.6% of the total) in the private sector and 8.1 thousand entities (2.4% of the
total) in the public sector. The number of enterprises run as sole proprietorships included in the
register was 257.5 thousand, which represents 76.8% of all private sector entities. It is worth
adding that in terms of the number of enterprises categorised as SMEs, which covers micro-,
small, and medium-sized enterprises, Małopolska is in the second place, preceded only by
Mazovia.
10. Data concerning the aims of investments made by companies from Małopolska in 2005-2008 and
planned for 2009-2013 indicated, among others, the changing attitude to investment strategies
pursued by entrepreneurs. Namely, compared to investments completed in 2005-2008, investment
plans for 2009-2013 were much more oriented to increasing the competitiveness of enterprises in
a situation where they compete with other business entities on a shrinking and insecure market.
The difficulty of obtaining external funds for planned investments: is a noticeable issue,
which has been indicated as a major impediment by many entrepreneurs (49.2% of responses).
Newly opened businesses were considerably more often affected by this problem (59.5% of
responses in this group).5
11. Małopolska’s business environment sector is varied in terms of the scope of services and their
quality. To increase the efficiency of institutions from this sector, it is required to strengthen
the demand side in a way that encourages the better adjustment of services to the needs of
enterprises and a wider scope of their provision in a commercial manner.
12. The self-government of the Małopolska Region has gradually intensified its activities to build and
promote the regional brand for several years, including economic promotion. The creation of the
Business in Małopolska Centre, facilitating the provision of services to investors and exporters
and the economic promotion of the Małopolska Region, should be mentioned as one of the most
important initiatives. Another important event aimed at promoting innovation in business and
entrepreneurship is the Małopolska Innovation Festival, covering a series of events addressed to
entrepreneurs, research workers, PhD students, graduates, and students. The self-government is
also very active in promotion that is largely based on the Małopolska’s tourism potential,
directing it both at home and foreign markets.

5
Development potential of enterprises from the Małopolska Region, Małopolska Economic Observatory, Marshal’s Office of the Małopolska
Region, Kraków 2010
5
[4. Environmentally friendly regional energy policy]
13. Małopolska is ranked tenth in terms of the proportion of renewable energy sources in electricity
production, generating 886.3 GWh (2012). The substantial majority of producers use
conventional fuels (hard coal), and one third base their operations on renewable and
alternative energy sources, mostly hydropower. Lower use is recorded for biogas (6.8 MW),
wind (3 MW) and solar (1.1 MW) power. These sources can be considered the region’s potentials
to provide basis for planning investments and renewable energy production.
14. The condition of the Małopolska Region’s low and medium voltage power infrastructure,
especially in rural areas, is one of the worst in the country. It is therefore necessary to
modernise infrastructure in the region to allow for the development of new energy powers,
including ones from RES.
15. Major problems occur in maintaining air quality standards. The levels of PM10 (31.9
thousand Mg/2011) and PM2.5 (28.2 thousand Mg/2011) particles in the Małopolska Region
are one of the highest in Poland, particularly in Kraków. The main source of emission is the
household sector. Exceeded limits were also reported for: benzo[a]pyrene (10.7 Mg/2011),
nitrogen dioxide (43.1 thousand Mg/2011) and sulphur dioxide (61.5 thousand Mg/2012). In
2011, 25.7 million Mg of CO2e was also emitted, including 42% from industry, 27% from
housing and 21% from transport. Considering methane and nitrous oxide emissions, total global
warming potential (GOI)6 is 12.7 million Mg and has decreased by 3.05% compared to 2011.
16. The analysis of the effects of remedial measures taken to date in this respect shows that their
scale and rate are too small in relation to the needs. The strongest effects were produced by
measures concerning the elimination of old combustion sources and their replacement with
new low-carbon ones, as well as those boosting the energy efficiency of buildings.
17. In the Małopolska Region, approximately 64% of usable floor area is covered by the housing
sector, while the remaining space belongs to public utility buildings (15%), as well as
manufacturing, service and trade facilities (20.5%).7 Given the fact that these sectors represent
approximately 40% of energy consumption, they are potentially important targets for
energy saving.
18. Road transport is a major cause of inconvenience and problems related to the emission of harmful
substances, particularly in agglomerations. In Poland, 83.6% of land passenger transport and
75.9% of land freight transport is effectuated via road transport. According to statistical data, this
sector is annually responsible for over 28% of total nitrogen oxides emission, over 27% of carbon
monoxide emission, and over 15% of dust emission. In large cities, especially those with
centralised heating systems, the proportion of road transport in the overall emission of these
pollutants is substantially higher, reaching 90% in central districts8. Problems associated with
transport development, especially regarding road transport, require taking actions to
reduce concomitant risks, e.g. via increasing the importance of collective transport.

6
Global warming potential (GOI) over a 100- year time horizon assumed by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) is 1 for
carbon dioxide, 25 for methane, 298 for nitrous oxide, and 22 800 for sulphur hexafluoride
7
Draft Regional Energy plan for the Małopolska Region 2013-2020
8
Zagrożenia środowiskowe ze strony transportu [Environmental risks associated with transport], A. J. Badyda, Nauka (4/2010)
6
[5. Environmental protection]
19. The Małopolska Region is an area with the highest flow fluctuation in Poland, which indicates
the need to increase retention. Considerable flow fluctuation generates flood risk: Carpathian
tributaries of the Vistula River create an outstandingly high flood potential. Demand for
increasing water resources occurs, in particular, in the context of drought, which has
affected the entire area of the region in recent years9.
20. Land in the Małopolska Region is particularly susceptible to mass movement. The
fragmentary exploration of areas with landslide tendencies does not result in hindered
investment activities disturbing the balance of slopes and causing cutting into and
overloading slopes, and cause changes in hydrographic conditions.
21. The region is marked by scarce usable groundwater resources (640 hm3 – 3.67% of
resources in Poland)10 and the uneven spatial distribution of groundwater basins, which
causes shortages. Additionally, Małopolska is one of the regions with the highest water
consumption (5th place in Poland). Hence, the protection of catchments is very important for
the region, particularly above potable water intakes. The amount of sewage requiring
treatment channelled to waters or to the ground decreased in 2000-2012, chiefly due to the
approximately 16% reduction in industrial sewage. However, public utilities still remain the
largest source of surface water pollution. The percentage of population served by municipal
sewage treatment plants has grown during the last several years, but it remains unsatisfactory. An
important source of pressure on the water environment is insufficient sanitation, mainly in rural
areas. The proportion of the sewage disposal system to the water supply system is only 60%,
although the length of both systems has been dynamically increased over the recent years.
22. Irrespective of investments made in the systems, there is a growing incidence of water
shortages, especially in rural areas, as a consequence of the lowering water level in wells
and bank infiltration water intakes. Although the scale of this phenomenon has been merely
local to date, in the face of predicted climate change it may take on larger proportions in the
future.
23. In 2012, 7 787.9 million tonnes of waste was produced in Małopolska, 12.93% of which was
municipal waste and 87.07% was industrial waste. When it comes to waste production,
Małopolska is ranked fifth among Poland’s regions11.
24. The amount of municipal waste produced in 2012 in Małopolska was 1 007 million tonnes.
Municipal waste collection covered 77.3% of population (12th place). Approximately 712
thousand tonnes of waste was collected in the regions area in 2012, including 103 thousand
tonnes collected as sorted waste, which represents 14.47% of total waste mass. The remaining
portion of waste, i.e. 609 thousand tonnes, was unsorted waste. Deposition in landfill sites
continues to be the main municipal waste management method in the Małopolska Region.
25. Considering the goals planned to be achieved in 2020, it is important to reduce the amount of
waste being deposited to 40%. The amount of biodegradable waste directed to landfill sites

9
Prognoza oddziaływania na środowisko projektu Programu Strategicznego Ochrony Środowiska [Environmental Impact Prediction of the
Draft Strategic Programme for Environmental Protection]
10
Environment 2013, Central Statistical Office of Poland
11
Environment 2013, Central Statistical Office of Poland

7
 should also be lowered to 35%. As regards packaging waste recycling and recovery measures, the
current level of 42.3% should increase to 60%.

[ 6. Regional heritage ]
26. The „Europe 2020” Strategy provides for the effective use of resources to accomplish social and
economic goals. An essential category of the region’s resources is its cultural and natural heritage.
The largest number of UNESCO heritage sites in Poland is located in Małopolska, and a register
of immovable monuments included over five thousand items in 201312. Małopolska also boasts
exceptionally diverse and rich non-material culture and a well-developed offer of tourism and
heritage trails13. The region is one of the most popular destinations in the country, with steadily
growing tourist traffic for many years. Małopolska was visited by 12.6 million people in 201314. In
2013, 3567.5 thousand tourists were served by tourist accommodation facilities in the Małopolska
Region, which is 97.2 thousand (2.8%) more than in the previous year (2nd place in Poland)15 In
terms of the number of entities involved in cultural activities, the Małopolska Region is in the
national forefront. At the end of 2013, the total number of 1 637 of these entities included the
largest percentage of libraries and information and library centres (58.3%), cultural centres, clubs
and day care centres (26.3%). Initiatives for boosting the efficiency of using Małopolska’s
cultural resources, which form the basis of regional identity, will have a beneficial effect on
the social and economic development of the entire region. Actions oriented to protecting,
providing access to and promoting cultural heritage will create conditions for the further
development of the tourism sector, which is the third most important area of the social
activity in the EU.16 The activities for the development of cultural infrastructure strengthen
the transformation of cultural institutions into modern centres of access to knowledge and
cultural offer as well as local centres of social life.
27. Małopolska features a great diversity of landscapes, with heterogeneous groups of ecosystems.
More than half of its surface area is under legal protection (approximately 8% of all protected
areas in Poland). Małopolska is ranked second in the country in terms of the proportion of legally
protected surface areas17. The largest number (6) of Poland’s national parks are located in this
region, 2 of them are acknowledged as UNESCO biosphere reserves. Moreover, there are 11
operating landscape parks (covering 17.4% of the region in total), 10 protected landscape areas, 85
nature reserves, and 99 NATURA 2000 sites18. Given its geographic conditions, Małopolska has
great potential to develop its tourist services concerning active leisure, walking and cycling tours,
in a valuable countryside setting. In view of the region’s outstanding potential arising from its
natural resources it is necessary to take actions aimed at maintaining biodiversity and
improving its conservation. At the same time, the implementation of projects concerning

12
As of 31 July 2013, data provided by the Regional Office for the Protection of Monuments in Kraków and
http://www.wuoz.Małopolska.pl/images/2013_rejestr/rejestr%20powiaty_aktualne.pdf.
13
As reported by the Małopolska Institute of Culture, over a hundred tourism and heritage trails run through the region, www.mik.Kraków.pl
14
Source: Badanie ruchu turystycznego w województwie Małopolskim w 2013 r. Raport końcowy za rok 2013[Tourist traffic survey in the
Małopolska Region in 2013. Final report for the year 2013]
15
Turystyka w Województwie Małopolskim w 2013 r. [Tourism in Małopolskie voivodship in 2013]., Statistical Office in Kraków, p. 32
16
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the
Committee of the Regions: Europe, the world's No 1 tourist destination – a new political framework for tourism in Europe (Brussels.
30.6.2010 COM(2010) 352
17
Derived from collective work by the Central Statistical Office of Poland “Environment 2013” Warsaw 2013. p. 283
18
A full list of nature protection forms applied in the Małopolska Region is available on the Regional Directorate for Environmental
Protection in Kraków’s website: www.Kraków.rdos.gov.pl

8
 tourist infrastructure development may produce beneficial environmental and socio-
economic effects, as long as it is environmentally minded.
28. Thanks to its unique landscape architecture, Małopolska offers excellent conditions for the
development of leisure industries located amongst naturally valuable resources (such as water
bodies and watercourses). Tourism dynamically affects the development of other sectors,
stimulates GDP growth and generates new jobs. The World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC)
reports that the number of people working in the tourism sector in Poland in 2011 was 306
thousand (approximately 2% of the total workforce). The third highest employment in tourism in
2007-2011 was registered in Małopolska (preceded by the Mazowieckie and Śląskie (Silesian)
Regions) – approximately 20 thousand people.19 After Lower Silesia, Małopolska is the next
leading region in terms of health resorts in Poland, with its 9 out of 45 Polish health resorts,
providing an excellent basis for the development of health-related tourism and services. Drawing
on these endogenous potentials, actions must be taken concerning the further development of
the tourism sector, which will generate new jobs and help improve the conditions that boost
employment in the region.
29. Małopolska features a great diversity of landforms, many of which have an upland or mountainous
character. Over 70 municipalities (Polish: gmina) in the region which are located in submontane or
mountain areas have at least 50 % of their arable land over 350 m above sea level 20. These areas
are marked by high natural value and the ensuing large proportion of areas under various forms of
protection, landscape attractiveness and a concentration of varied tourist resources, including
health resources. On the other hand, these areas present more difficult conditions for management
and the development of infrastructure and entrepreneurship. The intervention planned in the
Programme will therefore help reduce barriers and utilise the potential of mountain areas.

[ 7. Modern transport infrastructure]

30. Transport availability, influencing various social and economic aspects of life, constitutes an
essential element of spatial organisation. The intersection of important transportation routes in
Małopolska in combination with its transit position and inherent landscape and tourist attributes,
as well as the ongoing socio-economic development, are the factors that determine inevitably high
spending on transport infrastructure in the region.
31. Severe traffic congestion on Małopolska’s roads is a major problem, regarding particularly
national and regional road networks. This situation is confirmed by successive traffic
measurements held at both regional and national levels. Intensified car traffic is also transferred
to poviat and municipal roads, which are unadjusted to such heavy traffic.
32. Another serious problem concerning road transport is the bad condition of road surfaces,
which undoubtedly has a negative impact e.g. on traffic safety. This situation is additionally
aggravated by the fact that over 30% of the region is covered by mountain areas, which
considerably hinders the construction of new lines of communication and makes it more
expensive.

19
Raport o stanie gospodarki turystycznej w latach 2007 – 2011 [Report on the condition of tourism sector in 2007-2011], Ministry of Sport
and Tourism, Warsaw, February 2013, p.79
20
Decree No. 22/03 of 17 July 2003 of the Voivode of Małopolska concerning the list of localities situated in mountain and submontane
areas

9
33. Regional roads in Małopolska provide an important supplement to the national road network.
These transportation routes are in most cases an alternative to national roads. Hence, the
condition of the national networks in Małopolska significantly affects the condition of
regional road networks, whereas according to statistics, national road sections in bad
condition occur in Małopolska with a frequency exceeding the national average.
34. Since 2001, the region has been involved in performing tasks concerning the organisation and co-
financing of the regional railway transport of passengers. Despite the increasing expenses incurred
in the region for passenger transport subsidies, the role of this means of transport diminishes every
year. This trend is illustrated by the number of passenger-kilometres served annually by regional
railways, e.g. in 2012, it was 542 million versus 639 million in 2011 and 1.6 billion in 2001.
Research carried out for the purpose of developing a Plan for the sustainable development of
collective public transport in the Małopolska Region [Plan zrównoważonego rozwoju publicznego
transportu zbiorowego w województwie małopolskim] indicates that the main cause of the current
state of affairs lies in the opportunities to win over passengers, which are reduced when poor
quality services are offered.

[ 8. Supporting employment and labour mobility21]

35. When analysed, the most important socio-economic indicators, research results and reports
depicting Małopolska’s labour market show the major challenges and barriers to its development.
These definitely include the following: labour market participation rate below the national
average, employment rate among people aged 20-64, which has been in decline since 2009 and is
particularly low among young22, elderly (+50), low-qualified, and disabled people, as well as the
highly uneven territorial distribution of unemployment. The situation of women on the
labour market is decidedly more difficult, as shown by gender-disaggregated statistics,
particularly the employment rate, unemployment rate and the structure of the economically
inactive population. It is therefore necessary to focus intervention on groups most disadvantaged
on the labour market, taking the duration of unemployment into account, through taking efficient
and comprehensive measures. Priority will be given to ensuring proper selection of tool packages
matching the needs and abilities of the beneficiaries of support and drawing from beneficiaries’
personal experience while developing individual career paths, as well as close cooperation with
potential employers. On the other hand, it is necessary to take actions that will help create new
jobs in the region, as well as shape and reinforce entrepreneurial attitudes and entrepreneurship.
An attempt to address the problem of the low labour market participation of women, adopting a
multifaceted and multi-thematic approach, is also necessary. Interventions to improve the
accessibility of child care services should therefore be supported
36. Enterprises in the Małopolska region have considerable development potential, and they require
access to adequate and diversified support tailored to the needs and development stage of the
21
The scope of the Regional Operational Programme responds to development challenges, set out for the region in main
strategic documents and takes into account the areas of intervention in which the greatest effects are to be expected. In this
context, the socio-economic analysis – updated annually and submitted to the European Commission – will be taken into
account (ESF), considering the annually updated list of elements of the diagnostic set, as agreed with the European
Commission (depending on the availability of data). The diagnostic set agreed upon with the European Commission is not
subject to reporting within the understanding of the relevant regulations concerning annual reporting .(ESF).

22
Support for young people aged 29 and below is provided for within the Knowledge, Education, Development Operational Programme

10
 company to enhance competitiveness and adaptability in a dynamic macroeconomic
situation, in particular with regard to human resource development. However, the results of
an OECD study demonstrate that the majority of SMEs are unable to identify employees’ needs
concerning essential skills to be acquired, and in most cases they declare no such needs.
Additionally, SMEs do not see training as a means to obtain actual economic benefits for the firm.
They are similarly unappreciative of the value that training presents to employees participating
therein23. Such an attitude of SMEs, alongside the high cost of training indicated as a problem by
companies, results in the low involvement of enterprises in improving staff competences24, which
creates a major barrier to staff development as well as a challenge for regional policy in this field.
Furthermore, given the constantly changing conditions of running a business and the fact that
since 2011 the number of people who have lost jobs for employer-dependent reasons has grown
substantially, it is necessary to ensure accessibility to comprehensive support for people at
risk of dismissal for reasons attributable to the employer.
37. In the face of demographic change affecting Polish and, at a slower pace, Małopolska’s market
(especially the labour market), it is necessary to take more wide-ranging prevention measures
focused on maintaining employment with particular regard to mature employees25. In
comparison to other regions, Małopolska ranks among the most favourable in terms of population
figures in Poland. Nonetheless, it is predicted that the region’s population will age rapidly over the
next 20-30 years. Małopolska’s economy will bear the consequences of the steadily shrinking
number of young people entering the labour market, which will compel employers to increasingly
utilise the potential of mature employees (aged 50+ and even 60+). It is already rational and
necessary at the moment to take actions that will help slow down negative trends and mitigate
their impact through fostering broadly-defined interventions intended to extend the period of
professional activity26, addressed both to mature people employed and unemployed, as well as
employers, as well as through incorporating health and preventive care issues into the
Programme. It will be particularly important in this respect not only to support people at high risk
of interrupting their professional activities due to health reasons, but also to undertake initiatives
aimed at improving the health status of residents through delivering education, prevention and
health rehabilitation programmes serving the counteraction and early detection of diseases that
represent the most common causes of health-related career interruption, such as oncological
diseases, cardiovascular diseases, osteoarticular and muscular system diseases, mental health
diseases (disorders), respiratory system diseases.

[ 9. Risk of poverty and social exclusion ]

38. In 2011, 28.6% of 3.3 million of Małopolska residents were at risk of poverty or social
exclusion (national average - 27.2%, EU average - 24.2%)27. Poverty and social exclusion of
varying severity affect individuals and social groups. Research undertaken by the Central
23
Leveraging Training: Skills Development in SMEs; OECD 2010
24
Potrzeby szkoleniowe firm zatrudniających do 49 osób. [The training needs of companies employing less than 49 staff], telephone survey
report prepared for the Polish Agency for Enterprise Development, 2007
25
As was also shown by the results of the “Wrażliwy klient (uczestnik) projektów POKL” [Sensitive client (participant) of the Human
Capital OP projects] grant led by the Małopolska Region.
26
The necessity to take action in response to population ageing, i.e. measures aimed at prolonging the period of professional activity,
fostering work efficiency, developing age-friendly working conditions, were also addressed in the document Wyzwania Małopolski w
kontekście starzenia się społeczeństwa. Podejście strategiczne [Challenges of Małopolska in the context of an ageing population. Strategic
approach], Kraków, October 2010
27
Eurostat, based on the results of the EU-SILC 2011 study

11
 Statistical Office of Poland indicates that groups in the most difficult financial situation chiefly
include: children and youth, large and single-parent families, and households with unemployed or
disabled persons, which creates the need to provide them with special support. In addition,
considering the wide variety of people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, it is necessary to
apply comprehensive measures tailored to meet the specific needs of individuals towards
their social and professional activation.

39. Existing barriers in the access to high quality public services may be one of the impeding factors
in combating poverty and social exclusion. Given the higher risk of poverty and social exclusion
affecting children and youth and the problems diagnosed in the region associated inter alia with
the insufficiently developed range of services offered by day-support centres or limited
access to specialised family aid services (including crisis intervention), a crucial task is to
enhance support for children and youth, particularly those at risk of dysfunctions or going
through difficulties.

40. Considering the limitations in access to services for disabled people diagnosed in Małopolska
(such as the inadequate support system for children with developmental disorders and their
families, and for disabled people) as well as the large percentage of disabled people among the
region’s residents and the high risk of poverty and social exclusion incurred by the people and
their families, it is necessary to take measures aimed at supporting this group, with particular
reference to improving the accessibility of early intervention and rehabilitation, and care
services.

41. One of the consequences of progressive population ageing is the increasing number of elderly
residents in Małopolska, who require care or support in their daily lives. Given the serious
shortcomings in the accessibility of care services for the elderly in the region, it is essential to
take actions towards the development of a care system for elderly people, including support
for their carers.

42. An important element in the context of combating poverty and social exclusion are measures
aimed at developing the social economy sector, which creates activation opportunities for people
disadvantaged in socio-occupational terms and may provide public services or services that are
scarce in local communities. Małopolska is characterised by the fairly dynamic development of
the social economy sector. However, in spite of institutions supporting this sector operating in the
region, barriers that hinder the full exploitation of this potential are still noted. Social economy
entities are still often dependent on external funding sources. This situation is largely due to
competence gaps of staff members. Another problem is the inadequate cooperation level
between social economy entities and the external environment. In addition, research indicates
that the current support system is insufficiently focused on generating demand for services
and products delivered by social economy entities. Considering the identified problems as well
as the considerable potential of the social economy entities, it is necessary to offer
comprehensive support to this sector.

[ 10. Education and lifelong learning ]

43. Despite the improving situation and the elimination of “blanks on the map” in pre-school
education in the region, there is a shortage of places for several dozen thousand children in the
region. An important issue is still to increase the capacity of kindergartens and other pre-
school education facilities and to improve the quality of pre-school education.
12
 44. In the upcoming years, schools in Małopolska face the problem of a shrinking number of children
and youth caused by demographic change. Self- governments in the region as well as school-
governing bodies will have to consider school management issues, allowing for the necessity to
close some schools, whilst bearing in mind the need to ensure the adequate accessibility and
quality of education. The potential of talented children and youth in the region, achieving good
learning results, high internal tests scores and success at inter-school subject contests, should still
be strengthened. Another challenge faced by schools and kindergartens is inclusive education,
defined as fostering educational conditions and preparing schools for the admission of students
with various needs, including students with disabilities28. Support concerning general-level
education will be chiefly oriented to improving the quality of education and widening the
range of education offered in classes and after school, as well as bringing job counselling into
focus at lower and upper secondary schools.

45. As regards vocational education, major discrepancies are noted between what is offered in
schools and what is required by employers. Instruction in vocational schools involves outdated
technology and teaching materials, and covers too little practical content, particularly on-site
practice in potential employer companies. Cooperation between vocational schools and
employers requires to be strengthened as beneficial and key to both parties.

46. The percentage of adults engaged in lifelong learning is very small (Participation of adults
aged 25-64 in education and training in 2013 amounted to 4.3% in Poland and 4.7% in
Małopolska29). The groups that particularly require activation are people over 45, people with
lower education, SME employees and those holding low-rank positions. As shown by the
Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC) 30, the average skill
level of Polish people is below average for residents of OECD countries. In parallel, there is a
fairly large percentage of people with a low level of skills.
47. Considering the necessity to improve skill levels in adults, especially in basic skills necessary for
the labour market such as reading comprehension, numeracy and the use of information and
communication technologies, actions that help increase the percentage of adults who practise
lifelong learning will be one of the central issues in education-related intervention.

[ 11. Revitalisation of regional space ]

48. A process that strongly influences the region’s population size is migration. For many years
Małopolska has been the region with the second highest positive net migration rate (1.3‰), after
Mazovia (2.7‰). The highest net migration rate since 2000 continued in 2011, when 4.3 thousand
people arrived, i.e. nearly twice as many as in 2008 (2.2 thousand)31.
49. Strong suburbanisation processes ongoing around Małopolska’s major cities lead to the shrinkage
and ageing of city populations and result in urban sprawl, entailing increased environmental
pressures and growing infrastructural costs. Suburbanisation-related problems have also begun
to grow in medium-sized cities. The main reasons for these processes, apart from the private

28
D.Wiszejko-Wierzbicka, Specjalne potrzeby ucznia czy szkoły? Przewodnik po edukacji włączającej pomocą w rozwijaniu kształcenia i
uczestnictwa w życiu szkoły [School’s or student’s special needs? Guide to inclusive education as a means to develop learning and
participation in school life], Niepełnosprawność – zagadnienia, problemy, rozwiązania. Issue no. 3/2012(4)
29
Source: Eurostat
30
Umiejętności Polaków – wyniki Międzynarodowego Badania Kompetencji Dorosłych (PIAAC), Educational Research Institute (Skill
survey results for Poland – Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC))
31
Województwo Małopolskie 2012 [Malopolskie Voivodship 2012], Marshal’s Office of the Małopolska Region, Kraków 2012, p. 30.
13
 aspirations of city residents moving to the suburbs, lie in the declining attractiveness of cities,
especially their centres, as a place of residence or in social problems that often affect large areas of
cities.

50. The marginalisation of rural areas ensuing from infrastructural deficiencies and impaired
access to public services has become a major threat, which is particularly evident in the context
of the widening gap between urban and rural development levels.

51. Cities and rural areas in the Małopolska Region, as in the whole of Poland, face numerous
development-related challenges. Some of these areas experience a concentration of negative socio-
economic, spatial and environmental phenomena. It is crucial for the region’s sustainable
development to carry out comprehensive revitalisation projects in response to diagnosed
social problems through assigning new social and economic functions to renewed spaces,
fostering social inclusion and undertaking initiatives for employment and the development of
human and social capital.

[ 12. Social infrastructure]

52. As of the end of 2013, in-patient healthcare facilities in the Małopolska Region comprised: 13
regional in-patient healthcare units (including 2 psychiatric hospitals), operating as independent
public healthcare institutions, 19 poviat-level hospitals and 8 ministerial hospitals. Additionally,
there are 46 non-public healthcare institutions operating as companies, 3 non-public in-patient
psychiatric care facilities and 44 public and non-public long-term care institutions, i.e. chronic
medical care homes, nursing homes and hospices. The total number of beds in both public and
non-public facilities in Małopolska as of the end of 2013 was 56.2 per 10 thousand residents.
53. Demographic changes, such as the elongation of life expectancy, the increasing duration of
exposure to environmental and occupation-related pathogenic factors, and risky behaviour,
facilitate the occurrence of chronic health problems, including cancers, which represent a major
epidemiological health problem (standardised incidence ratio for cancer per 100 thousand
residents in 2011 in Małopolska was: women – 210.3 , men – 244.8; the respective standardised
incidence ratio for cancer per 100 thousand residents in 2011 in Poland was: women – 207.3, men
– 251.5; the standardised cancer death rate per 100 thousand residents in 2011 was: women – 97.6,
men – 173.5). The number of people developing cancer is predicted to steadily grow due to
the rising average age and in correlation with other factors. It is therefore necessary to take actions
oriented to eliminating inequalities among Małopolska residents by providing equal access to
oncological diagnostics and treatment.
54. Statistics show that an increasing number of people suffer from various mental disorders. The
number of patients served by mental health clinics has been steadily rising over the recent years,
many of whom display stress-induced neurotic and somatoform disorders. A special group of
patients are elderly people whose percentage is growing as the average lifespan increases. The
provision of psychiatric care should be based on resources located in the region, but new
investments are also necessary to streamline decentralisation in this area.
55. The proportion of residents at retirement age in the overall population structure in 2013 was
17.7%. In view of the fact that life expectancy is increasing, which is concomitant with staff and
infrastructure shortages, it is essential to tailor the profile of services to the needs of a growing
group of elderly people.

14
56. The region’s development requires creating favourable conditions for the development of talents
and creativity of the residents at every stage of the education of children and youth and in the
context of lifelong learning for adults. The proper use of intellectual capital means developing new
forms of education. The area’s deficit is the lack of a regional centre for popularizing science and
innovation, conducting systematic cognitive-development and pro-innovation activities, associated
with dissemination among the public, especially in the fields of sciences which fit into the areas of
smart regional specialization.

15
PROGRAMME CONTRIBUTION TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE “EUROPE 2020” STRATEGY

The “Europe 2020” strategy, which replaced the Lisbon Strategy delivered from the year 2000,
has become the new long-term socio-economic development programme of the European Union.
The regional program is one of the instruments used of the implementation of the “Europe 2020”
startegy in the following areas.
[ 1. Strengthening research, technological development and innovation
The Programme intervention under Thematic Objective 1 will contribute to the delivery of the
“Europe 2020” Strategy – under the smart growth-related priority – by developing knowledge-based
economy and innovation, while taking into account the assumptions of the Innovation Union flagship
initiative and the objective related to increasing R&D spending. The latter should contribute not only
to increased R&D spending, but a shift in their structure towards increased business spending.
The scope of interventions under Priority Axis 1 responds to the challenge of improving the conditions
for carrying out and financing R&D activities, in particular by private parties, and the transfer of
technology, so as to turn innovative ideas into new products and services whose commercialisation
will foster growth and create new jobs, which is also in line with the priority areas of the European
Union Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region.
Activities in the research and innovation area supported in the energy field and investment in energy
technologies and solutions will be in line with the objectives of the European Strategic Energy
Technology Plan (SET Plan),
Financial resources under Priority Axis 1 will be allocated to increasing private spending on R&D and
innovative activity in the business sector, and supplementarily, to supporting intervention aimed
towards enhancing the potential of the research and development sector and professionalization of
business environment institutions, as provided for the region’s smart specialisation strategy, in this
case. the Małopolska Region innovation strategy. The currently binding document sets out main areas
of regional specialisation, which have been identified in the process of entrepreneurial discovery,
involving a wide group of stakeholders, including the business circles, the science-research,
administration and citizens. The following areas have been identified among key areas for
Małopolska’s economic specialisation: (a) life science, (b) sustainable energy (c) information and
communication technologies, (d) chemistry, (e) production of metals, metal products and products
from non-metallic materials, (f) electrical engineering and machine industry, (g) creative industries
and leisure time industries. At the same time, under the mechanism of the region’s smart specialisation
monitoring and evaluation, verification of current and identification of new specialisations in which
offer the region chances for reaching a competitive advantage will be possible. The process will be
continuing and open, involving the business and science communities and social partners, in line with
the entrepreneurial discovery concept, and the updating of the regional innovation strategy of the
Małopolska Region will be based on the results of this process. The verification of smart specialization
areas will be based on the analyses of endogenous potentials of science and the economy (supply) and
needs reported by the business community (demand). In order to obtain a bottom-up and competitive
examination of the business needs, funding will be set aside under Priority Axis 1 to support w
projects in areas other than those specified in the currently biding regional innovation strategy. The
experimentation mechanism of this type implemented under Investment Priority 1b will ensure support
to the process to identify new areas of Małopolska’s economic specialisation.

16
[ 2. Enhancing access to, and use and quality of, ICT]
The Programme intervention under Thematic Objective 2 will contribute to the delivery of the
“Europe 2020” Strategy – under the smart growth-related priority – by developing knowledge-based
economy and innovation, while taking into account the assumptions of the Digital Agenda for Europe
flagship initiative. At the same time, the intervention will contribute to enhancing the quality and
efficiency of public services, improving their accessibility to the society, in particular to persons at
risk of social exclusion, which also corresponds to the priority areas of the EU European Union
Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region.
The scope of interventions under Priority Axis 2 responds to the challenge related to the need of
popularising ICT and exploiting the potential of a digital society in social and economic terms, while
supporting actively actions aimed at promoting e-administration and ensuring accessibility to
resources gathered by public sector institutions.
The financing under the Priority Axis will be dedicated to interventions aimed at improving the
availability of data in digital form and public services delivered by electronic means.

[ 3. Enhancing the competitiveness of SME and the attractiveness of the region to investors]
The Programme intervention under Thematic Objective 3 will contribute to the delivery of the
Europe 2020 Strategy – in the framework of the smart growth-related priority – by developing
knowledge-based economy and innovation.
The scope of the intervention responds to the challenge linked to the need of enhancing the
competitiveness of SMEs and improving the attractiveness of the region for investments and its
recognisability as an economic brand, so as to boost economic growth and create new jobs.
The support under Priority Axis 3 will be channelled to activities supporting an SME sector that is
open to innovation, competitive and strong. In parallel, the funds of the priority axis will be dedicated
to building economic development infrastructure (including within zones of economic activity, such as
industry parks and business incubators), building a strong brand for Małopolska as a region attractive
for businesses, which is also aligned with the objectives/priority areas of the UE Strategy of the Baltic
Sea

[ 4. Regional environmentally-friendly energy policy ]

The Programme intervention aimed at delivering Thematic Objective 4 contributes to the
implementation of the “Europe 2020” Strategy - within the framework of the priority concerning
sustainable growth oriented to promoting a resource-efficient, greener and more competitive economy.
At the same time, the scope of the Programme intervention reflects the assumptions of the Resource-
efficient Europe flagship initiative and is in line with the objectives/ priority areas of the EU Strategy
for the Baltic Sea Region.
The scope of intervention corresponds to identified challenges faced by the region in connection with
the shift to a low-carbon economy, in particular by establishing such conditions and mechanisms as to
increase the share of renewable energy in the regional energy balance and supporting actions working
towards effective and efficient energy use. These actions should increase Małopolska's energy security
and contribute to the fulfilment of the requirements Poland needs to fulfil under the Climate and
Energy Package.
The financial funds under Priority Axis 4 will be allocated both to increasing the share of RES in
energy generation, developing distributed generation, improving distribution infrastructures and
17
removing bottlenecks, improving energy efficiency in the region, including in such sectors as industry,
transport, housing and public utility buildings. The programme will also prioritise actions towards
reducing air emissions in the region which will be horizontal in their nature and their value will result
from actions taken up in several areas of the Programme.

[ 5. Environmental protection]
The Programme intervention dedicated to Thematic Objective 5 and Thematic Objective 6 (under
Investment Priorities 6a and 6b) will contribute to the implementation of the “Europe 2020” Strategy
within the framework of the priority concerning sustainable growth, which is oriented to promoting a
resource-efficient, greener and more competitive economy. At the same time, the scope of the
Programme intervention reflects the assumptions of the Resource-efficient Europe flagship initiative.
The scope of intervention corresponds to the challenges faced by the region with respect to combating
climate change, efficient use of natural resources and stepping up water and waste management
activities, which is also highlighted in the EU Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region.
The funds will be mainly designated for the most problematic areas in this regard, such as natural
disaster prevention and response, as well as water, sewage and waste management.
The funds should be spent on increasing the volumes of treated sewage discharged into surface waters,
increasing the number of residents served by sewage-treatment plants and further investing in water
and sewage infrastructures.
As regards waste management, funds will be predominantly allotted to increasing the amount of waste
collected selectively to reach the desired rates of waste preparation for re-use and recycling, as well as
reducing the share of biodegradable municipal waste dumped at landfills. Additionally, in order to
improve the adaptability to climate change, actions will be taken to increase small-scale retention and
counteract droughts and mass movements. The support will be also used to enhance the regional
security system.
Taking up the above actions will contribute to the fulfilment of commitments of Poland as an EU
member with respect to water, sewage waste management. On the other hand, delivering the above
will help the economy and improve the quality of life for citizens.

[ 6. Regional heritage]
The Programme intervention under Thematic Objection 6, towards supporting the protection,
development, making available and promoting cultural and national heritage, reflects the challenges
formulated in the “Europe 2020” Strategy with respect to Sustainable development - promoting a
resource-efficient, greener and more competitive economy, and reflects the objectives/priority areas of
the EU Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region. The scope of actions envisaged in the Programme is
consistent with the flagship initiative An industrial policy for the globalisation era (as regards
enhancing the competitiveness of EU tourism) and the Resource-efficient Europe project (as regards
rational use of all resources by society). Suitable stimulation of the development of cultural or active
tourism, which are considered to be part of sustainable tourism (characterised by adequate protection
of the natural environment and landscape), will not only prevent the degradation of precious cultural
and natural assets, but will also contribute to enhancing economic, social and territorial cohesion. The
Programme's actions aimed to secure the region's crucial cultural heritage and making a rational use of
naturally valuable resources to develop leisure industries, will be beneficial for the environment and
the economy, while promoting sustainable growth in the region relying on its spatial qualities and

18
cultural assets used creatively through cultural and green activities. In addition, the Programme
intervention reflects the challenges defined in the Europe 2020 Strategy as regards Smart growth -
developing an economy based on knowledge and innovation, as enhancing an innovative economy
largely depends on activities promoting cultural and creative competences of the region's population32.
The assumption underlying activities under Priority Axis 6 is that involving people in culture (e.g. by
stimulating their creative thinking, imagination and self-expression) is an effective method of
improving social and civic competences, as well as initiative and entrepreneurship, which are key
competences in an economy based on knowledge and innovation33. In line with the Opinion of the
Committee of the Regions on Cultural and Creative Sectors for Growth and Jobs, it is worth stressing
the high capacity of the cultural and creative sector for generating growth and employment, their
contribution to fostering innovation, as well as the potential spill-over effects in other sectors and
policies.34

[7. Modern transport infrastructure ]

The Programme's intervention under Thematic Objective 7 is oriented to establishing favourable
conditions for enhancing the region's competitiveness, on-going improvement of its attractiveness for
investors through removing infrastructural barriers, while taking into account the postulates of the
Europe 2020 Strategy in the area of supporting a more competitive economy, as is also stressed by the
EU Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region. In addition, the scope of support under Priority Axis 7 works
towards improving accessibility, and thus improving the spatial mobility of the region's residents,
mainly with regard to commuting to work, schools and higher schools, as well as the accessibility of
the key centres of public and business services. The intervention will supplement broader actions
under the other OP priority axes promoting social inclusion by supporting an economy characterised
by high level of employment and entrepreneurship and ensuring economic, social and territorial
cohesion, while respecting the requirements of sustainable development.

32
Council conclusions on cultural and creative competences and their role in building the intellectual capital of Europe (2011/C 372/05)
33
"Key Competences for lifelong learning – European framework" are attached to Recommendation of 18 December 2006 on key
competences for lifelong learning, published in the Official Journal of the European Union of 30 December 2006/L 394. (http://eur-
lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32006H0962&from=EN)
34
Committee of the Regions, 101st Plenary Session of 30 May 2013 OPINION of the Committee of the Regions; Cultural and Creative
Sectors for Growth and Jobs, EDUC-V-029
19
[ 8. Promoting employment and supporting labour mobility]
The intervention under Thematic Objective 8 oriented to supporting employment and mobility of
workers, responds to the challenges defined in “Europe 2020” Strategy with respect to Inclusive
growth: fostering a high-employment economy delivering social and territorial cohesion. It is also
consistent with the priority areas of the EU Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region. The range of activities
envisaged by the Programme corresponds to the following European Commission flagship initiatives:
“Agenda for New Skills and Jobs and European Platform against Poverty” (with regard to health
prevention and gender quality). In line with the flagship initiatives, the list of activities planned under
the OP is broad and diversified, as is the list of support recipients. Comprehensive interventions will
be dedicated both to unemployed persons, employees and employers, in particular of the SME sector.
In parallel, activities will be delivered to improve the accessibility of child care services and health
prevention. All the activities planned under Priority Axis 8 fulfil directly or indirectly the goal of
increasing employment in the 20-64 age group and will be conducive to increasing employment
among groups disadvantaged on the labour market – i.e. elderly persons, long-time unemployed,
disabled, low-skilled and women. In addition, the envisaged interventions reflect most of the priority
actions of the above documents.
In 2013 the employment rate for persons aged 20 – 64 in the Małopolska Region amounted to 64.46%,
a slightly lower value for the national average of 64.9%. Based on the socio-economic analyses it is
estimated that in the years under the ROP this indicator will steadily grow to 66.5%, 67.4% and 68.7%
in the years 2018, 2020 and 2023 respectively35.

[ 9. Risk of poverty and social exclusion

The OP intervention under Thematic Objective 9, oriented to supporting social inclusion and
combating poverty, responds to the challenges defined in the “Europe 2020” Strategy with respect to
“Inclusive growth: fostering a high-employment economy delivering social and territorial cohesion.”
The scope of activities envisaged in the OP is consistent with the flagship initiative “European
Platform against Poverty”. In line with the initiative, the Programme provides for a number of
activities promoting social and professional activation of persons at risk of poverty and social
exclusion. At the same time activities are planned to improve the accessibility of quality health and
social services, notably care services. Crucially, the Programme also works towards using the potential
of the social economy and social entrepreneurship as efficient instruments for the social and
professional activation of excluded persons. The activities planned under Priority Axis 9 fulfil directly
or indirectly the Europe 2020 goal of reducing the number of people at risk of poverty, with the
envisaged interventions reflecting most of the priority measures indicated in the above documents.
The national objective for Poland to reduce the number of persons in poverty to 1.5 million was
reached in 2012. However, the actions to further reduce poverty and to sustain the result achieved in
his area should continue. In order to identify the region’s position vis à vis national values, the relative
poverty risk indicator is applied. As regards the Małopolska Region, in 2013 it was 15.8%, a value
much lower than the national value of 16.2%. Further reduction of the value of this indicator in the

35
It needs to be stressed that this indicator serves on the purpose of indentifying the overall socio-economic situation in the region and
decisions regarding ROP implementation, if any. It is not a result indicator of ROP interventions and ROP shall not be accountable for it. .
The Labour Office points out that the EFSI’S impact on its accomplishment is very limited (ranging between no more than 4-8% ), and their
fluctuation depends on general factor of socio-economic nature and legislative changes which are basically beyond the ROP’s sphere of
influence.
Małopolska Region in the years of ROP implementation is expected to 15.6, 15.4 and 15.2% in the
years 2018, 2020 and 2023 respectively36.

[ 10. Education and lifelong learning ]

The Programme intervention under Thematic Objective 10 responds to the challenges defined in the
“Europe 2020” Strategy with respect to the priority Smart growth – developing an economy based on
knowledge and innovation in so far as it implements its education-related goals, i.e. reducing the rate
of early school-leaving to 10% (national target: 4,5 %) and raising, by 2020, the percentage of people
aged 30-34 with higher education to at least 40 % (national target: 45 %). The Programme intervention
also aligns with the objectives/ priority areas of the EU Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region. The scope
of activities defined in the Programme is also consistent with the Youth on the move flagship initiative,
in so far as it is meant to ensure suitable level of investment in education and training systems,
improve the performance of the educational process, with a focus on key competences and with the
aim of reducing the number of early school-leavers, better match the results of the educational process
to the needs of the labour market and make it easier for youth to enter the labour market by integrated
activities combining information, advice, traineeships etc.

[11. Revitalisation of regional space]

The Programme intervention under Thematic Objective 9 oriented to social and physical
revitalisation of cities and urban areas responds to the challenges defined in the “Europe 2020”
Strategy with respect to inclusive growth, and the EU Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region, notably its
Increasing prosperity objective. The provisions of the Europe 2020 Strategy point to the need of
taking actions to promote social inclusion by fostering a high-employment economy delivering social
and territorial cohesion. Further to the European Platform against Poverty flagship initiative, the
actions planned in the Programme will help reduce social exclusion by undertaking comprehensive
social, economic, spatial and environmental revitalisation projects responding to the social problems
diagnosed. Furthermore, the activities will contribute directly or indirectly to fulfilling the “Europe
2020” goals of reducing the number of people at risk of poverty or social exclusion and raising the
employment rate among persons aged 20-64.

[12. Social infrastructure]

The Programme intervention under Thematic Objective 9 oriented to providing adequate access to
health care responds to the challenges defined in “Europe 2020” Strategy as regards Inclusive growth:
fostering a high-employment economy delivering social and territorial cohesion. The scope of
activities envisaged in the OP is consistent with the flagship initiative “European Platform against
Poverty”. In correspondence to the flagship initiative, the Programme plans to deliver activities aimed
at improving access to quality health services. Furthermore, the healthcare-related Programme
intervention is consistent with the EU Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region with the objective of
Increasing prosperity. What is more, intervention within the Thematic Objective 10 is in line with the
challenges defined in the “Europe 2020” within the priority Smart growth – developing an economy
based on knowledge and innovation, in terms of the objectives set out there, relating to the area of
education and the Youth on the move flagship initiative.

36
It needs to be stressed that this indicator serves the purpose of identifying the overall socio-economic situation in the region and decisions
regarding ROP implementation, if any. It is not a result indicator of ROP interventions and ROP shall not be accountable for it. .The Labour
Office points out that the EFSI’s impact on its accomplishment is very limited (ranging between no more than 4-8% ), and its fluctuation
depends on general factors of socio-economic nature and legislative changes which are basically beyond the ROP’s sphere of influence.

21
 1.1.2 JUSTIFICATION FOR THE SELECTION OF THEMATIC OBJECTIVES AND INVESTMENT
PRIORITIES, INCLUDING THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT, BASING ON THE IDENTIFICATION
OF REGIONAL NEEDS
Table 1. Justification for the selection of thematic objectives and investment priorities
Selected TO Selected IP
1. Strengthening 1a Enhancing research and innovation
research, (R&I) infrastructure and capacities to
technological develop R&I excellence, and promoting
development and centres of competence, in particular
innovation those of European interest
1b Promoting business investment in
R&I, developing links and synergies
between enterprises, research and
development centres and the higher
education sector, in particular
promoting investment in product and
service development, technology
transfer, social innovation, eco-
innovation, public service applications,
demand stimulation, networking,
clusters and open innovation through
smart specialisation, and supporting
technological and applied research,
pilot lines, early product validation
actions, advanced manufacturing
capabilities and first production, in
particular in key enabling technologies
and diffusion of general purpose
technologies
2. Enhancing access 2c Strengthening ICT applications for
to, and use and e-government, e-learning, e-inclusion,
quality of, e-culture and e-health
information and
communication
technologies
Justification
for selection
In line with the Europe 2020 Strategy, EU Strategy for the Baltic
Sea Region (EUSBRS), National Reform Programme (KPR),
CSR, National Development Strategy (SRK), Strategy for
Innovation and Efficiency of the Economy (SIiEG), Partnership
Agreement (PA), Development Strategy of the Małopolska
Region (SRWM), Regional Innovation Strategy for Małopolska
Region (RSI WM):
enhancing the innovation of the regional economy by increasing
overall spending on research and development and
strengthening the region's competitive advantage through smart
specialisation
improving conditions for research activity by providing quality
research infrastructure complementary to national-level
intervention
In line with Europe 2020, EUSBRS, KPR, CSR, SRK, SIiEG,
PA, SRWM, RSI WM:
enhancing the innovation of the regional economy by increasing
private spending on research and development and
strengthening the region's competitive edge through smart
specialisation
providing direct support to investment in R&D, implementation
of R&D results and developing the R&D infrastructure
stimulating innovative activity among businesses by providing
them with incentives to cooperate with the R&D sector
streamlining knowledge and technology transfer by
strengthening the application nature of research, and
transferring research to the business sector
ensuring innovation-friendly business environment by
furthering the professionalisation of the innovation-oriented
offer of services supplied by regional innovation centres
In line with Europe 2020, SRK, National Integrated
Informatisation Programme (PZIP), PA, SRWM, RSI WM:
ensuring contribution to the implementation of A Digital
Agenda for Europe, i.e. fostering the use of public services
provided on-line by improving their quality and accessibility
improving the efficiency of the public administration by the
informatisation of procedures and promotion of electronic
management of official registers
improving the accessibility of public sector information,
including its re-use, in line with Directive of the European
Parliament and of the Council 2003/98/EC of 11 November
2003, taking into account the later subsequent amendment
extending its applicability to libraries, museums and archives
(2013)
streamlining and broadening access to electronic resources and
22

3. Enhancing the 3a Promoting entrepreneurship, in
competitiveness of particular by facilitating the economic
SMEs exploitation of new ideas and fostering
the creation of new firms, including
through business incubators
3b Developing and implementing new
business models for SMEs, in particular
with regard to internationalisation
3c Supporting the creation and the
extension of advanced capacities for
product and service development
4. Supporting the 4a Promoting the production and
shift towards a low- distribution of energy derived from
carbon economy in renewable sources;
all sectors
4b Promoting energy efficiency and
renewable energy use in enterprises
4c Supporting energy efficiency, smart
energy management and renewable
energy use in public infrastructure,
including in public buildings, and in the
housing sector;
services through increased interoperability of information
systems and public registers
In line with Europe 2020, SRK, SIiEG, PA, as well as SRWM
and RSI WM:
establishing conditions for influx of investments
promoting pro-business attitudes
support to SME start-ups
In line with Europe 2020, SRK, SIiEG, PA, as well as SRWM
and RSI WM:
supporting international activity of SMEs
supporting and promoting foreign expansion of Małopolska's
enterprises
building the region's brand and region’s promotion
In line with Europe 2020, KPR, SRK, SIiEG, PA, EUSBSR, as
well as SRWM and RSI WM:
ensuring conditions forcing SMEs to be more competitive and
innovative
In line with Europe 2020, CSR, KPR, SRK, Energy Policy 2030,
National Action Plan with respect to renewable energy sources,
SBEŚ, PA, EUSBSR, SRWM:
fostering the use of RES, with a focus on distributed energy, in
particular prosumers
making the region's economic development independent of the
use of resources and energy, and building a resource-efficient
economy
renewal and development of generating capacity and enhancing
efficiency across the energy chain, with a stress on adjusting
distribution networks to the growing RES market
reducing the energy-intensity of the economy, and thus also its
emission levels
In line with Europe 2020, CSR, KPR, SRK, Energy Policy 2030,
National Action Plan with respect to renewable energy sources,
SBEŚ, PA, EUSBSR, SRWM:
rationalisation of energy use with a focus on enterprises,
covering energy savings and diversification of energy sources
with a preference to RES; energy savings and efficient energy
use by enterprises will reduce their operating costs, thus
improving the situation on the market.
carrying out comprehensive thermal insulation, including
replacement of the heat source
renewal and development of generating capacity and enhancing
efficiency across the energy chain
reducing the energy-intensity of the economy, and thus also its
emission levels
In line with Europe 2020, CSR, KPR, SRK, Energy Policy 2030,
National Action Plan as regards energy efficiency, SBEŚ, PA,
SRWM:
improving energy efficiency in the region by investments in the
housing sector and public utility buildings involving
comprehensive upgrading of buildings in energy terms,
including activities involving the exchange of non-organic heat
23

4e Promoting low-carbon strategies for
all types of territories, in particular for
urban areas, including the promotion of
sustainable multimodal urban mobility
and mitigation-relevant adaptation
measures
5. Promoting 5b Promoting investment to address
climate change specific risks, ensuring disaster
adaptation, risk resilience and developing disaster
prevention and management systems
management
6. Preserving and 6a Investing in the waste sector to meet
protecting the the requirements of the Union's
environment and environmental acquis and to address
promoting resource needs, identified by the Member States,
efficiency for investment that goes beyond those
requirements
6b Investing in the water sector to meet
the requirements of the Union's
environmental acquis and to address
needs, identified by the Member States,
for investment that goes beyond those
requirements
6c Conserving, protecting, promoting
and developing natural and cultural
heritage
sources and encouraging and supporting investment in thermo-
modernization of buildings
renewal and development of generating capacity and enhancing
efficiency across the energy chain
reducing the energy-intensity of the economy, and thus also its
emission levels
promoting energy efficiency and passive housings
In line with Europe 2020, CSR, KPR, SRK 2020, Energy Policy
2030, National Action Plan as regards renewable energy sources,
SBEŚ, PA, SRWM:
reducing emissions of main air pollutions, among other things,
by implementing low-carbon economy plans
reducing green house gas emissions
promoting sustainable urban mobility
In line with Europe 2020, CSR, Long-Term National
Development Strategy (DSRK), SRK, National Strategy for
Regional Development (KSRR), Strategy for Energy Security
and Environment (SBEŚ), White Paper, SPA, SRWM, EUSBSR,
PA:
adaptation to climate change, with a focus on enhancing the
capacity of responding to the consequences of natural threats:
floods, droughts and mass movements
developing small-scale retention and building other necessary
water management facilities to improve water retention and
slow down runoff
enhancing systems for monitoring and alert of natural disasters
In line with Europe 2020, CSR, DSRK, SRK, KSRR, EUSBSR,
SBEŚ, White Paper, SPA, SRWM 2011-2020, PA, Waste
Management Plan for Małopolska Region
developing the waste management system, in particular by
ensuring waste handling consistent with the hierarchy of waste
management methods
supporting economically and environmentally efficient waste
neutralisation and processing
breaking the link between the amount of waste and economic
growth by: preventing generation, re-use, intensifying recovery,
recycling.
In line with Europe 2020, CSR, DSRK, SRK, KSRR, SBEŚ,
White Paper, SPA, SRWM, PA, National Programme for
Municipal Waste Water Treatment (KPOŚK), EUSBSR:
– proper water resources management, including by ensuring basic
public utility services related to the sewage and water
infrastructure and sewage treatment.
– protection of water resources by limiting pollution getting into
soil and water.
– investing in water and sewage management
– building a more water-efficient economy
In line with Europe 2020, PA, SRWM, DSRK, SRK, KPZK,
KSRR, EUSBSR, SRKS, Territorial Agenda 2020:
– protection of cultural heritage
– protection of Małopolska's cultural area
24

6d Protecting and restoring biodiversity
and soil and promoting ecosystem
services, including through Natura
2000, and green infrastructure
6e Taking up initiatives aimed at
improving the quality of urban
environment, urban renewal,
reclamation and decontamination of
brownfield sites (including post-
military areas), reducing air pollution
and promoting measures aimed at
reducing noise
7. Promoting 7b Enhancing regional mobility by
sustainable connecting secondary and tertiary nodes
transport and to TEN-T infrastructure, including
multimodal nodes
removing
bottlenecks in key
network
infrastructures
7d. Developing and rehabilitating
comprehensive, high quality and
interoperable railway systems, and
promoting noise-reduction measures
8. Promoting 8b Supporting employment-friendly
sustainable and growth through the development of
quality employment endogenous potential as part of a
and supporting territorial strategy for specific areas,
labour mobility including the conversion of declining
industrial regions and enhancement of
– enhancing cultural identity and participation
– more efficient use of the potentials of national heritage
– social and economic development based on well-preserved
cultural resources
– improving the accessibility of cultural assets
– actions enhancing the cultural offer
– managing and building links between the natural, scenic and
cultural assets of regions
In line with Europe 2020, PA, SRWM, SRK, KPZK, KSRR,
SBEiŚ, Our life insurance, our natural capital: an EU
biodiversity strategy to 2020, National Strategy for the
Conservation and Sustainable Use of Biodiversity 2020,
Territorial Agenda 2020
– suitable conservation and management of natural resources
– halting and reversing biodiversity loss
– improving biodiversity conservation
– supporting a more resource-efficient economy
– counteracting factors affecting biodiversity
– social and economic development based on well-preserved
natural resources and local natural assets
– raising awareness and promoting attitudes among the public to
act for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity
– managing and building links between the natural, scenic and
cultural assets of regions
In line with the objectives of the Europe 2020 Strategy, the
White Paper, DSRK, NDS, the NSRD, SBEŚ, SPA, SRWM, UP:
reducing current levels of air pollution, mainly from the
existentially-municipal sector, through the exchange of non-
organic sources of heat sources to meet the relevant national
and EU standards
meeting the requirements of general and air quality standards
improving the quality of life of people with respect to health, as
well as improving the health of ecosystems
In line with the objectives of White Paper - Roadmap to a Single
European Transport Area, SRK, SRT 2020, PA, EUSBSR, as
well as SRWM and SRT WM:
ensuring conditions to enhance mobility, socio-economic
development and intermodality between transport systems
removing infrastructural barriers to socio-economic
development
establishing favourable conditions for regional development
and for citizens
In line with Europe 2020, PA, SRWM, DSRK, KPZK, EUSBSR,
KSRR, Territorial Agenda 2020:
increasing employment by developing endogenous potentials
social and economic development based on well-preserved
25
accessibility to, and development of,
specific natural and cultural resources
8i Access to employment for job-
seekers and inactive people, including
the long-term unemployed and people
far from the labour market, also through
local employment initiatives and
support for labour mobility
8iii Self-employment, entrepreneurship
and business creation including
innovative micro, small and medium
sized enterprises
8iv Equality between men and women
in all areas, including in access to
employment, career progression,
reconciliation of work and private
life and promotion of equal pay for
equal work
natural resources and natural assets
exploiting territorial specificities and deepening the
specialisation determining the region's comparative advantage
in such fields as tourism
using the natural assets likely to improve the external
competitiveness of the region
managing and building links between the natural, scenic and
cultural assets of regions
In line with the objectives of DSRK, SRK, SRKL and Position of
the Commission Services on the development of Partnership
Agreement and programmes in POLAND for the period 2014-
2020, Council's Recommendations on the National Reform
Programme 2013 of Poland and delivering a Council opinion on
the Convergence Programme of Poland 2012–2016, PA, SRWM,
European Disability Strategy 2010-2020 concerning:
increasing the level of employment by fostering women's
activity, delivering 50+, professional and spatial mobility
programmes,
undertaking initiatives to improve the quality and efficiency of
career planning and progression services and supporting
employment,
fostering opportunities for disabled people
In line with the objectives of DSRK, SRK, SRKL, EUSBSR,
Position of the Commission Services on the development of
Partnership Agreement
and programmes in Poland for the period 2014-2020, Council’s
Recommendation on the National Reform Programme 2013 of
Poland and delivering a Council opinion on the Convergence
Programme of Poland 2012-2015, PA, SRWM, European
Disability Strategy 2010 – 2020 with respect to:
increasing employment levels and the need to provide young
entrepreneurs establishing their own business with relevant
knowledge and possibilities of cooperation,
the need to increase labour market participation, especially
among women, elderly persons, and to give priority to activities
aiming to unlock entrepreneurial potential, promote self-
employment and business development,
initiatives taken to improve the enhancement and promotion of
entrepreneurship,
fostering of opportunities for disabled people.
In line with the objectives of DSRK, SRK, SRKL, Position of the
Commission Services on the development of Partnership
Agreement and programmes in POLAND for the period 2014-
2020, Council's Recommendation on the National Reform
Programme 2013 of Poland delivering a Council opinion on the
Convergence Programme of Poland 2012–2016, PA, SRWM:
raising employment levels by increasing women's activity,
creating new places at facilities providing early education and
institutional and extra-institutional care for children,
extending the period of professional activity and ensuring better
quality of living for elderly persons,
increasing the employment ratio among women, which is
currently low due to lack of affordable child care services, the
need to increase the share of flexible work arrangements and
promote gender equality and reconciliation of professional and
26

8v Adaptation of workers, enterprises
and entrepreneurs to change
8vi Active and healthy ageing
9. Promoting social 9a Investing in health and social
inclusion, combating infrastructure which contributes to
national, regional and local
poverty and any
development, reducing inequalities in
discrimination
terms of health status, promoting social
inclusion through improved access to
social, cultural and recreational services
and the transition from institutional to
community-based services
9b Providing support for physical,
economic and social regeneration of
deprived communities in urban and
rural areas
family life,
taking initiatives to support employment and intellectual capital
development.
In line with the objectives of DSRK, SRK, SRKL, EUSBSR and
Position of the Commission Services on the development of
Partnership Agreement
and programmes in Poland for the period 2014-2020, PA,
SRWM, European Disability Strategy 2010 – 2020 with respect
to:
the need to ensure staff professionalisation in enterprises and
increasing the adaptability of companies,
improving the quality of human capital,
stepping up employment, extending the period of professional
activity and ensuring better quality of living for elderly persons,
as well as increasing the level of competences and
qualifications among citizens,
enhancing the competitiveness of SMEs,
fostering opportunities for disabled people.
In line with the objectives of DSRK, SRK, SRKL, EUSBSR, PA
and Position of the Commission Services on the development of
Partnership Agreement and programmes in Poland for the
period 2014-2020, SRWM concerning:
raising employment levels by increasing women's activity,
delivering 50+ programmes, exploiting the potential and
preventing exclusion of elderly persons, propagating the
flexibility of employment of elderly persons, improving access
to health programmes
stepping up employment, extending the period of professional
activity and ensuring better quality of living for elderly persons,
improving citizens' health and efficiency of the healthcare
system, as well as increasing the level of competences and
qualifications among citizens,
making a better use of resources on the labour market by
improving the health of the labour resource,
increasing the employment rate among elderly persons through
active and preventive support and the need to take actions to
ensure a longer and healthier active life,
supporting employment
In line with Europe 2020, EUSBRS, SRK, SRWM, PA:
– improving access to quality health services in areas of primary
importance in view of epidemiological considerations
– adjusting the health care system to projected demographic
changes
– improving the efficiency of the healthcare system,
– improving the health safety of citizens (prevention and
healthcare)
In line with Europe 2020, EUSBSR, KPZK, SRK, KSRR,
SRWM, PA:
– comprehensive social, physical, economic, environmental and
spatial regeneration
– preventing the intensification of negative phenomena in
problem and brownfield areas
27

9i Active inclusion, including with a
view to promoting equal opportunities
and active participation, and improving
employability
9iv Enhancing access to affordable,
sustainable and high-quality services,
including health care and social
services of general interest
9v Promoting social entrepreneurship
and vocational integration in social
enterprises and the social and solidarity
economy in order to facilitate access to
employment
10. Investment in 10i Reducing and preventing early
education, skills and school-leaving and promoting equal
lifelong learning. access to good quality early-childhood,
primary and secondary education
including formal, non-formal and
informal learning pathways for
reintegrating into education and training
– improving access to public services,
– tasks linked to comprehensive conversion and adaptation of
degraded facilities and using them for public purposes
In line with the objectives of SRK, SRKL, Position of the
Commission Services on the development of Partnership
Agreement and programmes in Poland for the period 2014-2020,
PA and National Programme for Combating Poverty and Social
Exclusion (KPPUiWS) with respect to:
– the need to deliver tasks related to active social integration
(including the comprehensiveness and customisation of
support);
– focusing on activities improving employability;
– integrating services provided by various entities.
In line with the European Disability Strategy 2010 – 2020:
– improving the opportunities of disabled people so that they can
fully enjoy their rights and participate in social life.
In line with the objectives of SRK, SRKL, Position of the
Commission Services on the development of Partnership
Agreement and programmes in Poland for the period 2014-2020,
PA and National Programme for Combating Poverty and Social
Exclusion (KPPUiWS) with respect to:
– the need to improve the quality and accessibility of public
services, including health and welfare services (in particular for
children and youth, families, elderly and disabled persons);
– increasing the share of non-stationary services
In line with the European Disability Strategy 2010 – 2020:
– improving the opportunities of disabled people so that they can
fully enjoy their rights and participate in social life.
In line with the objectives of SRK, SRKL, SRKS, Position of the
Commission Services on the development of Partnership
Agreement and programmes in Poland for the period 2014-2020,
PA, National Programme of Social Economy Development
(KPRES) and National Programme for Combating Poverty and
Social Exclusion (KPPUiWS) and the Małopolska Region
Development Strategy:
– supporting social economy development and job creation in
social companies as a form of combating social and
professional exclusion.
In line with the European Disability Strategy 2010 – 2020:
– improving the opportunities of disabled people so that they can
fully enjoy their rights and participate in social life.
In line with the objectives of DSRK, SRKL, KSRR, SRWM,
EUSBSR, European Disability Strategy 2010 – 2020, PA:
– orientation to the effects of learning, in particular as regards key
competences,
– developing courses supplementary to school education,
developing students' interests and talents and supporting parents
in the upbringing process,
– improving the accessibility of pre-school education and
efficiency of primary and secondary education,
– putting in place mechanisms for discovering, developing and
supporting talented students,
– improving the opportunities of children from disadvantaged
28

10iii Enhancing equal access to lifelong
learning for all age groups in formal,
non-formal and informal settings,
upgrading the knowledge, skills and
competences of the workforce, and
promoting flexible learning pathways
including through career guidance and
validation of acquired competences
10iv. Improving the labour market
relevance of education and training
systems, facilitating the transition from
education to work, and strengthening
vocational education and training
systems and their quality, including
through mechanisms for skills
anticipation, adaptation of curricula and
the establishment and development of
work-based learning systems, including
dual learning systems and
apprenticeship schemes.
10a Investment in education, skills and
lifelong learning though development
of education and training infrastructure
communities to make up for their social and learning skills,
– supporting better access to quality educational services
provided to groups with special needs,
– improving the opportunities of disabled people so that they can
fully enjoy their rights and participate in social life.
In line with the objectives of DSRK, SRKL, KSRR, SRWM,
EUSBSR, PA, European Disability Strategy 2010 – 2020 and
Position of the Commission Services on the development of
Partnership Agreement and programmes in Poland for the
period 2014-2020, Council’s Recommendation on the National
Reform Programme 2013 of Poland:
– popularisation of adult learning, in particular in informal
settings and in the workplace.
– modelling and promoting lifelong learning and continued
education attitudes,
– increasing the share of persons with low qualifications and
elderly persons participating in lifelong learning programmes,
– increasing the percentage of adult persons involved in lifelong
learning,
– batter matching the educational system and people's skills with
the needs of the labour market,
– improving the opportunities of disabled people so that they can
fully enjoy their rights and participate in social life and
European economy.
In line with the objectives of DSRK, SRKL, KSRR, SRWM,
EUSBSR, PA, and Position of the Commission Services on the
development of Partnership Agreement and programmes in
Poland for the period 2014-2020, Council’s Recommendation on
the National Reform Programme 2013 of Poland:
– improving the quality and efficiency of vocational education
and training at all levels, combined with increasing its
attractiveness by establishing a stronger connection with the
labour market,
– involving employers in the vocational education process to a
greater extent and enhancing the popularity of vocational
education,
– increasing the number of traineeships,
– promoting practical training,
– overcoming the barriers which result in mismatch between
education outcomes and labour market demand.
In line with Europe 2020 Strategy, SUE RMB, KPR. CSR, SRK,
SIiEG, UP, SRMW. RSI WM
– support to activities connected with the systemic promotion of
science and innovation among the general public
29
1.2 JUSTIFICATION FOR THE FINANCIAL ALLOCATION

Justification of the financial allocation to each thematic objective and investment priority
The financial allocation of the Regional Operational Programme for the Małopolska Region 2014-
2020 amounts to EUR 2 878 215 972, including an ERDF allocation of EUR 2 068 587 710 (71.87%)
and an ESF allocation of EUR 809 628 262 (28.13%).
The distribution of funds among the thematic objectives and investment priorities corresponds to the
goals of Europe 2020 Strategy and the scope of intervention envisaged for regional operational
programmes in the Partnership Agreement. At the same time, the distribution of the allocation reflects
the development-related objectives defined in the Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for
2011-2020 and other regional programme documents.
The distribution of interventions is consistent with the minimum levels of thematic concentration
specified by the European Commission regulations, i.e.
— TOs 1–4: 50.00% of the ERDF allocation
— TO 4: 19.54% of the ERDF allocation
— TO 9: 28.66% of the ESF allocation
— 5 IPs (8i, 9i, 9iv, 10i, 10iv) delivered by ESF: 64.81% of the Fund.
The detailed distribution of the allocation results from the diagnosis presented in 1.1 and is based on a
strategic analysis of the challenges, needs and regional development potentials in the individual areas
of intervention. Account has been taken of the results of the work on the Development Strategy of the
Małopolska Region for 2011-2020 and on the package of strategic programmes. The distribution was
also based on a broad analysis of the expectations and investment plans in the region, including in the
course of project recruitment for the Bank of Regional Projects, which helped identify the types of
activities planned to be supported under ROP, while taking account of their specific nature and value.
Other relevant factors include the Areas of Strategic Intervention identified on the national and
regional levels and the introduction of the mechanism of Integrated Territorial Investments.
Considering the need of using the EU funds efficiently and concentrate them on areas crucial for
regional development, intervention needs to focus on the areas of strategic importance for regional
development defined in the above analyses.
In view of the above, the distribution of the allocation among the individual areas of intervention is as
follows:
A. ERDF interventions:
— interventions aimed to stimulate and strengthen the region's economy by improving its
innovativeness, in particular in such areas as smart specialisation, enhancing the competitiveness of
enterprises and increasing the region's attractiveness for investments (TO 1 and TO 3) – EUR 490 018
348, i.e. 23.69% of the ERDF allocation;
— intervention related to transport infrastructure aimed at removing barriers to business development,
enhancing the region's internal integration and satisfying the needs of a mobile society (TO 7) – EUR
390 500 000, i.e. 18.88% of the ERDF allocation;

30
— intervention oriented to the shift towards a low-carbon economy by supporting actions to improve
energy efficiency, use of RES and reduction of emissions, including through promoting "green" urban
transport (TO 4) – EUR 404 275 507, i.e. 19.54% of the ERDF allocation;
— intervention towards regenerating the region's urban and rural areas, which – combined with ESF
funds – will contribute to enhancing the social and professional activity of the region's residents (TO
9) – EUR 170 000 000, i.e. 8.22% of the ERDF allocation;
— intervention to address the conservation, strengthening and use of the region's vital potentials,
including the cultural heritage, natural and scenic resources and health resorts (TO 6 and TO 8) – EUR
169 069 362, i.e. 8.17% of the ERDF allocation;
— intervention aimed at enhancing environmental security and environmental protection by focusing
on three areas: reducing pollutions and improving the quality of waters, waste prevention and
management, natural disaster prevention (TO 5 and TO 6) – EUR 153 724 493 million, i.e. 7.43% of
the ERDF allocation;
— intervention oriented to increasing the use of ICT through improving the availability and quality of
resources and services provided on-line (TO 2) – EUR 140 000 000, i.e. 6.77% of the ERDF
allocation;
— intervention in the field of healthcare and education infrastructure to improve residents' health
security by enhancing the availability and quality of healthcare services and providing high-quality
educational services (TO 9 and TO 10) – EUR 151 000 000 million, i.e. 7.30% of the ERDF
allocation;
B. ESF interventions:
— interventions concerning inter alia improving access to employment for unemployed people,
upgrading employees' qualifications, extending the period of professional activity among residents and
improving their situation as regards the reconciliation of professional and private life, leading to
improved situation on the regional labour market (TO 8) – EUR 270 764 148, i.e. 33.44% of the ESF
allocation;
— interventions improving the social situation of the region’s residents: improving access to high-
quality services, including healthcare and social services, social and professional activation and
developing a social economy (TO 9) – EUR 232 000 000, i.e. 28.66% of the ESF allocation;
— interventions oriented to improving access to and enhancing the quality of elementary and general
education, increasing the number of persons consciously and regularly upgrading and supplementing
their qualifications, strengthening the educational and vocational training systems in the region with
the aim of increasing the level of knowledge and education of the region's residents (TO 10) – EUR
204 930 638 i.e. 25.31% of the ESF allocation;
The distribution of ESF allocations with the ROP between individual thematic objectives (TOs) and
investment priorities (IPs) reflects the needs and challenges identified in the Małopolska region in the
diagnosis part of the programme. Awarding certain importance to individual goals and priorities is
aimed to concentrate support on the activities which will have the highest contribution to such
objectives as increasing the employment rate and combating poverty following the Europe 2020
Strategy and the National Reform Programme. With the above-mentioned conditionalities in mind,
substantial ROP funding focused on investment priorities involving the implementation of
comprehensive intervention in the area of professional activation and social inclusion (PI 8i, 9i). Such
activities will have a fundamental impact on the region gradually approaching to the meeting of goals
31
of increasing the employment rate of people aged 20-64 (up to 71%) and decreasing the number of
people threatened with poverty and social exclusion (by 1.5 million in the case of Poland; by 20
million all over Europe).
At the same time, in view of a large gap between the region (64.6%) and the target value of the
employment rate indicator in Poland (71%) and Europe (75%), it was decided that over EUR
124 764 148 from ESF will be allocated to IP 8i, The concentration of support on the unemployed
people under other investment priorities, in particular IP 8iii under which support will be granted for
starting the business will also have an impact on the growth of the employment rate. In view of low
employment rate in the case of woman in the region the implementation of IP8iv is also envisaged,
under which the creation of places for children up to 3 years of age in day care centres is planned. At
the same time, initiatives for extending the productive age will also be taken under IP 8vi, in particular
through support granted to older workers. The regionalisation of the employment rate vis à vis the
national objective is shown in the chart below.

Chart 1. Regionalisation of Europe 2020 Strategy and National Reforms Programme objectives

Source: own development

In view of the level of poverty risk inclusive of social transfers to revenues in the region i.e. (20.4% in
2011), much higher than Poland’s (17.7%) and Europe’s (16.9%) averages, it was decided to allocate
EUR 100 000 000 from ESF to activation and inclusion of people at risk of poverty or social exclusion
(under IP 9i). The potential of the social economy sector as an effective instrument of activation of the
social excluded will also be used under the Regional Operational Programme. At the same time, in
view of the fact that restricted access to high quality public services is a factor preventing to
effectively combat poverty and social exclusion it is planned to allocate the amount of EUR 115 000
000 from EFS to improve the access to and the quality of social and health services. It should be noted
that unemployment is one of the causes of poverty and social exclusion, therefore professional

32
activation projects planned under TO8 will also significantly contribute to the meeting of the goal of
combating poverty as set out in the Europe 2020 Strategy.
The chart below depicts the situation of the Małopolska Region in terms poverty risk, against other
regions, Poland and the EU.

Chart 2. Risk of poverty indicator, inclusive of social transfers in 2011

Source: own development

33
Table 2. Overview of the operational programme's investment strategy
Common and
Proportion of Programme-
total Union Specific objectives specific output
Priority Union Support Thematic Investment
Fund support for the corresponding to the indicators
axis (EUR) objective priorities
operational investment priority corresponding to
programme individual specific
objectives
1. Knowledge economy ERDF 60,000,000 2.08% 1. Strengthening 1a Enhancing research and innovation Increased Gross domestic
research, (R&I) infrastructure and capacities to commercialization of R & expenditure on
technological develop R&I excellence, and promoting D R&D (GERD)
development and centres of competence, in particular those
innovation of European interest
1. Knowledge economy ERDF 190,018,348 6.60% 1. Strengthening 1b Promoting business investment in Increased R & D activity Business
research, R&I, developing links and synergies of enterprises enterprise R&D
technological between enterprises, research and expenditure
development and development centres and the higher (BERD)
innovation education sector, in particular promoting
investment in product and service
development, technology transfer, social
innovation, eco-innovation, public service
applications, demand stimulation,
networking, clusters and open innovation
through smart specialisation, and
supporting technological and applied
research, pilot lines, early product
validation actions, advanced
manufacturing capabilities and first
production, in particular in key enabling
technologies and diffusion of general
purpose technologies
2. Digital Małopolska ERDF 140,000,000 4.86% 2. Enhancing 2c. Strengthening ICT applications for e- Enhancing access to Percentage of
access to, and use government, e-learning, e-inclusion, e- public sector information, citizens using e-
and quality of, culture and e-health e-services and e- administration
information and administration for citizens
communication and businesses
technologies

3. ERDF 115,000,000 4.00% 3. Enhancing the 3a Promoting entrepreneurship, in Better conditions for MSP Investment
Entrepreneurship in competitiveness particular by facilitating the economic development outlays in
Małopolska of SMEs exploitation of new ideas and fostering enterprises
the creation of new firms, including related to GDP
through business incubators

3. ERDF 37,000,000 1.29% 3. Enhancing the 3b Developing and implementing new Increasing the Value of exports
Entrepreneurship in competitiveness business models for SMEs, in particular international activity of in Małopolska
Małopolska of SMEs with regard to internationalisation Małopolska's SMEs
3. ERDF 88,000,000 3.06% 3. Enhancing the 3c Supporting the creation and the Increased productivity of Average share of
Entrepreneurship in competitiveness extension of advanced capacities for SMEs innovative
Małopolska of SMEs product and service development business in the
total number of
industrial and
services sector
enterprises

35
4. Regional energy policy ERDF 65,000,000 2.26% 4. Supporting the 4a Supporting the production and Increased production Share of
shift towards a distribution of energy derived from level. renewable
low-carbon renewable sources electricity in
economy in all overall electricity
sectors production

4. Regional energy policy ERDF 19,000,000 0.66% 4. Supporting the 4b Promoting energy efficiency and Increasing energy Electricity
shift towards a renewable energy use in enterprises efficiency in enterprises consumption per
low-carbon (SMEs). 1 million PLN
economy in all GDP
sectors

4. Regional energy policy ERDF 96,000,000 3.34% 4. Supporting the 4c Supporting energy efficiency, smart Enhancing energy Sales of thermal
shift towards a energy management and renewable efficiency in the housing energy for
low-carbon energy use in public infrastructure, sector and in public communal and
economy in all including in public buildings, and in the buildings. living needs of
sectors housing sector buildings

4. Regional energy policy ERDF 140,000,000 4.86 % 4. Supporting the 4e Promoting low-carbon strategies for Increased use of low- Transportation of
shift towards a all types of territories, in particular for carbon collective transport passengers by
low-carbon urban areas, including the promotion of and other environment- public transport
economy in all sustainable multimodal urban mobility friendly urban mobility
sectors and mitigation-relevant adaptation
measures

36
4. Regional energy policy ERDF 84,275,507 2.93% 4. Supporting the 4e Promoting low-carbon strategies for Decreased levels of low PM 10 emission
transition to a all types of territories, in particular urban emissions in the region level
low-carbon areas, including the promotion of
economy in all sustainable multimodal urban mobility PM 2.5 emission
sectors and adaptation measures aimed at level
mitigating the impact of climate change

4. Regional energy policy ERDF 15,724,493 0.55% 6. Preservation 6e Undertaking projects aimed at Decreased levels of low PM 10 emission
and protection of improving the quality of urban emissions in the region level
the environment environment, urban renewal, reclamation
and promoting and decontamination of brownfield sites PM 2.5 emission
resource (including post-military areas), reducing level
efficiency air pollution and promoting measures
aimed at reducing noise
5. Environmental ERDF 31,000,000 1.08% 5. Promoting 5b Promoting investment to address Increasing safety of Capacity of
protection adaptation to specific risks, ensuring disaster resilience residents at risk of natural small-scale water
climate change, and developing disaster management disasters retention
risk prevention systems reservoirs
and management

5. Environmental ERDF 82,000,000 2.85% 6. Preserving and 6b Investing in the water sector to meet Increased percentage of Percentage of
protection protecting the the requirements of the Union's the population using a population
environment and environmental acquis and to address sewage treatment system served by a
promoting needs, identified by the Member States, conforming to the wastewater
resource for investment that goes beyond those directive on urban waste treatment
efficiency requirements water.

37
5. Environmental ERDF 25,000,000 0.87% 6. Preserving and 6a Investing in the waste sector to meet Reduced amount of waste Share of non-
protection protecting the the requirements of the Union's deposited on the landfills landfill
environment and environmental acquis and to address municipal waste
promoting needs, identified by the Member States, in the overall
resource for investment that goes beyond those mass of
efficiency requirements municipal waste

6. Regional heritage ERDF 79,069,362 2.75 % 6. Preserving and 6c Preserving, protecting, promoting and Increased attractiveness of Number of
protecting the developing natural and cultural heritage cultural and natural tourists (from the
environment and heritage of the region. country and
promoting abroad) using
resource accommodation
efficiency facilities

Number of
people using bike
trails in the
region

6. Regional heritage ERDF 10,000,000 0.35% 6. Preserving and 6d Protecting and restoring biodiversity Enhanced instruments for Landscape parks
protecting the and soil and promoting ecosystem the protection of for which
environment and services, including through Natura 2000, biodiversity in the region. conservation
promoting and green infrastructure plans were
resource prepared
efficiency
6. Regional heritage ERDF 80,000,000 2.78% 8. Promoting 8b Supporting employment-friendly Increasing employment in Employment rate
sustainable and growth through the development of high tourist value areas
quality endogenous potential as part of a
employment and territorial strategy for specific areas,
supporting labour including the conversion of declining
mobility industrial regions and enhancement of
accessibility to, and development of,
specific natural and cultural resources

38
7. Transport ERDF 290,500,000 10.09% 7. Promoting 7b Enhancing regional mobility by Increasing the region’s Population
infrastructure sustainable connecting secondary and tertiary nodes road access covered by road
transport and to TEN-T infrastructure, including isochrone 60
removing multimodal nodes minutes to the
bottlenecks in key region’s main
network cities:
infrastructures 1) Kraków
2) Nowy Sącz
3) Tarnów
4) Oświęcim
5) Nowy Targ.

WDDT II
(synthetic)
(road transport
accessibility
indicator -
calculated on the
basis of WMDT
7. Transport ERDF 100,000,000 3.47% 7. Promoting 7d Developing and rehabilitating Increased rail transport of WKDT II
infrastructure sustainable comprehensive, high quality and the region. (synthetic)
transport and interoperable railway systems, and (transport rail
removing promoting noise-reduction measures accessibility
bottlenecks in key indicator in the
network WMDT base)
infrastructures
8. Labour market ESF 124,764,148 4.33% 8. Promoting 8i Access to employment for job-seekers Increased level of Number of
sustainable and and inactive people, including the long- employability among the persons in
quality term unemployed and people far from the most disadvantaged employment 6
employment and labour market, also through local persons on the labour months after
supporting labour employment initiatives and support for market, i.e. 50+, long- leaving the
mobility labour mobility term unemployed, programme
disabled persons, low- (including self-
skilled workers and employment)
women.
Number of
persons in
employment after
leaving the
programme
(including self-
employment)
39
 Number of
persons , skilled
after leaving the
programme
Number of jobs
created as a
result of ESF
support granted
for starting
business activity.

Number of
created
microenterprises
in operation 30
months after
receiving
financial support
8. Labour market ESF 50,000,000 1.74% 8. Promoting 8iii Self-employment, entrepreneurship Increased number of new Number of jobs
sustainable and and business creation including and sustainable micro- created as a
quality innovative micro, small and medium enterprises in the region result of ESF
employment and sized enterprises support granted
supporting labour for starting
mobility business activity

Number of
created
microenterprises
in operation 30
months after
receiving
financial support
8. Labour market ESF 45,000,000 1.56% 8. Promoting 8v Adaptation of workers, enterprises and 1. More access to Number of
sustainable and entrepreneurs to change development services for microenterprises
quality SMEs and SMEs which
employment and 2. Increasing adaptation have attained
supporting labour capabilities of people their
mobility made redundant and development-
endangered with being related objective
made redundant. thanks to
participating in
40
 the programme

Number of
persons who
have acquired
qualifications or
competence after
leaving the
programme

Number of
people in a better
labour market
situation 6
months after
leaving the
programme

Number of
persons who
entered into or
continued
employment after
leaving the
programme
8. Labour market ESF 25,000,000 0.87% 8. Promoting 8iv Equality between men and women in 1.Increased employment Number of
sustainable and all areas, including in access to rate of child carers persons who re-
quality employment, career progression, enter the labour
employment and reconciliation of work and private life and market following
supporting labour promotion of equal pay for equal work a break linked to
mobility giving birth
to/raising a child,
after leaving the
programme

Number of
unemployed
people who
found a job or are
looking for a job
after leaving the
programme.
41

8. Labour market
Number of child
care
establishments
for children aged
up to 3 years, in
operation 2 years
after receiving
ESF co-financing
ESF 26,000,000 0.90% 8. Promoting 8vi Active and healthy ageing 1.Increased employment
sustainable and rate of workers 50+ and Number of
quality support to those employed persons aged 50+
employment and on posts involving high who took a job or
supporting labour health risks continued
mobility 2.Increased participation employment after
of productive age people leaving the
in health programmes. programme

Number of
strategies
developed for
age management

Number of
people who
undertook or
continued
employment after
leaving the
programme

Number of
persons who
reported to health
examination
thanks to ESF
intervention
9. Socially coherent region ESF 100,000,000 3.47% 9. Promoting 9i Active inclusion, including with a view Active inclusion of Number of
social inclusion, to promoting equal opportunities and persons at risk of poverty persons at risk of
combating active participation, and improving or social exclusion, thanks poverty or social
poverty and any employability to the improvement and exclusion in

42
 discrimination strengthening of their employment after
employment leaving the
opportunities. programme
(including self-
employed).

Number of
persons at risk of
poverty or social
exclusion in
employment 6
months after
leasing the
programme
(including self-
employment)

Number of
people at risk of
poverty or social
exclusion
looking for a job
after leaving the
programme.

Number of
people at risk of
poverty or social
exclusion that
have obtained
qualifications
after leaving the
programme
9. Socially coherent region ESF 115,000,000 4.00% 9. Promoting 9iv Facilitating access to affordable, 1.Higher access to social Number of
social inclusion, sustainable and high-quality services, services. supported by the
combating including health care and social services 2.Higher access to health programme
poverty and any of general interest care services organisations
discrimination providing social
services, existing
after the project
completion.

43
 Number of
supported by the
programme
organisations
providing health
care services,
existing after the
project
completion

Number of
people at risk of
poverty or social
exclusion
looking for work,
participating in
education or
training, gaining
qualifications,
working
(including the
self- employed)
after leaving the
programme)
9. Socially coherent region ESF 17,000,000 0.59% 9. Promoting 9v Promoting social entrepreneurship and Higher employment rate Number of jobs
social inclusion, vocational integration in social in the social economy created in social
combating enterprises and the social and solidarity sector. companies
poverty and any economy in order to facilitate access to
discrimination employment Number of jobs
created in social
companies
existing at least
30 months

Number of
persons at risk of
poverty or social
exclusion in
employment after
leaving the
programme
(including self-
44
 employment)
10. Knowledge and ESF 88,430,638 3.07% 10. Investing in 10i Reducing and preventing early 1. Increased number of Number of
competences education, school-leaving and promoting equal pre-school education preschool
training and access to good quality early-childhood, establishments and education places
vocational primary and secondary education extended offer of further which operate 2
training for skills including formal, non-formal and education establishments years after ESF
and lifelong informal learning pathways for cofinancing was
learning reintegrating into education and training 2. Raising the students' granted
key competencies and
appropriate attitudes to the Number of
labour market and students who
individualization of the acquired
approach of students with competencies
special needs. after leaving the
programme. .

Number of
teachers who
upgraded
qualifications or
acquired
competencies
after leasing the
programme

Number of
schools or
education system
establishments
using ITC
equipment for
educational
activities

Number of
schools using
additional
equipment in
their labs for
educational
activities

45
 Number of
teachers using
ICT through the
ESF
10. Knowledge and ESF 20,000,000 0.69% 10. Investing in 10iii Enhancing equal access to lifelong Upgrading competences Number of
competences education, learning for all age groups in formal, non- of adults, including those persons aged 25
training and formal and informal settings, upgrading in a disadvantaged or more who
vocational the knowledge, skills and competences of position on the labour acquired skills or
training for skills the workforce, and promoting flexible market competences
and lifelong learning pathways including through after leaving the
learning career guidance and validation of programme.
acquired competences
Number of
persons aged 50
or more who
acquired skills or
competences
after leaving the
programme.

Number of low-
skilled workers
who acquired
skills or
competences
after leaving the
programme.

10. Knowledge and ESF 96,500,000 3.35% 10. Investing in 10iv Improving the labour market 1. Increasing employment Number of
competences education, relevance of education and training opportunities for persons who
training and systems, facilitating the transition from vocational school acquired
vocational education to work, and strengthening students, in particular qualifications
training for skills vocational education and training systems through improving the under informal
and lifelong and their quality, including through effectiveness of forms of
learning mechanisms for skills anticipation, vocational training education.
adaptation of curricula and the
establishment and development of work- 2. Increasing the Number of
based learning systems, including dual professional competences schools and
learning systems and apprenticeship of adults vocational
schemes. training
establishments
46
 using additional
equipment
purchased thanks
to EFS support

Number of
persons covered
by the
programme
support who are
still learning or
are in
employment 6
months after
completing
education.
11. Revitalisation of ERDF 170 000 000 5.91% 9. Promoting 9b Providing support for physical, Reducing social problems At-risk-of-
regional space social inclusion economic and social regeneration of in cities and rural areas. relative poverty
and combating deprived communities in urban and rural rate
poverty and any areas
discrimination

12. Social infrastructure ERDF 131,000,000 4.55% 9. Promoting 9a Investing in health and social Enhancing access to and The average
social inclusion infrastructure which contributes to quality of health care length of a
and combating national, regional and local development, services in the region. patient’s stay in
poverty and any reducing inequalities in terms of health general hospitals
discrimination status, and the transition from
institutional to community-based
services.

47
12. Social infrastructure ERDF 20,000,000 0.69% 10. Investing in 10a Investing in education, training and Improved educational The number of
education, lifelong learning through developing process. visitors to
training and educational and training infrastructure paramuseum
vocational institutions
training to acquire
skills and for Including, school
lifelong learning children in
organized groups
Technical Assistance ESF 101,933,476 3.54% - - - -

48
2. PRIORITY AXES
PRIORITY AXIS 1. KNOWLEDGE ECONOMY
In the coming years, Małopolska will face the challenge of delivering efficiently a regional strategy
towards an economic change based on smart specialisation. The main assumption of the strategy will
be to channel intervention to areas with the greatest development potential and crucial to fostering the
region's competitive edge. Developing a smart strategy requires implementing a system of incentives
to enhance business innovation and foster cooperation between business and science, as well as
professionalising the business environment. Considering this, the main objective of the priority axis is
to enhance the innovation of the regional economy, which will mainly translate into increasing
R&D spending.
Priority Axis 1 will support interventions enhancing research, technology development and
innovation. While being complementary with actions delivered under national and Community
instruments, the intervention will be oriented to enhancing research activity among businesses and
preparation for commercialisation of R&D in the region's specialisation areas. In pursuing smart
regional specialisation and synergy and higher efficiency in using EU Structural and Investment
Funds, use is planned to be made of Knowledge and Innovation Community in Małopolska under the
auspices of the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, as a complementary tool for
identifying, preparing, selecting and delivering sustainable energy projects. Striving for a smart
regional specialisation and reaching synergies and enhanced effectiveness in the use of European
Structural Funds and Investment Funds, Małopolska plans to use the Knowledge and Innovation
Community under the auspices of the European Institute of Innovation and Technology Institute, as a
complementary instrument for identifying, preparation and selection of projects related to the
sustainable energy area.
The interventions in this Priority Axis will work towards delivering the Partnership Agreement with
regard to improving R&D and innovation infrastructures in the sectors of science and enterprises, and
streamlining the transfer of knowledge and technology to the economy. The support will be dedicated
for investments made by businesses and for stepping up the level of R&D implementation in the
economy.
Link between the Priority Axis and TOs, IPs and Funds
Thematic objective Investment Priority Fund
1. Strengthening research, 1a. Enhancing research and innovation (R&I) infrastructure and capacities to ERDF
technological development develop R&I excellence, and promoting centres of competence, in particular those
and innovation of European interest
1b. Promoting business investment in R&I, developing links and synergies ERDF
between enterprises, research and development centres and the higher education
sector, in particular promoting investment in product and service development,
technology transfer, social innovation, eco-innovation, public service applications,
demand stimulation, networking, clusters and open innovation through smart
specialisation, and supporting technological and applied research, pilot lines, early
product validation actions, advanced manufacturing capabilities and first
production, in particular in key enabling technologies and diffusion of general
purpose technologies
 Fund, category of region and calculation basis for Union support
Fund European Regional Development Fund

Category of region less developed

Calculation basis (public or total total

expenditure)

Category of region for outermost not applicable

regions and northern sparsely
populated regions (where
applicable)

The following support areas are planned under the priority axis:
 Thematic objective 1. Strengthening research, technological development and innovation
Priority investment 1a. Enhancing research and innovation (R&I) infrastructure and
capacities to develop R&I excellence, and promoting centres of competence, in
particular those of European interest

Specific objective Increased commercialization of R & D

Results that the Member States
seek to achieve with Union support
Intervention under the investment priority will contribute to
strengthening the infrastructural potential of selected scientific
units in terms of their capacity to conduct quality R&D in the
region's specialisation areas. The intervention will strengthen
the position and consolidate the potential of supported
scientific units – in the context of the national and European
research areas – improve the conditions for carrying out
research and development, and enhance the transfer of
knowledge to the economy with a view to its practical
application.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Frequency
Measure Category Baseline Baseline Target value Source
No. Indicator of
ment unit of region value year (2023) of data
reporting

Central
Gross domestic
less Statistical
1. expenditure on % 1.39 2012 2.78 annually
developed Office
R&D (GERD)
(GUS)

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

Projects aimed to enhance the infrastructural potential of the science sector as regards their R&D
sector and the ability to cooperate with the business sector within R&D.

50
The intervention will cover investments towards research infrastructure development in scientific
units, in so far as is required to launch and expand R&D activity in areas crucial to the economic
development of the region in line with the regional smart specialisation strategy.
Investments in the teaching infrastructure will not be eligible for support.
The projects supported will contribute to the achievement of the detailed objective by enhancing the
access to the modern research infrastructure. A wider implementation of the mechanism enabling the
use of R&D infrastructure to business activity or the co-financing of public infrastructure from private
funds will enhance the relations between the science and business sectors. As a result, knowledge
generated in science centres will contribute to the economic benefits more than before.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

Potential groups of beneficiaries:
1. scientific units
2. higher schools
3. scientific consortia.
The main target groups of the intervention under the priority axis include: enterprises, research teams,
scholars, doctoral and higher school students, participating in research projects.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation document.

Territorial coverage of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, and the investments will be
mainly located in urban areas.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the specific objectives and results.
The criteria of project selection will be developed considering, in particular, such aspects as:
objectivity, precision, measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as compliance with the
principles of sustainable development, equal rights for women and men and non-discrimination. The
project selection system will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the
selection process, transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
In relation with the Partnership Agreement, the system of project evaluation will include the following
criteria:
the project’s compliance with presently binding regional innovation strategy of the Małopolska
Region,
including the project in the territorial contract, which constitutes the coordination mechanism at
the national level, ensuring the verification of proposals in order to avoid du0lication of existing
resources as well as the evaluation of research plans in the context of justification of investments
into R&D infrastructure and application of the research activity results in the economy.
the highest possible share of co-financing from private sources,
51
 a mechanism enabling the use of R&D infrastructure supported in the economic activity, meaning
the ability to generate revenues from research activities,
complementarity understood as supplementation of existing resources, including those created
under support granted within the 2007-2013 perspective,
availability of infrastructure created under an R&D infrastructure project for entities interested, in
particular enterprises.
In addition, a business plan concerning the use of R&D infrastructure, created within the framework of
the project implementation (business plan), an element of which will be the indicator of estimated
revenues coming from private parties, generated in the course of research conducted using the
infrastructure supported. Commitment to the implementation of the rate established by the beneficiary
will be included in the agreement for funding the implementation of a project.
Beneficiaries will be obliged to monitor and report information on the revenues generated by business
activity under projects supported to the Managing Authority. The Managing Authority will submit to
the European Commission the information on the level of public R&D infrastructure’s use for
economic purposes. The reporting principles concerning information on the economic use of
supported infrastructure by beneficiaries shall be laid down in implementing documents, including
detailed description of priority axes.
Under the investment priority use will be made of the competitive mode of project selection.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through non-refundable grants, with
no use of financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value Frequency

Measureme Category of
No. Indicator Fund (2023) Source of data of
nt unit region
reporting

M W T
Number of scientific units less
1. item ERDF - - 7 SL2014 annually
making investments in R&D developed

(24) Number of new

less
2. scientists in supported FTE ERDF - - 73 SL2014 annually
developed
entities

(25) Number of scientists

working in upgraded less
3. FTE ERDF - - 317 SL2014 annually
research infrastructure developed
facilities

52
 (27) Private investments
complementary to public
less 7 600
4. support for innovation EUR ERDF - - SL2014 annually
developed 000
projects or research and
development

 Thematic objective 1. Strengthening research, technological development and innovation

Priority investment 1b. Promoting business investment in R&I, developing links and
synergies between enterprises, research and development centres and the higher
education sector, in particular promoting investment in product and service
development, technology transfer, social innovation, eco-innovation, public service
applications, demand stimulation, networking, clusters and open innovation through
smart specialisation, and supporting technological and applied research, pilot lines,
early product validation actions, advanced manufacturing capabilities and first
production, in particular in key enabling technologies and diffusion of general purpose
technologies

Specific objective Increased R & D activity of enterprises.

Results that the Member States
seek to achieve with Union support
The intervention will contribute to a wider scope of scientific
research and their applicability, in particular in areas of the
region’s competitive advantage. The rise of private funding for
research and development, stimulated by public funding, will
lead to a change in the regional model of supporting
entrepreneurship. Using existing implementation mechanisms,
gradual passage from modernisation-oriented actions to the
actions focused on enhancing innovativeness of enterprises
will be supported. The intervention will significantly widen the
scale of the economic use of new ideas which will result in the
marketing of new or substantially improved products,
processes and services.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target Frequency
Measurement Category Baseline Baseline Source of
No. Indicator
unit of region value value
value
data
of
(2023) reporting
Business
Central
enterprise
less Statistical
1. R&D % developed
0.52 2012 1.2 Office
annually
expenditure
(GUS)
(BERD)

53
A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported
Under the investment priority intervention will be focused on direct support for enterprises in the
R&D and innovation area, encompassing:
scientific research and development works, taking into account demonstration and pilot
works, validation, including first production start-up and preparation of R&D work’s
implementation in the business activity,
development of infrastructure for R&D in enterprises.
This group of operations will enable, in particular, support to projects carried out by enterprises,
whether independently, in partnership with other business or in the form of consortia with other
entities, in which the enterprise is the leader. Support will focus on projects within the area of regional
specialisation, involving the experimentation mechanism, in accordance with the principles of
entrepreneurial discovery aimed at identifying the region’s prospective competitive advantage from
the grass-roots level. The experimentation mechanism will be part of the monitoring and evaluation of
smart specialization in the region, carried out in a continuous and open manner. The experimentation
mechanism will extract the stream of limited resources in order to enable the identification, within the
framework of an open and competitive selection procedure, new niche areas, while maintaining focus
on current areas of the region’s specialization.

Complementary to the main area of intervention, mechanisms to streamline the transfer of research
results to the regional economy and stimulating micro, small and medium-sized enterprises to start and
develop R&D and innovative activity will be implemented, in cooperation with the R&D sector and
pro-innovation business environment. This group of operation will use the following mechanisms:
innovation vouchers as a programme of non-refundable support to small-scale projects to
under which SME sector entities will receive access to high quality R&D and innovation
services of significance to the process of development of new or improved products, services
or process change in the enterprise,
a regional programme of knowledge transfer centres’ development, aimed at supporting
cooperation between the science sector and enterprises and at enhancing commercialization of
scientific research results based on the regional model of transfer of knowledge and
innovation,
direct support to business environment institutions – innovation centres in the area of
supplementing infrastructure, in particular R&D infrastructure necessary to widen the offer of
innovative services provided for technology firms.

As regards the basic area of support, involving non-refundable support for enterprises’ investments,
the intervention will be addressed in particular to the SME sector entities starting or developing R&D
and innovation activity.

The first group of operations encompasses industrial research and experimental research works leading
to the development of new or substantially improved products, processes or services, including the
preparation to the implementation in the business activity. Support may also be allocated to the
purchase of research results or development works, if the project is aimed at developing an innovative
solution based on R&D works concerning the characteristics of a given technology or the viability of
its application under new conditions tailored to the individual needs of the enterprise. The preparation

54
of experimental prototypes and demonstration or pilot installations is also eligible for support. The
possibility to validate a given solution will be ensured along with the first production start up,
understood as the first industrial implementation regarding the widening of the scale of pilot facilities
or the first of its kind devices and equipment, encompassing stages after the start up of the pilot line
involving the testing phase but not mass-scale production or commercial activity. Within the
preparation for the marketing of new or substantially improved solutions, support for selected
categories of expenditure linked with the initial investment or the initial investment for new business
activity will be acceptable. Support for the preparation of the research phase results to be applied in
business activity, in particular as regards market research for the new or substantially improved
solution, developing procedures connected with the market use of the solution, as well as activities
connected with certification, protection of intellectual property, design and purchase of advisory
services concerning innovation and innovation support services will be possible as a supplementary
component of the investment project. In particular, projects which ensure the feasibility of the full
process of development of an innovative solution from the research development phase to the
production start up, including the preparation for implementation or selected stages of this process will
be supported in this area.

The second group of operations encompasses the intervention serving to create infrastructural
conditions for research and development activity in enterprises. Support will cover investment in the
research apparatus and other types of infrastructure needed for the R&D activity, including the
infrastructure for testing the quality of the enterprise’s products, processes or services. The reference
point for the project assessment will be the outline plans concerning R&D works. The main types of
projects will be investments serving to start or expand the activity of laboratories and R&D
departments, as well as reati0on of development of R&D centres in enterprises.

Among complementary support instruments, innovation vouchers shall be the main mechanism of
enhancing cooperation of micro, small and medium-sized enterprises with the R&D sector and pro-
innovation business environment. This instrument responds to the diagnosed need to implement
effective incentives to undertaking R&D activity, in particular by smaller business entities. This
mechanism will combine direct support for the SME sector entities with the demand-side support to
units specialised in the provision of R&D and innovation-related services. In particular, support in the
form of innovation vouchers may be allocated for purchasing an R&D service connected with the
preparation, development or practical application of a new or improved product, service or a process
change in the enterprise, design service or protection of intellectual property. Projects implemented
using support in the form of innovation vouchers should lead to the streamlining of the process of
technology transfer and raising the level of implementation of technology and non-technology
innovations in the market operation of enterprises. Support in this form will be complementary to the
actions aimed to enhance competitiveness of the SME and to enhance the staff competences and
potential of employers (the SME sector) undertaken under Entrepreneurship in Małopolska Priority
Axis 3 (IP 3c) and Labour market Priority Axis 8 (IP 8v).

In order to increase the intensity of the transfer of research results to the economic activity, support for
the regional programme of knowledge transfer centres’ development is also envisaged. Under this
action, support will be allocated to the development of the third-generation technology transfer centres
in which the transfer of knowledge is coupled with the implementation of research. The role of such
centres operating in the areas of regional specialisation, will be to initiate and support cooperation

55
between scientific units and business entities within R&D and innovation, in particular through
providing specialist consulting services and acting as brokers of regional innovation.
Infrastructural support of specialised business environment institutions, provided in relation with the
documented diagnosis of needs from technology firms, will also be a complementary area of
intervention. The access to adequate infrastructural conditions for R&D activity is strong stimulus for
open innovations, free transfer of knowledge and multilateral cooperation between enterprises and
R&D sector entities. Investments into infrastructure and equipment for innovation centres, such as
technology parks, technology incubators and centres specialised in research and technology transfer
will be supported to a limited extent, as an element necessary for the development of the offer and
professionalization of services, including ensuring physical space for the creation and development of
new technology firms, in particular in the early phase of their operation, excluding the purely office
space.
The intervention under this IP will include complementary support oriented to developing the potential
of R&D staff , in combination with the corresponding investment project delivered. The use of the
cross-financing mechanism is planned in this respect.
As regards the protection of intellectual property, support may be allocated to expenditure incurred in
relation with the preparation of invention patent claim or the application for a patent, utility model or
industrial design, excluding the costs of judicial procedure in matters concerning the protection of
intellectual property rights.
Projects supported under the priority will contribute to the implementation of the specific objective
through increasing the share of enterprises running R&D activity and increasing the number of
projects of high innovation potential. The improved access to high-quality services supporting R&D+I
activity and increasing access to capital allocated to the financing of such types of activities in
enterprises will lead to the gradual growth of the level of R&D outlays incurred by the private sector,
and as a result to the raising of the level of innovation in Małopolska enterprises.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

Potential groups of beneficiaries:
1. enterprises
2. consortia of enterprises
3. consortia of enterprises, with the participation of such entities as scientific units, higher schools
(including target companies of higher schools), non-governmental organisations, business
environment institutions
4. business environment institutions
5. Territorial self-government units or organisational units of TSUs having legal personality.
The main target groups for interventions under the investment priority are enterprises, in particular
micro, small and medium-sized enterprises.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation document..

Territorial coverage of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban and rural areas.
56
Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of specific objectives and result.
Supported interventions will be in accordance with the binding Małopolska Region Innovation
Strategy.
The system of the assessment of projects will examine the impact of the relevant intervention on the
development of Key Enabling Technologies (KETs).
Measures implemented under the ROP, in the areas of smart specialization and in the process of
entrepreneurial discovery, should lead to the selection of projects characterized by the following
features:
high potential for application of the project results in business,
high level of cooperation of the partners involved in the investment implementation,
actual demand for public financing,
importance for the regional economy,
maintaining the sustainability and effects of the project in the region,
positive impact on the region’s reaching the leader’s position in the selected area (niche).
Support under the priority axis focuses on SMES. Investments of large companies are admissible
exclusively when specific diffusion effects are ensured, including the transfer of results of R&D
activity to the national and regional economy. In the case of large companies, preferences will be
given to projects undertaken jointly with SMEs, non-governmental organisations and R&D sector
entities.
In the case when support is granted to a large enterprise, the Managing Authority will ensure that the
financial contribution from the funds does not result in a substantial reduction of jobs in existing
locations in the territory of the European Union.
The presentation of plans concerning R&D works by enterprises will be the condition of support to be
granted to investments for the development of R&D departments and laboratories in enterprises or
creation of R&D centres by enterprises.
Infrastructural support for business environment institutions will be incidental and when justified.
Support in this respect will be provided only when infrastructural investments are complementary to
existing resources and necessary for the provision of high-quality pro-innovation services and the
condition is the demand of technology firms for a similar R&D infrastructure. The investment in the
common, necessary R&D and its situation in a business environment institution will contribute to the
reduction of costs of purchasing similar infrastructure by individual enterprises, company incubation
and further R&D works. Attention will be given to ensure the highest possible participation of private
contributions.
Projects showing a positive environmental impact will be given preferences in the system of selection
of projects.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
57
 development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
The investment priority envisages the application of the competitive mode of project selection.
Only the projects consisting in the implementation of a regional programme of developing centres of
knowledge transfer, with the Małopolska Region being the beneficiary. The choice of partners
participating in the project will be made taking into consideration the principle of transparency.
The non-competitive mode will be applied in the area of interventions of regional importance. In view
of the subject of support the competitive mode is an ineffective mechanism, mainly for cost reasons.

Planned use of financial instruments

Taking into account the type of the priority activities supported by the investment, grant support is
primarily expected to be used. However, in the case of activities that are potentially financially viable,
possible use of financial instruments will be considered by the MA. Each time, the decision to make
use of the mechanism of financial instruments will be preceded by an ex-ante evaluation, in
accordance with Art. 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

Table 5. Common and programme-specific output indicators

Measureme Category of Target value (2023) Source of Frequency of

No. Indicator Fund
nt unit region data reporting

M W T
(1) Number of
less
1. enterprises receiving enterprises ERDF - - 719 SL2014 annually
developed
support

(2) Number of
less
2. enterprises receiving enterprises ERDF - - 719 SL2014 annually
developed
grants

(6) Private investments

complementary to public less
3. EUR ERDF - - 117 293 828 SL2014 annually
support for enterprise developed
(grants)

(24) Number of new

less
4. scientists in the EPC ERDF - - 53 SL2014 annually
developed
supported units

(26) Number of
less
5. enterprises cooperating item ERDF - - 99 SL2014 annually
developed
with research centres

58
  ESF contribution to the delivery of Thematic Objective 1

European Social Fund resources represent the main source of financing for three priority axis under
the Regional Operational Programme: Axis 8 Labour market, Axis 9 Socially coherent region and
Axis 10 Knowledge and competences. The delivery of actions under the above axes will contribute
directly or indirectly to the attainment of thematic objectives 1-7.
The achievement of the objectives concerning the support of research, technological development and
innovation (Thematic Objective 1) will be supported indirectly by actions taken under:
1. Priority Axis 8 Labour market. The key actions reinforcing the effects of Objective 1 under
Objective 8 involve stimulating the potential and enhancing the competences of the staff of R&D
departments of enterprises and creating conditions favourable for establishing new businesses
activity, including spin offs/ spin outs.
2. Priority Axis 10 Knowledge and competences. The main activities reinforcing the effects of
Objective 1 under Objective 10 include measures working towards increasing the use of ICT in
education, including through teaching classes at schools in cooperation with universities by using
methods based on modern ICT tools and building students' and teachers' competences in this
respect, it will contribute to improving computer literacy, and on the other, it will bring science
closer to students and enable them to develop their creative and logical thinking, as well as raise
their awareness of the potential choices of studies. Furthermore, it will make it easier for higher
schools to attract the most talented students, who will build the future well-prepared staff of the
science and business sectors.

 Performance framework of the priority axis

Table 6. Performance framework for the priority axis

Category of region
Measurement unit
Indicator type
Priority axis

Explanation
Final target Source
Fund

Indicator Milestone (2018) of relevance

No. (2023) of
or KIS of indicator
data

M W T M W T
types of
projects
(1) Number
relating to
of
Output less output
1 1. enterprises enterprises ERDF - - 104 - - 719 SL2014
indicator developed indicator
receiving
cover64% of
support
priority axis
allocation
the indicator
Total measures the
amount of 294 actual rate at
Financial less 62 960
1 2. certified EUR ERDF - - - - 139 SL2014 which eligible
indicator developed 656
eligible 233 expenditure is
expenditure made and
verified

59
  CATEGORIES OF INTERVENTION PLANNED UNDER THE PRIORITY AXIS

Table 7. Indicative list of categories of intervention planned to be used under the Priority Axis

Fund and category of region: European Regional Development Fund, less developed region

Table 7: Table 8 Table 9: Table 10: Table 11

Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Dimension 3 Dimension 4 Dimension 6
Intervention field Form of finance Territory type Territorial delivery ESF secondary theme
mechanisms (ESF only)

PA Code € PA Code € PA Code € PA Code € PA Code €

1 056 30 000 000 1 01 250 018 348 1 01 175 000 000 1 07 250 018 348
1 058 60 000 000 02 56 016 513
1 059 36 000 000 03 19 001 835
1 061 50 000 000
1 062 19 000 000
1 064 40 000 000
1 101 15 018 348

The categories were assigned to individual dimensions assuming that each of the dimensions is
independent of the others, which means that each amount allocated to the priority axis is assigned to
the intervention categories envisaged in the respective dimension.

 Planned use of technical assistance for the purpose of developing

administrative capacity
The planned use of technical assistance is described in the priority axis dedicated to technical
assistance.

60
PRIORITY AXIS 2. DIGITAL MAŁOPOLSKA

With a view to achieving the goals of the policy towards integrated informatisation of the country,
Priority Axis 2 will support the use of ICT for the purpose of making resources available and effective
provision of public services. The ongoing digitisation process, which improves access to public sector
data and services, will contribute to the achievement of economic and social benefits fostering citizens'
participation in public life and combating various forms of exclusion. Considering this, the main
objective of the priority axis is to enhance the level of ICT use in the process of making resources
available and providing public services.
This Priority Axis will support actions towards delivering the Partnership Agreement with regard to
improving the quality and availability of public e-services, developing e-administration and providing
access to resourced, mainly those gathered by public sector institutions. The intervention will be
designated for measures characterised by regional coverage or addressing regional specificities, while
maintaining technology- and design-related compatibility with national-level actions.

Link between the Priority Axis and TOs, IPs and Funds
Thematic objective Investment Priority Fund
2. Enhancing access to, and use and 2c. Strengthening ICT applications for e-government, e-learning, e- ERDF
quality of, information and inclusion, e-culture and e-health
communication technologies

Fund, category of region and calculation basis for Union support

Fund European Regional Development Fund

Category of region less developed

Calculation basis (public or total total

expenditure)

Category of region for outermost not applicable

regions and northern sparsely
populated regions (where
applicable)

The following support areas are planned under the priority axis:

 Thematic objective 2. Enhancing access to, and use and quality of, information and
communication technologies
Investment Priority 2c. Strengthening ICT applications for e-government, e-learning, e-
social inclusion, e-culture and e-health

61
 Specific objective Enhanced access to public sector information, e-services
and e-administration to citizens and businesses

Results that the Member States
seek to achieve with Union support
The intervention under this investment priority will contribute
to increasing the scope of data available in digital form and
streamlining internal and external public administration
processes. The intervention will streamline administrative
procedures, notably in areas crucial to residents, businesses
and people visiting the region, and provide easier and broader
access to resources, including information collected by the
public sector.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measurem Category Baseline Baseline Source Frequency of
No. Indicator value
ent unit of region value year of data reporting
(2023)

Percentage of citizens less

1. % none 2014 none GUS annually
using e-administration developed

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

In particular, the following groups of operations will be supported under the investment priority:
improving the access to and quality of public e-services,
e-administration development,
providing access to resources gathered in particular by public sector institutions.

As regards the area of public e-services, operations will be delivered to provide access to new services
and improve the functionality and maturity of existing services. In particular support will be dedicated
to actions in areas identified as having priority importance for developing e-services, pursuant to the
Partnership Agreement and in correspondence with the national integrated informatisation policy. At
the same time, considering the specific needs diagnosed in the region, priority will be given to actions
in the following areas: healthcare, spatial information, education, culture and cultural heritage, tourism
and public security.

In the healthcare area, support will be allocated to the development of the regional health information
system, serving to ensure electronic exchange of medical data and to enhance the access to and the
quality of e-services provided to patients in the manner integrated with the central healthcare
information platforms.
In the spatial information area, support will be allocated, in particular, to the digital development of
public land registers. Expenditure relating to preparation works (including field measurements) will
also be eligible under such type of interventions, however exclusively to the extent necessary to
accomplish the project objectives and up to 15% of eligible investment costs.

62
In the area of connecting education and science, support will include the Małopolska Region
educational cloud project, aimed at transferring knowledge and familiarizing students in the
Małopolska Region with the scientific achievements of universities, using information technology and
telecommunications. The scope of support for this project in the framework of the IP 2c will be
complementary to interventions planned under the IP 10i.
Under this investment priority support will be provided to regional and supralocal actions, while
taking into account the purpose of optimising the use of information infrastructure by completing
integrated and comprehensive projects in a given field and organising common services centres. Equal
importance will be given to activities conducive to making available and improving e-services through
ensuring the modernisation, interoperability and security of existing public systems and records, and
making data fit for being made available and re-used. Investments in non-IT infrastructure (hard
infrastructure within adaptation or equipment, but excluding construction of new buildings) will be
allowable to a limited extent, only when they are indispensable for achieving the project objectives
and when the public administration is found to have insufficient resources. Limited and
complementary support to infrastructure other than IT will be possible only where it is an
accompanying element under the projects for which development of and making available e-public
services are the primary objectives.
As regards e-administration, measures will be undertaken to propagate standards of the functioning of
e-offices. The support will mainly dedicated to actions addressing the informatisation of internal
procedures, ICT security, open access to the public sector information, electronic systems for
managing public documents and registers, electronic availability of information and services provided
by offices, as well as interoperability of existing systems and integration of services, including within
the framework of electronic public administration services.
Another category of supported interventions will be those aimed at providing access to data and
information collected by public sector institutions, as well as regional cultural and cultural heritage
resources and the resources supporting tourism development. The actions will work towards
increasing the supply of data made available in a manner that is open and allows its re-use or creation
of new digital services based in it, also by entities outside the public sector. This group of operations
will comprise in particular projects involving the digitisation of resources, developing digital
repositories and ensuring conditions for making data available and secure data storage.
Actions connected with the creation of digital contents, applications and services based on the open re-
use of public resources and information, and thus free of charge or with the lowest possible barriers to
the use thereof at any place, including the use of mobile devices, will be supported.
The investment activities pursued may be supplemented with support meant to develop the
competences and skills of personnel, particularly to the extent required for implementing and
operating the computer systems provided. The use of the cross-financing mechanism is planned in this
respect.
Actions supported under this investment priority will contribute to the implementation of the specific
objective by concentrating interventions on the developing of the access to public e-services in the
areas of priority importance as seen by residents, businesses and people visiting the region. Thanks to
these actions the scope of resources made available and e-services will be greatly expanded. As a
result of reducing barriers in contact with the public administration, a percentage of persons using
electronic access to digital resources and public services will grow.

63
Potential beneficiaries and target groups
Potential groups of beneficiaries:
Territorial Self-Government Units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs,
organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
healthcare entities operating within the public healthcare system
higher schools
scientific units
cultural institutions
non-governmental organisations
churches and religious associations and legal persons of churches and religious associations
national parks
government administration: for regional-scale projects.

The main target groups of the intervention under the priority axis include: residents, enterprises,
tourists and visitors to the region, public institutions.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation document.

Territorial coverage of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban and rural areas.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of specific objectives and the result.
Under the system of the selection of projects to be co-financed, the capacity of teleinformation
systems to exchange data with national systems relevant to the scope of the project in question will be
examined, in particular its compliance with the legal provisions concerning interoperability, public
registers, tele-information systems and exchange of information in the electronic form.
Within the framework of the assessment of projects applying for support, complementarity and
cohesion with projects implemented and planned at the national level will be examined. According to
the Partnership Agreement, in the case of investments related to the digitisation of e-public services,
projects implemented at the national level are considered some kinds of standards (based of legal acts
regulating interoperability issues), enabling the principle of technology and design compatibility to be
respected by projects implemented at the regional level.
The Managing Authority shall take endeavours to analyse the possibility to follow recommendations
developed by the coordination team appointed and supervised by the Minister of Administration and
Digitisation.
E-health projects consisting of the adaptation of service providers’ IT systems to be compatible with
the Medical Information System will be verified in view of their complementarity and not duplicating
functionalities envisaged for national platforms (P1 and P2).

64
 The system of selection of projects to be co-financed preference will be given to projects envisaging
delivery of maturity-level 4 e-public services.
The system of project selection will also examine such factors as: the impact on economy
development, including entrepreneurship development and administration simplification, the
advancement of the project preparation in view of their implementation, the value to costs ratio and an
analysis of costs and benefits, common procurement, environmental impact, complementariness with
investments carried out in the years 2007-2013 and cohesion with standards binding at the national
level.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
The investment priority envisages, first of all, the application of the competitive mode of project
selection.
The non-competitive mode will be applied mostly in the area of interventions of regional importance,
provided that it is justified in particular by:
a legal obligation incumbent on a given entity or a group of entities to carry out specific tasks,
arising from the law or strategic documents, in particular in the case of a competence monopoly,

prior direct identification of specific projects - in a manner ensuring transparency of such

identification - in the operational programme (resulting from the development strategy, including
the innovation strategy for the Małopolska Region).

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through non-refundable grants, with
no use of financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value
Measurement Category Source Frequency of
No. Indicator Fund (2023)
unit of region of data reporting

M W T
Number of offices which have
less
1. implemented recommendations item ERDF - - 49 SL2014 annually
developed
concerning digital advancement

2. Number of entities which have made item ERDF less - - 37 SL2014 annually

65
 public information available on-line developed

Number of public services available

less
3. on-line on maturity level 3 – item ERDF - - 81 SL2014 annually
developed
bilateral interaction

 ESF contribution to the delivery of Thematic Objective 2

European Social Fund resources represent the main source of financing for three priority axis under
the Regional Operational Programme: Axis 8 Labour market, Axis 9 Socially coherent region and
Axis 10 Knowledge and competences. The delivery of actions under the above axes will contribute
directly or indirectly to the attainment of thematic objectives 1-7.
Achieving the goal of enhancing the availability and use of ICT (Thematic Objective 2) will be
indirectly supported by actions taken under:
Priority Axis 8 Labour market. The key actions reinforcing the effects of Objective 2 under
Objective 8 involve improving digital competences both of employed and unemployed
persons. Taking action to reduce the scale of social exclusion will be highly beneficial for the
personal and professional development of mature persons.
Priority Axis 9 Socially coherent region. The key activities reinforcing the effects of Objective
2 under Objective 9 include supporting the acquisition of computer skills by excluded persons
and persons at risk of social exclusion, notably digital exclusion. By delivering ESF projects,
the programme will also contribute to making internet resources and e-services available in a
manner reflecting the needs of persons with disabilities hindering communication, which will
facilitate the use of the above resources.
Priority Axis 10 Knowledge and competences. The main activities reinforcing the effects of
Objective 2 under Objective 10 include measures working towards increasing the use of ICT
in education, including through teaching classes at schools in cooperation with higher schools
by using methods based on modern ICT tools and building students' and teachers'
competences in this respect. It will contribute to improving computer literacy, and on the
other, it will bring science closer to students and enable them to develop their creative and
logical thinking, as well to consciously selectee their future studies.

 Performance framework of the priority axis

Table 6. Performance framework for the priority axis

Explanati
on of
Category of region
Measurement unit

Milestone Final target

Source relevance
No. Indicator or KIS (2018) (2023)
Indicator type

of data of
Priority axis

indicator
Fund

M W T M W T
Number of offices which have less types of
Output
2 1. implemented recommendations item ERDF develope - - 4 49 SL2014 projects
indicator
concerning digital advancement d related to
66
 output
indicator
cover
53.75% of
priority
axis
allocations
the
indicator
measures
the actual
less 164
Financial Total amount of certified eligible 33 388 rate at
2 2. EUR ERDF devel - - - - 705 SL2014
indicator expenditure 226 which
oped 883
eligible
expenditure
is made and
verified

 Categories of intervention planned under the Priority Axis

Tables 7-11. Indicative list of categories of intervention planned to be used under the Priority
Axis

Fund and category of region: European Regional Development Fund, less developed region

Table 7: Table 8 Table 9: Table 10: Table 11

Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Dimension 3 Dimension 4 Dimension 6
Intervention field Form of finance Territory type Territorial delivery ESF secondary theme
mechanisms (ESF only)

PA Code € PA Code € PA Code € PA Code € PA Code €

2 078 72 250 000 2 01 140 000 000 2 01 56 000 000 2 07 140 000 000
2 079 11 750 000 2 02 56 000 000
2 080 12 000 000 2 03 28 000 000
2 081 41 000 000
2 101 3 000 000

The categories were assigned to individual dimensions assuming that each of the dimensions is
independent of the others, which means that each amount allocated to the priority axis is assigned to
the intervention categories envisaged in the respective dimension.

 Planned use of technical assistance for the purpose of developing

administrative capacity
The planned use of technical assistance is described in the priority axis dedicated to technical
assistance.

67
PRIORITY AXIS 3. ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN MAŁOPOLSKA

Creating conditions for sustainable economic growth in the region requires, in particular,
concentration on support for efforts to build an open innovation, competitive and strong SME sector.
Given the above, the main objective of the priority axis is to build and strengthen the competitive
position of SMEs.
The activities undertaken under the priority axis will work towards achieving the main goal of the
Partnership Agreement linked to improving the competitiveness of the economy, in particular with
regard to the specific objective of improving the competitiveness of enterprises, mainly through
creating conditions for more flexible operation of SMEs on the market and fostering their economic
importance.

Link between the Priority Axis and TOs, IPs and Funds
Thematic objective Investment Priority Fund
3. Enhancing the 3a. Promoting entrepreneurship, in particular by facilitating the economic ERDF
competitiveness of SMEs exploitation of new ideas and fostering the creation of new firms, including
through business incubators
3b. Developing and implementing new business models for SMEs, in particular ERDF
with regard to internationalisation
3c. Supporting the creation and the extension of advanced capacities for product ERDF
and service development

Fund, category of region and calculation basis for Union support

Fund European Regional Development Fund

Category of region less developed

Calculation basis (public or total total

expenditure)

Category of region for outermost not applicable

regions and northern sparsely
populated regions (where
applicable)

The following support areas are planned under the priority axis:

 Thematic objective 3. Enhancing the competitiveness of SMEs

Investment Priority 3a. Promoting entrepreneurship, in particular by facilitating the
economic exploitation of new ideas and fostering the creation of new firms, including
through business incubators

68
Specific objective Better conditions for SME development

Results that the Member States
seek to achieve with Union support
The investment priority will help create conditions favourable
for giving momentum to Małopolska's economic development.
Thanks to support oriented to providing the region with basic
infrastructure for developing business operations and locating
investments, Małopolska will see a growth in the level of
entrepreneurship. Suitably prepared investment sites and the
planned support for business incubators will also create
conditions for stepping up employment. Importantly, the
intervention will also result in strengthening the system for
supporting business development in Małopolska, in particular
in the smart specialisation areas. The role of repayable
instruments in supporting investment activity of SMEs in the
early phase of development will also be enhanced. The
interventions will result in investments supporting the
development of the SME sector and improving their market
position

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measurement Category Baseline Baseline Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator value
unit of region value year data reporting
(2023)

Investment
outlays in less
1. % 6.9 2012 8.0 GUS annually
enterprises in developed
relation to GNP

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

This investment priority will address actions related to creating and developing infrastructure with
a view to enhancing economic development and promoting entrepreneurship and creating
entrepreneurial attitudes as well as support to SMEs in the early phase of their development (i.e.
operating no more than 24 months on the market), including start-ups.
As regards infrastructure and activities supporting economic growth in the region, a central focus will
be placed on operations aimed at creating new or expanding existing economic activity zones
(EAZ), also through setting up new or supplementing existing infrastructure and utilities within
investment sites, such as, for example, industry parks, including such actions as creating internal road
systems within such sites and providing them will all the necessary facilities, buildings and structures
(as regards buildings and structures, only to a limited extent. Prepared / developed EAZs may also
accept enterprises other than in the early phase of development, and what is more, large enterprises are
not excluded. However, due to the fact that funding under TO 3 is designed to strengthen the
competitiveness of micro, small and medium-sized businesses, the ERDF contribution will be
proportionately reduced in the event of the use of utility infrastructure by large enterprises.

In order to prevent the financing of utility investment areas that do not have potential for potential
investors, the MA will develop detailed terms of projects, such as the obligation to include in the grant
agreement the degree of the full use by businesses of the area of developed land and the principles of
reducing the ERDF contribution in the case of a failure to achieve it.
69
Support within the IP may also be granted to projects aiming to support entrepreneurship and
develop entrepreneurial attitudes, among other things, by strengthening the system for
supporting the process of new business development, which also applies to companies relying on
new technologies. Actions in this area are aimed at ensuring specialised services to support SEM
enterprises, promote new business models and develop new production capacities in existing
businesses. The scope of intervention also covers actions involving development of new
businesses through the provision of specialist services by business incubators, academic
entrepreneurship centres – in the latter case projects may comprise investments in the
infrastructure of these entities, subject to the conditions laid down in the Partnership
Agreement. In this area, support to, inter alia, infrastructure, living-labs, co-working centres, and thus
infrastructure creating conditions for intensifying development of enterprises in the early phase of
development is not excluded.
In addition, the investment priority is expected to support the professionalisation of BEI consulting
services, aimed at providing new or significantly improved advanced specialized services that respond
to the demands in this regard by the SME sector. The need for new or improved services should be
confirmed with a proven interest in the development of specific BEI services of companies (this means
that in the year following implementation of BEI projects will be required to provide evidence of a
significant use of the services by SMEs).
Support for professionalisation of consulting services will be granted to a BEI which meets the
following conditions:
It has a business strategy in place, showing diversified sources of BEI’s revenues and confirms its
ability to operate under the market conditions and to run self-sustaining financial operations (or
gradually become self-sustaining until the end of the eligibility period/sustainability period)
It has a yearly work plan
It applies available standards for services provision, developed at least at the national level
It ensures monitoring of services provided and the quality of such services.

As required by the Partnership Agreement, supporting infrastructure and building new facilities,
especially Business Environment Institutions (including e.g. infrastructure of technology parks,
business/technology incubators and Academic Business Incubators and Technology Transfer Centres,
with the latter two run by schools of higher education) will be possible only subject to the following
rules:
Activity of the BEI is in line with the regional smart specialisation strategy,
The beneficiary has a strategy/plan to use the infrastructure planned under the project, including
the strategy of the services provision, in place,
Activity of BEI is based on identified needs,
The project does not duplicate the BEI infrastructure of a similar profile situated in a given
subregion, unless the limit of the available offer has been depleted.
When providing services commissioned by specific entrepreneurs, BEIs apply existing standards
of services developed at the national level (including the principles concerning the level of co-
financing of BEI services by entrepreneurs).

The services provided by BEIs will be tailored to the needs of the enterprise, most of the support for
BEIs will be granted through demand mechanisms.

70
Territorial Self-Government Units may deliver projects by principle implemented by business
environment institutions.

Distinct support under the IP will be addressed to business entities in the early phase of
development (operating in the market for 24 months) who can be direct support beneficiaries. In
view of the early phase of development of the SME sector enterprises, the ERDF funding will be used
for investment support and support for successive stages of business maturity. In this context,
improvement of the access to financing, considering their sector specificity, is necessary for the
enhanced investment activity of enterprises. Financial instruments will be targeted at the development
of SMEs in the early phase of their development and developing new companies through the provision
of the initial capital, strengthening their basic scope of activity, implementation of new projects or
entering new markets. Thus financial instruments will support investment both in tangible and
intangible and legal assets, as well as working capital, providing, however, that the latter is connected
with the enterprise’s investment activity and further expansion. The selection of financial instruments,
along with the scope and areas of their application, will take place after the ex ante, evaluation referred
to in Article 37 of the General Regulation.
In the case of projects directly addressed to entrepreneurs who are not beneficiaries and where the use
of projects will be considered state aid, the latter will be granted at the so-called second level i.e. via
the beneficiary implementing the project.
Support for setting up of a business by individuals will be provided from the ESF, under Priority Axis
8. Support to natural persons not being entrepreneurs is not possible under TO 3..

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

Main groups of beneficiaries:
1. SMEs - operating no more than 24 months on the market
2. territorial self-government units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
3. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
4. business environment institutions
5. non-governmental organisations
6. entities running academic entrepreneurship centres
7. entities managing investment areas
8. entities implementing financial instruments.
The main target group will comprise entrepreneurs interested in locating their business operations
within economic activity zones, entrepreneurs interested in the offer of business incubators and SMEs
in their early stage of development.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation document.

Territorial coverage of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban and rural areas.
Use will also be made of a territorial development instrument, namely the subregional development
programme (instrument dedicated to interventions within functional subregions, i.e. the region's areas

71
of strategic intervention). At the same time, as regards the above intervention, support will also cover
interventions concentrated on the Kraków Functional Area - the Kraków Metropolis (Area of Strategic
Intervention). Supporting the above ASI will be promoted by setting aside a financial allocation to
support the region's capital city and its functional area delivered through integrated territorial
investments.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of specific objectives and the result.
The process of project selection envisages the following preferences:
a) for interventions in the areas of regional specialisation
b) considering the fact that there are significant intraregional differences, in particular the number
of business entities per 1000 residents, by poviats, preferences for projects which will contribute
to reducing disproportions in this respect (preferences for areas showing a low level of economic
activity) are not excluded
c) for projects implemented jointly be enterprises
d) projects with the smallest possible share of public contribution.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
Under the investment priority, in particular, competitive modes of projects will be applied.
As regards actions related to creating and developing infrastructure with a view to enhancing
economic development and promoting entrepreneurship, the investment priority will involve
using, above all, a special mechanism based on the subregional path, as a unique form of
competitive mode.
In addition, the special mechanism of integrated territorial investment is planned to be used in the
above support area within the territory of the Kraków Functional Area. The mechanism is based on
negotiations and arrangements between the municipalities associated within the ITI mechanism,
provided that the issue concerned is covered by the corresponding ITI strategy – in such a case the
application of the non-competitive mode involving the delivery of strategic projects will be
possible, provided that it is justified in particular by:
prior direct identification of specific projects - in a manner ensuring transparency of such
identification - in the operational programme (for example, projects identified within the
development strategy, projects identified within ITI strategy, and having a positive opinion of the
MA based on criteria indicated by the MA).
Operations involving financial instruments will be selected by the Managing Authority on the basis of
the results of the ex-ante evaluation referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation. The Managing
Authority will select the entity/entities to implement financial instruments (the operations’
beneficiary) upon its making a decision in respect of the contribution into the financial instrument(s).

72
Planned use of financial instruments
Under the investment priority support will be granted in the form of grants and the using of financial
instruments.
The use of financial instruments (loans, guaranties and capital instruments) or the coupling of
grants and support in the form of financial instruments is considered regarding interventions
concerning investment support for SMEs. Specific arrangements concerning the level of engagement
of financial instruments, indicating the types of instruments and their possible coupling with non-
repayable support, as well as the conditions for the use of such type of support will be presented in the
particularisation document of the operational programme based on the results of the analysis required
in Article 37 of the General Regulation.
The MA has carried out one of the planned experts' studies for the needs of the ex-ante evaluation
referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value
(2023)
Measurement Category Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator Fund
unit of region data reporting
M W T

Area of prepared less

1. ha ERDF - - 175 SL2014 annually
investment sites developed

(1) Number of
less
2. enterprises enterprises ERDF - - 690 SL2014 annually
developed
supported

(2) Number of
less
3. enterprises enterprises ERDF - - 32 SL2014 annually
developed
receiving grants

(3) Number of
enterprises
less
4. receiving other enterprises ERDF - - 360 SL2014 annually
developed
financial support
than grants

(4) Number of
enterprises less
5. enterprises ERDF - - 470 SL2014 annually
receiving non- developed
financial support

(5) Number of new less

6. enterprises ERDF - - 690 SL2014 annually
enterprises developed

73
 supported

(6) Private
investments
less 7 000
7. complementary to EUR ERDF - - SL2014 annually
developed 000
public support for
enterprises (grants)

(7) Private
investments
complementary to less 7 400
8. EUR ERDF - - SL2014 annually
public support for developed 000
enterprises (other
than grants)

Number of
advanced services less
9. item ERDF - - 48 SL2014 annually
(new or improved) developed
provided by BEIs

 Thematic objective 3. Enhancing the competitiveness of SMEs

Investment Priority 3b. Developing and implementing new business models for SMEs,
in particular with regard to internationalisation

Specific objective Increasing the international activity of regional SMEs

Results that the Member States
seek to achieve with Union support
Delivering this investment priority will contribute to enhancing
the international activity of SMEs, in particular those operating
in innovative sectors. At the same time, it will also build
conditions for overcoming barriers, also image-related ones
and those limiting the competitiveness of Małopolska's
businesses, and for enhancing Małopolska’s visibility as a
business brand.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measurement Category Baseline Baseline Source Reporting
No. Indicator value
unit of region value year of data frequency
(2023)

Regional
Value of exports less
1. EUR billion 7.5 2013 10 Information annually
in Małopolska developed
Database

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

Support under this investment priority may be granted to actions involving wide-ranging promotion
of the region’s economic offer (both on a national and international level), and promotion of
innovativeness, as well as actions to support Małopolska's SMEs in expanding onto external

74
markets, through, inter alia: organisation of international business missions for Małopolska’s
entrepreneurs, organisation of exhibitions, fairs and other events devoted to the economic exchange
and helping to find prospective clients, developing analyses of foreign markets, promoting
commodity, services and modern technology groups representing selected industries (in particular
those in line with regional specialisations), support to entrepreneurs in adjusting their product/service
offers to specific markets, opening new business channels to facilitate sales abroad, In relation with
the above actions, ensuring support to the investment process in the region is planned, including,
inter alia, the development of the integrated regional system of information about investment offers in
the region, preparation of studies containing key information about the region for investors, creating
business – BEI – TSUs cooperation networks, presentation of the integrated offer of EAZs.
The implementation of comprehensive and coordinated actions to enhance the image of the regional
economy, including, inter alia, the region’s economic promotion in the national and international
dimension, will be based on the region’s consistent investment policy developed jointly with the
economic partners.
Furthermore this investment priority envisages also direct support for Małopolska's SMEs to
increase their international activity and win new markets, including, inter alia, the development of
the strategies/plans for international activity, the purchase of specialist consultancy services in the area
of internationalisation of operation, e.g. development and implementation of new business models, in
particular, aimed at internationalization, the strategy for financing exports projects and exports
activity, identifying prospective trade partners, preparation of cooperation offers and trade negotiation,
seeking and selecting partners on selected foreign markets, dev eloping a concept of the company’s
image on a foreign market of choice. Support will also be given, inter alia, to projects in the area of
exhibitor’s participation in fairs-exhibitions targeted at foreign markets, obtaining necessary
documents enabling to market products or services on the target foreign market (certificates, permits
homologation etc.), adapting the production (product and product qualities) to the requirements of the
target foreign market (e.g. the product size or packaging).
All of SMEs’ activities supported within internationalization must arise from the strategy / plan
for international businesses of companies.
Implementation of projects by principle implemented by business environment institutions may be
delivered by Territorial Self-Government Units.
Where entrepreneurs are direct recipients but not beneficiaries of projects and the use of projects is
considered state aid, support will be provided at the so-called second level by the project beneficiary.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

Main groups of beneficiaries:
1. SMEs
2. Territorial self-government units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs – within
economic promotion, including the promotion of innovation and support for the investment
process
3. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality – within economic promotion, including the
promotion of innovation and support the investment process
4. business environment institutions - within economic promotion, including the promotion of
innovation and support the investment process

75
5. non-governmental organisations - within economic promotion, including the promotion of
innovation and support the investment process.
The main target group will consist in the SME sector entrepreneurs interested in internationalising
their business.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation document.

Territorial coverage of support

The support addressing promotion and internationalisation of SMEs will benefit interventions
comprising the region as a whole, the entire country international markets, with the investment located
within the territory of Małopolska, both in urban and rural areas.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of specific objectives and the result.
Under the process of selection of projects preferences for projects consistent with the regional
innovation strategy and for enterprises operating in accordance with the strategy are envisaged.
The investment priority envisages the exclusive application of the competitive mode of project
selection.

Planned use of financial instruments

Taking into account the type of the activities supported by the investment priority, grants are primarily
expected to be used. However, in the case of activities that are potentially financially viable, possible
use of financial instruments will be considered by the MA. Each time, the decision to make use of the
mechanism of financial instruments will be preceded by an ex-ante evaluation, in accordance with Art.
37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

76
Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value
(2023)
Measurement Category Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator Fund
unit of region data reporting
M W T

(1) Number of
less
1. enterprises enterprises ERDF - - 200 SL2014 annually
developed
receiving support

(2) Number of
less
2. enterprises enterprises ERDF - - 200 SL2014 annually
developed
receiving grants

(6) Private
investment
Less 13 000
3. complementary to EUR ERDF - - SL2014 annually
developed 000
public support for
enterprises (grants)

Number of
enterprises that
Less
4. introduced enterprises ERDF - - 50 SL2014 annually
developed
organizational and
procedural changes

 Thematic objective 3. Enhancing the competitiveness of SMEs

Investment Priority 3c. Supporting the creation and the extension of advanced
capacities for product and service development

Specific objective Increased productivity of the SME sector

Results that the Member States
seek to achieve with Union support
The implementation of the investment priority will be
conducive to enhancing the role of refundable instruments for
support of SMEs’ investment activity. The result of
interventions will be the implementation of investments
supporting the development of the SME sector and improving
SMEs’ market position. Investments under the investment
priority will increase the advanced SMES’ capacity of
developing products and services offered, increasing their
potential to transform of their resources into tangible economic
effects visible, first of all, in the steady growth of GDP per
capita in Małopolska.

77
 Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators
Target
Measurement Category Baseline Baseline Source Frequency
No. Indicator value
unit of region value year of data of reporting
(2023)
Average share of
innovative
enterprises in the
less
1. general number % 15.2 2012 16.4 GUS annually
developed
of industrial and
service sector
businesses

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

Under the investment priority investment support will be provided for the benefit of SMEs
operating longer than 24 on the market.
Investment projects aimed at developing/expanding enterprises, projects leading the marketing of new
or improved products/services, extending the scope of operation, leading to the growth in the offer’s
outreach by winning the new markets, will be financed, including in particular:
investment in modern machines, devices and production equipment, in order to market new or
improved products or services,
development of Internet sales of products and services (e-commerce),
investments concerning the use of information and communications technologies (ICT) in the
economic activity,
projects to adjust existing production installations to best available technology (BAT)
standards – modern solutions which make it possible to reduce costs of market operations in
enterprises resulting from a lower energy consumption or a more effective use of raw
materials (as an element of a comprehensive project).
Under the investment priority support to the access of enterprises to external capital is envisaged
through the development of financial instruments. The financial instruments will be addressed, first of
all, to the development of enterprises, enhancing their basic activity, implementation of new projects
or entering new markets. Hence the financial instruments will support investment in both tangible and
intangible and legal assets, as well as working capital, provided however that it is connected with the
enterprise’s investment activity and further expansion. The selection of financial instruments as well
as of the scope and areas of their application will take place after the ex ante evaluation referred to in
Article 37 of the General Regulation.
In addition, the support under this investment priority will cover specialist advice to SMEs. It is
envisaged that support to SMEs in this respect will be delivered through vouchers for advisory
services. The mechanism of vouchers for advisory services will be used in the scope and form which
allows to ensure the demarcation and a comprehensive and effective system of advisory support from
SME sector entities with the systemic advisory support using EFS funding planned within Priority
Axis 8. However, the application of another mechanism of advisory support is not excluded, provided
it uses the demand mechanism.
The support for specialist advice will be complementary with activities to enhance the R&D potential
and strengthen the competences of employees and the potential of employers (SMEs) delivered under
Priority Axis 1 Knowledge economy (IP 1b.) and Priority Axis 8 Labour market (IP 8v).
78
Where entrepreneurs are direct recipients but not beneficiaries of projects and the use of projects is
considered state aid, support will be provided at the so-called second level by the project beneficiary.
Support for setting up of a business by individuals will be provided from the ESF, under Priority Axis
8.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

Main groups of beneficiaries:
1. entities implementing financial instruments
2. SMEs operating on the market longer than 24 months .
The target group for support will be the sector of Małopolska's SMEs operating on the market longer
than 24 months.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation document.

Territorial coverage of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban and rural areas.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the specific objectives and the result.
The process of project selection envisages the following preferences:
a) for interventions in the areas of regional specialisation,
b) considering the fact that there are significant intraregional differences, in particular the
number of business entities per 1000 residents, by poviats, preferences for projects which will
contribute to reducing disproportions in this respect (preferences for areas showing a low
level of economic activity), on the basis of current data and depending on the changing
situation in the region, are not excluded,
c) for projects implemented jointly by enterprises,
d) for projects with the smallest possible share of public contribution.

Operations involving financial instruments will be selected by the Managing Authority on the basis of
the results of the ex-ante evaluation referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation. The Managing
Authority will select the entity/entities to implement financial instruments (the operations’
beneficiary) upon its making a decision in respect of the contribution into the financial instrument(s).
Under the investment priority use will be made of a competitive selection procedure for grant
support.

79
Planned use of financial instruments
Under the investment priority support will be granted both through grants and repayable financial
instruments.
In particular, support in the form of grants is envisaged for interventions concerning advisory
support.
The use of financial instruments or mixed forms of support (in particular loans and guarantees) or
combination of grants and support in the form of financial instruments is considered for interventions
involving investment support to SMEs. Specific arrangements concerning the scope of the application
of financial instruments, types of instruments and their possible combination with non-repayable
support, as well as the conditions for making use of such support, will be presented in the
particularisation document for the operational programme based on the results of the analysis required
under Article 37 of the General Regulation.
The MA has carried out one of the planned experts' studies for the needs of the ex-ante evaluation
referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of preparing the programme, no major projects that contribute to achieving its specific
investment priority were identified.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value Frequency

Measurement Category Source of
No. Indicator Fund (2023) of
unit of region data
reporting
M W T
(1) Number of less
1. enterprises enterprises ERDF - - 900 SL2014 annually
developed
receiving support
(2) Number of less
2. enterprises enterprises ERDF - - 815 SL2014 annually
developed
receiving grants
(3) Number of
enterprises less
3. receiving enterprises ERDF - - 305 SL2014 annually
developed
financial support,
other than grants
(6) Private
investment
complementary to less
4. EUR ERDF - - 39 000 000 SL2014 annually
public support for developed
enterprises
(grants)
(7) Private
investment
complementary to less
5. EUR ERDF - - 13 600 000 SL2014 annually
public support for developed
enterprises (other
than grants)
(8) The increase less
6. in employment in EPC ERDF - - 1800 SL2014 annually
developed
supported

80
 enterprises

(29) Number of
companies
receiving support less
7. in order to enterprises ERDF - - 15 SL2014 annually
developed
introduce new
products for the
company

 ESF contribution to thematic objective 3

European Social Fund resources represent the main source of financing for three priority axis under
the Regional Operational Programme: Axis 8 Labour market, Axis 9 Socially coherent region and
Axis 10 Knowledge and competences. The delivery of actions under the above axes will contribute
directly or indirectly to the attainment of thematic objectives 1-7.
Achieving the goal related to developing entrepreneurship (Thematic Objective 3) will be supported
indirectly by activities taken under:
Priority Axis 8 Labour market. The key actions reinforcing the effects of Objective 3 under
Objective 8 include strengthening entrepreneurial attitudes and facilitating the establishment
of new businesses, first of all by the unemployed, whose situation on the labour market is the
most difficult, actions towards improving the competence of SME staff, as well as supporting
the adaptability of employees of the SME sector.
Priority Axis 9 Socially coherent region. The key actions reinforcing the effects of Objective 3
under Objective 9 involve comprehensive support for persons interested in setting up or
joining a social company, and supporting initiatives related to creating new jobs in the sector
of social companies.

 Performance framework of the priority axis

Table 6. Performance framework of the priority axis
Measuremen
Priority axis

Milestone Final target

Indicator

Explanation
type

Indicator or Category (2018) (2023) Source of

No. Fund of relevance of
KIS of region data
t unit

indicator
M W T M W T

types of projects
(1) Number of related with
Output indicator enterprises enterp less output indicator
3
1
1.
receiving rises
ERDF
developer
- - 160 - - 1432 SL2014
cover 62.5% of
support priority axis
allocations

indicator
measures actual
Total amount
rate of incurring
Financial of certified less 282 352
3
indicator
2.
eligible
EUR ERDF
developed
- - 51 513 264 - - 942
SL2014 and verification
of eligible
expenditure
expenditure
under projects

81
 - The assumptions and estimated values for the contribution of financial instruments for
achieving the intermediate and final products for the indicator are estimates. After receiving
the final results of the ex-ante evaluation, there may be a need for adjustments.

 Categories of intervention planned in the priority axis

Tables 7-11. Indicative list of categories of intervention planned to be used under the Priority
Axis

Fund and category of region: European Regional Development Fund, less developed region

Table 7: Table 8 Table 9: Table 10: Table 11

Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Dimension 3 Dimension 4 Dimension 6

Intervention field Form of finance Territory type Territorial delivery ESF secondary theme
mechanisms (ESF only)

PA Cod € PA Cod € PA Cod € PA Cod € PA Cod €

e e e e e

120 25 0
55 000 125 00
3 066 3 01 3 01 000 00 3 01 00
000 0 000
0 000

35 0
125 00 100 00 65 200
3 067 3 04 3 02 3 05 00
0 000 0 000 000
000

54 180
60 000 5 000
3 072 3 06 3 03 800 00 3 07 000
000 000
0 000

10 000
3 03
000

The categories were assigned to individual dimensions assuming that each of the dimensions is
independent of the others, which means that each amount allocated to the priority axis is assigned to
the intervention categories envisaged in the respective dimension.

 Planned use of technical assistance for the purpose of developing

administrative capacity
The planned use of technical assistance is described in the priority axis dedicated to technical
assistance.

82
PRIORITY AXIS 4. REGIONAL ENERGY POLICY

Poland’s obligations under the Climate and Energy Package have become a challenge to the regions as
they need to contribute to fulfilment of same. The prerequisite for the attainment of the objectives set
forth in the Package, including the reduction of CO2 emission, is the building of a low-carbon
economy. Given the fact that it will be a long-term and a cost-consuming process, the region’s
involvement will have to allow for regional conditions, protection of customers’ interests, the energy
resources held and technological conditions.
Under the Priority Axis 4 support will be provided to actions with a view to improving energy
efficiency, which have a significant potential of not only reducing of the CO 2emission, but also of
improving the competitiveness of the economy. In a pursuit of the climate policy goals, actions will be
also focused on an increased share of renewable sources of energy in the final energy consumption
volumes as well as on an integration of these actions with a development of the distribution
infrastructure. At the same time, an additional effect of implementation of the interventions under the
Priority Axis 4, yet an extremely important one for Małopolska, will be improvement of the condition
of the environment on a local scale thanks to reduced emissions of pollutants, including in particular in
urban areas. Under the interventions to be taken an important role will be played by the promotion of a
“clean” urban transport accommodating growing mobility needs of the population of the cities and
towns and of their functional areas.
The key objective of the Priority Axis 4 is to create conditions for a sustainable growth in the
region, with account being taken of the aspects of a modern energy sector and an urban
transport sector, ensuring energy security for the region’s residents and improving the quality of
their life while, at the same time, respecting with the principles of environmental protection.
Interventions to be taken under the priority axis will support implementation of the Partnership
Agreement with regard to the specific objective set forth in the document, namely a reduction of the
emission levels of the economy. Support will be channelled to investments enhancing the energy
efficiency of the economy, contributing to an increased share of renewable energy sources in the
overall production of energy and fostering development of a sustainable urban transport. What also
needs to be stressed is the fact that implementation of a low-carbon economy takes place on multiple
levels with various sectors involved. The result is the building of a multidimensional Priority Axis and
the actions supported under the individual investment priorities being complementary with each other.
Implementation thereof guarantees a comprehensive approach to the regional energy policy.
Priority axis 4 introduced a combination of the investment priorities of the two thematic
objectives TO 4 and TO 6. The rationale for using this approach is a direct correlation between
actions undertaken in these areas in order to improve air quality in the Małopolska Region. The
maximization of the results of this requires a coherent and comprehensive approach to eliminating
sources of pollution, as well as supporting activities in areas that could contribute to ensuring the
achievement of improvement. The concentration of intervention in one priority axis will increase the
efficiency of the planning and implementation of actions in several closely-interlinked areas.

83
Link between the Priority Axis and TOs, IPs and Funds

Thematic objective Investment priority Fund

4. Supporting the shift 4a. Promoting the production and distribution of energy derived from renewable ERDF
towards a low-carbon sources
economy in all sectors 4b. Promoting energy efficiency and renewable energy use in enterprises ERDF
4c. Supporting energy efficiency, smart energy management and renewable ERDF
energy use in public infrastructure, including in public buildings, and in the
housing sector
4e. Promoting low-carbon strategies for all types of territories, in particular for ERDF
urban areas, including the promotion of sustainable multimodal urban mobility
and actions to mitigate climate change
6e. Undertaking projects aimed at improving the quality of urban environment, ERDF
urban renewal, reclamation and decontamination of brownfield sites (including
post-military areas), reducing air pollution and promoting measures to reduce
noise

Fund, category of region and calculation basis for Union support

Fund European Regional Development Fund

Category of region less developed

Calculation basis (public or total total

expenditure)

Category of region for outermost not applicable

regions and northern sparsely
populated regions (where
applicable)

The following support areas are planned under the priority axis:

Thematic objective 4. Supporting the shift towards a low-carbon economy in all sectors
Investment priority 4a. Promoting the production and distribution of energy derived
from renewable sources

Specific objective Increased level of production of renewable energy.

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
Intervention in the area of development of renewable energy
sources will directly contribute to the attainment of the specific
objective under the Investment Priority primarily through an
increased share of that type of energy in the final consumption
volume and the region’s contribution to the accomplishment of
Poland’s climate-related commitments. Development of
distributed energy generation systems based on local RES
potentials, diversification of supply sources, as well as
84
 adaptation of the distribution infrastructure will also play a role
in the improvement of energy security in the region thanks to
increased energy supply certainty and reduced dependency on
external energy carriers.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measurement Category Baseline Baseline Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator value
unit of region value year data reporting
(2023)

Share of electricity
Central
generated from
less Statistical
1. renewable sources in % 13.9 2012 18 annually
developed Office
total electricity
(GUS)
generation volume

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

Development of energy derived from RES will be in line with the principles of rational use of the
existing resources of that type of energy, this being in pursuit of one of the objectives of the Climate
and Energy Package. One of the elements of the Package is also Poland’s commitment to increase the
share of energy derived from renewable sources in the final gross energy balance up to a level of at
least 15% in 2020. Projects supported under the investment priority will contribute to the achievement
of specific objective by focusing on investments that contribute the most to attaining higher levels of
energy use from renewable sources.
Interventions in the region are planned to focus on investment projects related to generation of energy
from renewable sources. In particular, support will be provided to a construction of units with a lower
power generation capacity, according to the ROP/OP PA demarcation line. These goals will be
pursued primarily through a distributed generation of energy, based on a construction of small sources
of electricity and heat energy to meet local demand thus eliminating the need to transmit the energy
over long distances.
A growing interest in the generation of energy from renewable sources should be strongly correlated
with the need to build, expand and upgrade (only to the extent necessary to achieve the ability to
connect RES) distribution networks below 110 kV whose technical condition and advancement require
support in order to ensure proper operation.
The foregoing is intended to enable, above all, connection of newly constructed RES installations and
new energy consumers, and also reduction of energy losses within distribution networks. Delivery of
investment projects consisting in an increase of the use of renewable energy will be possible both as
regards supply of energy to the network and for own needs.
The intervention will also cover support to investments in the construction of installations for
biocomponent and biofuel production. Thus, support in this area can foster economic activation of the
region.
The use of renewable energy will be increased through, among other things, implementation of
investment projects consisting in a construction or upgrading of generation units:
85
 for electricity using biomass, biogas, wind energy, solar energy and water energy,
for heat energy using geothermal or solar energy,
for cogenerated electricity and heat energy, meeting the high-efficiency cogeneration
requirements (generation of energy from renewable sources).
Investments in renewable energy sources must take into account the requirements resulting from
special planning and an analysis is required, in accordance with national law, the potential impact on
the environment. The investment process should take into account the limitations of the development
of energy based on renewable sources such as the occurrence of forms of nature protection in a given
area, including Natura 2000 sites, the presence of valuable natural areas, including valuable places for
birds during the breeding season and during migration, the occurrence of animal migration corridors,
hydrological conditions, requirements for protection of monuments and landscaping, limitations
related to the protection of biodiversity and acoustic protection.
The intervention under the Investment Priority will be complementary with actions supported on the
national level.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

1. territorial Self-Government Units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
2. commercial companies in which the majority of shares belong to local governments or their
associates
3. government administration
4. companies in which territorial self-government units hold shares
5. scientific units
6. higher schools
7. housing co-operatives and tenants’ associations
8. cultural institutions
9. healthcare entities operating within the public healthcare system
10. non-governmental organisations
11. churches and religious associations and legal persons of churches and religious associations
12. entities implementing financial instruments
13. enterprises (Distribution System Operator).
The main target groups of the intervention under the priority axis include: individual users, enterprises
and the public sector interested in supporting an increased share of RES in the overall energy
production and in a development of prosumer energy.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation document.

Territorial coverage of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban and rural areas– taking into account local potentials for the production of energy from RES.

86
Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of broader strategic objectives and the result.
Under the evaluation of projects concerning energy generation from RES, the cost effectiveness
criterion and results accomplished in line with the objectives of the investment priority will be of key
importance. Among elements taken in to account when selecting investments to be supported will be
the concept of cost effectiveness, i.e. the best ratio of the EU funding allocated to obtain 1MWh of
energy or 1 MW of installed power resulting from the construction of a given installation. Besides,
support for such projects will also depend on other results achieved with regard to planned financial
outlays (e.g. the amount of CO2 reduction). In addition, environmental hazards in a given area, in
particular regarding the quality of air will also influence the selection of the investment, this applies, in
particular, to investments linked to the burning of biomass, which should be compatible with the
provisions of the regional air protection programme.
As regards construction of installations for biocomponent and biofuel production support will be
allocated to second/third components and fuels.
In the case of support for energy-water projects, co-financing support will only be granted to those
projects which do not adversely affect the status or the potential of water bodies that are on No. 1 lists
which are annexed to the Masterplans for the Oder and Vistula river basins. Co-financing of projects
that have a significant impact on the state or the potential of water bodies and which can be realized
only when the conditions set out in Article 4.7 Water Framework Directive, on No. 2 lists which are
annexed to the Masterplans for the river basins of the Oder and Vistula, are met will not be allowed
until sufficient evidence is provided for meeting the conditions set out in Article 4.7 of the Water
Framework Directive in the second cycle of the management plans for river basins. Filling the
condition will depend on the certification of compliance with the Water Framework Directive Plans of
the second cycle of river basin management by the European Commission.
In the case of projects with high-efficiency cogeneration, support will be granted to constructions,
justified in economic terms, of new installations with the lowest possible CO2 emissions and other air
pollutants. The new installations should achieve at least a 10% increase in energy efficiency, as
compared to separate production of heat and electricity using the best available technology. In
addition, any reconstruction of the existing facilities for high-efficiency cogeneration must result in a
reduction of CO2 by at least 30% for the existing plants. Projects should, where appropriate, prevent
energy poverty. Support will be granted to projects using renewable energy sources. Projects should be
conditional on making investments improving energy efficiency and reducing energy demand in
buildings for which energy is supplied from the supported installation while ensuring that investments
are based on the useful heat demand. Any investment should be in line with EU standards and
regulations in terms of environmental protection.
In the event of granting support to a large enterprise, the Managing Authority will ensure that the
financial contribution of the funds does not result in a substantial reduction of jobs in existing
locations throughout the European Union.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system

87
 will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
The investment priority envisages, first of all, the application of the competitive mode of project
selection.
The non-competitive mode will be applied in mostly in the area of interventions of regional
importance, provided that it is justified in particular by:
a legal obligation incumbent on a given entity or a group of entities to carry out specific tasks,
arising from the law or strategic documents, in particular in the case of a competition monopoly,

prior direct identification of specific projects - in a manner ensuring transparency of such

identification - in the operational programme (the list of large projects in accordance with Article
100 of the Framework Regulation, projects negotiated in the territorial contract, development
strategy, documents prepared for the ex-ante conditionalities and having a positive opinion of the
relevant MA based on criteria indicated by the MA).

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority the use of support, first of all, in the form of grants as well as of
financial instruments is planned.
The use of financial instruments or a combination of grants and support in the form of financial
instruments is considered with regard to interventions concerning support to entrepreneurs. Specific
arrangements concerning the level of engagement of financial instruments, indicating the types of
instruments and their possible coupling with support in the form of financial instruments, as well as
the conditions for the use of such type of support are presented in the particularization of the
operational programme based on the results of the analysis required in Article 37 of the General
Regulation.
The MA has carried out one of the planned experts’ studies for the needs of the ex-ante evaluation
referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

Table 5. Common and programme-specific result indicators

Target value
Measureme Category of Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator Fund (2023)
nt unit region data reporting

M W T
(30) Additional capacity to
ERDF less
1. generate energy from MW - - 40 SL2014 annually
developed
renewable sources

(34) Estimated annual tonnes of ERDF less 20

2. - - SL2014 annually
reduction of greenhouse CO2 developed 000

88
 gases emission equivalent

Number of units generating ERDF less

3. item - - 670 SL2014 annually
electricity from RES developed

Number of units generating ERDF less

4. item - - 1330 SL2014 annually
heat energy from RES developed

Length of built/ rebuilt ERDF less

5. km 460 SL2014 annually
power networks developed

Thematic objective 4. Supporting the shift towards a low-carbon economy in all sectors
Investment Priority 4b. Promoting energy efficiency and renewable energy use in
enterprises

Specific objective Enhanced energy efficiency in enterprises (SMEs)

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
Delivery of the intervention will contribute to a reduction of
energy-intensity of the economy through a more efficient
energy use, thus increasing the sector’s contribution to the
building of a low-carbon economy. At the same time, an
additional effect of a decreased demand for energy will be a
reduction of the enterprises’ operating costs and this will foster
their competitive edge on the market.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measurement Category Baseline Baseline Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator value
unit of region value year data reporting
(2023)

Electrical energy
consumption per less
1. GWh 0.106 2012 0.083 GUS annually
PLN 1 million developed
GDP

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

Under the investment priority support will be channelled to micro, small and medium-sized enterprises
which also show a considerable potential as regards possible application of solutions enhancing energy
efficiency and increasing the share of renewable energy in total consumption.
Projects supported under this investment priority will have to demonstrate their favourable impact on
the environment, shown in the form of specific objectives, such as a reduction of demand for natural
resources, including e.g. for energy or heat, and also a reduction of water consumption or waste heat
utilisation. Reduction of energy consumption levels by enterprises receiving support should also help
to reduce emission of pollutants to the air and, in effect, improve the quality of air in the region.
Under this investment priority support may be provided purposes to the following:
profound upgrading of buildings in energy terms,
89
 implementation of energy-efficient production technologies (electricity, water, heat,
cooling)
introduction of energy management systems
building, expanding and upgrading of high-efficiency RES installations, including
cogeneration installations (as an integral part of an enterprise or a production system)
upgrading and expanding production lines to make same more energy-efficient.
Within the framework of the national-level intervention, support is planned to be granted to an
establishment of a countrywide system of advisory support to enterprises, which can also enhance
interest in actions intended to improve energy efficiency and in an introduction of innovative
technologies.
In addition, the intervention is expected to direct support to investments in the development of energy-
efficient and passive construction. This support will be targeted exclusively at demonstration, pilot.
Such projects will be aimed at raising awareness about the economic benefits of such solutions in the
construction industry, while promoting them from the point of view of climate protection.
Projects supported under the investment priority will contribute to the implementation of the specific
objective through possible financing of investments of a very wide and comprehensive scope of
intervention and the application of preferential financing mechanisms addressed to micro, small and
medium-sized enterprises. As a result, lower costs of operation of such entities will have a potential
impact on their enhanced market competitiveness. This IP will also contribute, though to a more
limited extent than in the case of other TO4 priorities, to the low-carbon economy development.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

1. enterprises (SMEs)
2. entities implementing financial instruments
The target group of the intervention under the priority will be micro-, small and medium-sized
enterprises investing in the improvement of the energy efficiency of the enterprise’s operation and use
of RES in it.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation document.

Territorial coverage of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located
both in urban and rural areas.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategies and result.
The precondition for the implementation of projects will be the carrying out of energy audits which
will serve, inter alia, to the identification of the optimal set of actions to increase energy efficiency in a
given enterprise.

90
In the process of project selection, in addition to the assessment of the energy efficiency measures
achieved, combined with the environmental effects, financial results of the action in question for the
enterprise will also be analysed. Preference will be given to projects that increase energy efficiency
above 60%, while projects in the field of profound, comprehensive energy modernization increasing
energy efficiency below 25% will not be eligible for funding.
Effects (indicators) of projects concerning: a reduction in final energy consumption in the projects, the
amount of heat energy savings and the amount of saved electricity, will be monitored during the
implementation phase and made available as supplementary information in the annual report
monitoring data.
In the case of projects with high-efficiency cogeneration, support will be granted to constructions,
justified in economic terms, of new installations with the lowest possible CO2 emissions and other air
pollutants. The new installations should achieve at least a 10% increase in energy efficiency, as
compared to separate production of heat and electricity using the best available technology. In
addition, any reconstruction of the existing facilities for high-efficiency cogeneration must result in a
reduction of CO2 by at least 30% for the existing plants. Projects should, where appropriate, prevent
energy poverty. Support will be granted to projects using renewable energy sources. Projects should be
conditional on making investments improving energy efficiency and reducing energy demand in
buildings for which energy is supplied from the supported installation while ensuring that investments
are based on the useful heat demand. Any investment should be in line with EU standards and
regulations in terms of environmental protection.
In addition, a demonstration character and possibility of using solutions applied in the project by other
entrepreneurs will also be taken into account.
The project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision, measurability,
cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable development,
equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system will focus,
above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process, transparency,
impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.

The investment priority envisages, first of all, the application of the competitive mode of project
selection.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority the use of support, first of all, in the form of grants as well as of
financial instruments is planned.
The use of financial instruments or a combination of grants and support in the form of financial
instruments is considered with regard to interventions concerning investment support for SMEs.
Specific arrangements concerning the level of engagement of financial instruments, indicating the
types of instruments and their possible coupling with support in the form of financial instruments, as
well as the conditions for the use of such type of support will be presented in the particularization of
the operational programme based on the results of the analysis mentioned in Article 37 of the General
Regulation. The Managing Authority will select the entity / entities implementing financial
instruments (the beneficiary of operations) after a decision on contributing to the instrument / financial
instruments.

91
The MA has carried out one of the planned experts’ studies for the needs of the ex-ante evaluation
referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

Table 5. Common and programme-specific output indicators

Target value
Measureme Category of Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator Fund (2023)
nt unit region data reporting

M W T
(1) Number of enterprises
1. enterprises ERDF less developed - - 190 SL2014 annually
receiving support

(34) Estimated annual tonnes of

14
2. reduction of greenhouse CO2 ERDF less developed - - SL2014 annually
000
gases emission equivalent

 Thematic objective 4. Supporting the shift towards a low-carbon economy in all sectors
Investment priority 4c. Supporting energy efficiency, smart energy management and
renewable energy use in public infrastructure, including in public buildings, and in the
housing sector

Enhanced energy efficiency in the housing and public

Specific objective
utility sectors.
Results that the Member State The result of the intervention will be a substantial
seeks to achieve with Union improvement of the resource efficiency of the region’s
support economy. The specific objective will be accomplished in broad
terms since the intervention under this Priority Axis is
comprehensive in nature. Actions delivered will contribute to
an improvement of the system of resource-efficient use and
generation of energy, increased use of RES and thus to a
reduced consumption of conventional fuels, resulting in a
considerable reduction of emission of pollutants and
greenhouse gases.

92
 Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measurement Category of Baseline Baseline Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator value
unit region value year data reporting
(2023)

Seale of heat
energy for
less 13 622 14 542
1. municipal and GJ 2012 GUS annually
developed 989 727
household use of
buildings

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

Improved energy efficiency is central to a reduction of the economy’s emission levels and, further,
there are sectors where investment has largest potential for energy saving. The fact that under these
interventions focus is placed on these areas stems also from the energy-saving commitments
undertaken both on the Union37and national38 levels.
Support under this Priority Axis will be addressed to entities operating in the housing and public utility
sectors as ones with the highest overall consumption of energy in total.
Actions addressed to the housing and public utility sectors will involve, above all, a profound
comprehensive upgrading of buildings in terms of energy using RES installations. The key aspect of
delivery will be to accomplish the assumed pro-environmental effect in the form of the amount of
energy saved relative to the financial expenditure planned. Therefore, the precondition for the
commencement of such investment projects should be the carrying out of an energy audit, drafting of
energy-saving programmes and cost-effectiveness analyses, followed by a profound comprehensive
upgrading in energy terms, including, among other things:
thermal insulation of a building, replacement of windows, external doors and lighting with
energy-saving ones;
reconstruction of heating systems (along with a replacement and connection of a heat source),
ventilation and air-conditioning systems, use of weather compensation appliances and
building management systems;
building or upgrading of internal receiving installations and liquidation of the existing heat
sources, connecting to the heating network,
installation of microgeneration, microtrigeneration, high-efficiency cogeneration installations
to serve the building’s purposes,
use of RES technologies in buildings;
installation of cooling systems, including ones using RES.
Such actions would serve as a basis for a wider-scale application of such solutions as “energy islands”,
namely almost self-reliant areas in terms of energy supply (the areas of cities/towns, municipalities,
city districts, technology parks).
37
Directive 2006/32/ECof the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 April 2006 on energy end-use efficiency and
energy services and repealing Council Directive 93/76/EEC
38
National Action Plan related to energy efficiency

93
The intervention on the national level is planned to support establishment of a countrywide system of
advisory support for the public and housing sectors, which can also encourage interest in actions
working towards the improvement of the energy efficiency as well assign an introduction of
innovative technologies.
Additionally, support addressed to investing in energy-saving and passive building development
planned under the interventions. The support will be addressed exclusively to demonstration pilot
projects. The projects will be aimed at disseminating knowledge on economic benefits resulting from
the use of such solutions in buildings, while at the same time promoting them from the point of view
of climate protection.
In the case of projects with high-efficiency cogeneration, support will be granted to constructions,
justified in economic terms, of new installations with the lowest possible CO2 emissions and other air
pollutants. The new installations should achieve at least a 10% increase in energy efficiency, as
compared to separate production of heat and electricity using the best available technology. In
addition, any reconstruction of the existing facilities for high-efficiency cogeneration must result in a
reduction of CO2 by at least 30% for the existing plants. Investment support is allowed for highly
efficient plants burning fossil fuels, provided that these installations do not replace low-emission
devices, and other alternative solutions would be less efficient and more emissive.
Support may be granted for investments in biomass-burning heat sources or using gaseous fuels, but
only in particularly justified cases, where a significant increase in energy efficiency will be achieved
and where there is a particularly urgent need. Investments in individual heating devices (individual
heat sources) must contribute to reducing CO2 emissions and other air pollutants, and to significantly
increase energy savings. These investments can be supported only when connecting to the district
heating network in the area is not economically justified. Preference should be given to financial
instruments for these investments.
Projects supported under the investment priority will contribute to the accomplishment of the specific
objective, first of all, through a comprehensive approach under actions delivered in this sector which
shows extremely high energy intensity. The result of the planned support will contribute to increased
energy efficiency of the economy, as well as to the reduction of emissions in this sector.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

1. territorial Self-Government Units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
2. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
3. scientific units
4. higher schools
5. housing co-operatives and tenants’ associations
6. cultural institutions
7. healthcare entities operating within the public healthcare system
8. non-governmental organizations
9. churches and religious associations and legal persons of churches and religious associations
10. entities implementing financial instruments.
The main target groups of the intervention under the priority axis include the region’s residents and
institutions and entities interested in the improvement of the energy efficiency of the housing and
public infrastructure.

94
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation document.

Territorial coverage of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located
both in urban and rural areas.
With regard to the actions planned in the area of improvement of the energy efficiency use will be
also made of a territorial development instrument, namely the subregional development
programme (instrument dedicated to interventions within functional subregions, i.e. the region's areas
of strategic intervention).
At the same time, support for the improvement of the energy efficiency will also cover interventions
concentrated on the Kraków Functional Area - the Kraków Metropolis (Area of Strategic
Intervention). Supporting the above ASI will be promoted by setting aside a financial allocation to
support the region's capital city and its functional area delivered through integrated territorial
investments.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategies and result.
The precondition for the implementation of projects will be carrying out of energy audits which will
serve, inter alia, to acquire relevant knowledge about the profile of energy consumption of a given
building or a complex or buildings and will identify and quantify the possible economically effectives
energy efficiency and viable technology solutions, installations and devices (e.g. the use of
thermostats). In addition, other results accomplished will also be decisive for support to such projects,
including environmental effects, with regard to planned financial outlays.
Preference will be given to projects concerning profound, comprehensive modernization of energy
increasing energy efficiency by more than 60%, while projects that increase energy efficiency below
25% will not be eligible for funding. The condition for supporting projects for a comprehensive,
profound modernization of the energy performance of buildings will also be a need for individual
meters of heat, hot water and cooling. Additionally, there is an obligation to install thermostats and
control valves if this is the result of a conducted energy audit.
Effects (indicators) of projects’ implementation concerning: the reduction in final energy consumption
in the projects, the amount of heat energy savings and the amount of saved electricity, will be
monitored during the implementation phase and made available as supplementary information in the
annual report, video monitoring.
In addition, support under the intervention is planned to be primarily addressed to projects which
encompass a comprehensive thermo-modernisation of buildings of significant social function. In the
area of health projects, thermo-modernisation projects may relate only to facilities with which they
will be justified in the context of the maps of health needs developed by the Ministry of Health.
Regarding cogeneration, support under the programme may be granted only to projects assuring as the
lowest level of CO2 and other air pollutants’ emissions. Projects should be economically viable and, if
appropriate, prevent energy poverty. Priority should be given to projects that use renewable energy
sources. Projects should be conditioned on making investments improving energy efficiency and
95
reducing energy demand in buildings for which energy is supplied from the supported installation
while ensuring that investments are based on the useful heat demand. Any investment should be in line
with EU standards and regulations in terms of environmental protection.
The exchange of individual heat sources can be supported in investing in plants with the lowest
emissions of CO2 and other air pollutants. Supported projects must result in a reduction of CO2 by at
least 30% for the existing plants. Investments in this sector are long-term in nature and therefore
should comply with the relevant EU standards and regulations for environmental protection.
Supported heating devices should, from the beginning of the programming period, be characterized by
the minimum level of the energy efficiency and emissions standards in force from the end of 2020, as
specified in the measures implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of 21 October 2009 establishing a
framework for ecodesign requirements for energy-related products. Projects should economically and
socially viable and, where appropriate, prevent energy poverty. Priority should be given to supported
projects that use renewable energy sources. Support should be conditioned on making investments
improving energy efficiency and limiting the demand for energy in buildings where energy is used
with supported devices. Any investment should be in line with EU standards and regulations for
environmental protection.
In certain areas, having the low-carbon economy plans in place will be the condition for the granting
of support to projects. The co-financing of actions aimed at improving energy efficiency will comply
with the government document, i.e. a long-term strategy of support to investments into the
regeneration of national resources of residential and utility buildings, both public and private.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
Under the investment priority both the competitive mode of project selection and a special
mechanism of project selection based on a subregional path as a special form of the competitive
mode, are envisaged in the area of thermo-modernisation of public buildings.
The non-competitive mode, in particular in the area of interventions of regional importance, complies
with the Partnership Agreement and is justified in particular by:
a legal obligation incumbent on a given entity or a group of entities to carry out specific tasks,
arising from the law or strategic documents, in particular in the case of a competition
monopoly,

prior direct identification of specific projects - in a manner ensuring transparency of such

identification - in the operational programme (the list of large projects in accordance with
Article 100 of the Framework Regulation, projects negotiated in the territorial contract,
development strategy, documents prepared for the ex-ante conditionalities and having a
positive opinion of the relevant MA based on criteria indicated by the MA).
In addition, the special mechanism of integrated territorial investment is planned to be used in the
above support area within the territory of the Krakow Functional Area. The mechanism is based on
negotiations and arrangements between the municipalities associated within the ITI mechanism,
provided that the issue concerned is covered by the corresponding ITI strategy – in such a case the

96
application of the non-competitive mode involving the delivery of strategic projects will be possible
within the formula of strategic projects.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority the use of support, first of all, in the form of grants as well as of
financial instruments is planned.
The use of financial instruments or a combination of grants and support in the form of financial
instruments is considered with regard to interventions concerning support for investments aimed at
building multi-family housing. Specific arrangements concerning the level of engagement of financial
instruments, indicating the types of instruments and their possible coupling with non-repayable
support, as well as the conditions for the use of such type of support will be presented in the
particularization of the operational programme based on the results of the analysis required in Article
37 of the General Regulation. The Managing Authority will select the entity / entities implementing
financial instruments (the beneficiary of operations) after a decision on contributing to the instrument /
financial instruments.
The MA has carried out one of the planned experts’ studies for the needs of the ex-ante evaluation
referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

Table 5. Common and programme-specific result indicators

Measurement Category of Target value (2023) Source Frequency

No. Indicator Fund
unit region of data of reporting

M W T
(31) Number of
households with less
1. buildings ERDF - - 5800 SL2014 annually
higher class of developed
energy use

(32) Reducing the

annual primary
less 1 990
2. energy kWh / year ERDF - - SL2014 annually
developed 000
consumption in
public buildings

Number of
buildings with
less
3. better class of item ERDF - - 48 SL2014 annually
developed
energy
consumption

(34) Estimated
annual decline in tons of CO2 less
4. ERDF - - 3 000 SL2014 annually
greenhouse gas equivalent developed
emissions

97
 Thematic objective 4. Supporting the shift towards a low-carbon economy in all sectors
Investment priority 4e. Promoting low-carbon strategies for all types of territories, in
particular for urban areas, including the promotion of sustainable multimodal urban
mobility and mitigation-relevant adaptation measures

Specific objective Increased use of low-carbon public transport and other

environmentally friendly forms of urban mobility

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
The priority investment will help to increase the role of public
transport as an alternative to individual transport in cities and
their functional areas, by creating conditions for building
efficient, friendly to travellers, green and integrated transport
systems in the region. In addition, intervention will be a
contribution to the creation of communication agglomeration
nodes, distributing sub-regional communication - in this case it
could also be a factor supporting the development of sub-
regional centres and a factor of creating effective transport
links in urban and rural areas aimed at increasing the mobility
of those living outside urban areas. Promoting clean urban
transport is also a way to address the greater and greter
problem of cities, the problem of excessive congestion routes,
both inside them, and those leading directly to them.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measureme Category of Baseline Baseline Frequency of
No. Indicator value Source of data
nt unit region value year reporting
(2023)

Transportation
of passengers less
1. million/year 408.4 2012 417 CSO annually
by public developed
transport

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

Within the investment priority, in the areas for sustainable urban transport, investments will be aimed
at strengthening the urban transport systems, including public transport in cities and in areas
functionally related.
Support within the investment priority will concern, in particular:
purchase of means of transport for urban use and related areas of functionality - an
environmentally friendly, new bus fleet accessible for people with reduced mobility. It is also
possible to modernize rolling stock for the limitation of emissions of harmful substances,
an important complement to investments in urban transport infrastructure may be projects
related to construction of installations for the distribution of bio-components and biofuels or other
energy carriers for transport, and the adjustment of technical facilities for maintenance and
operation of eco-bus fleet.
98
 ticket vending machines.
The projects could also affect the operation of solutions to improve urban transport, increasing the
availability and speed of movement with the transport, including:
investments in solutions aimed at integrating different modes of transport, such as: interchange
nodes (centres) and Park & Ride systems (also for the rapid suburban railway network), joint
fares, organization and coordination of schedules,
solutions for traffic arrangements to facilitate the efficient movement of public transport vehicles
(e.g. construction of the so-called bus lanes, investment in equipment and solutions in the field of
telematic traffic management systems)
projects related to the construction / reconstruction of regional, district and municipal roads
leading to interchanges and Park & Ride sites only as a necessary and complementary (non-
dominant) element of projects,
investments and solutions for the implementation of the restricted zone of transport emissions.
It is also possible to implement infrastructure projects in the creation of facilities for cycling, including
the development of systems of roads / trails / paths for bicycles and accompanying links with public,
individual transport and pedestrian traffic.
The investment priority also allows the modernization of street lighting in terms of increasing its
energy efficiency.
Investments in infrastructure will not cover repair work, as well as will not be applicable to the current
infrastructure maintenance.
Purchased / modernized fleet, as well as all infrastructure solutions within the framework of the
projects will take into account the needs of persons with reduced mobility.
Part of the project may be always a component of environmental education, which aims at promoting
the use of public transport, cycling or pedestrian traffic, as an alternative to private vehicles.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

Major groups of beneficiaries:
1. territorial self-government units, their unions and associations
2. organizational units within local government units with legal personality
3. enterprises
The target group of support will be all users of the transport infrastructure and rolling stock, supported
by EU funds.
At the level of the particularising document, groups of beneficiaries who will be able to apply for
funding of projects in specific areas of support will be further specified.

Territorial coverage of support

Support will cover interventions for the whole region, and investments will be localized in urban
areas, as well as there will be supplementary ones in rural areas functionally linked to them.
99
At the same time, in relation to the planned activities, the instrument of territorial development is
expected to be used, i.e. the sub-regional development program (a dedicated instrument of
intervention in the framework of functional sub-regions - areas of strategic intervention of the region).
With respect to the above scope of intervention, support will also include interventions focused within
the Krakow functional area, the Metropolitan area of Krakow. In this regard, the Strategic Intervention
Area was identified as the Krakow Metropolis. The mechanism promoting the support of the above the
SIA will be isolated from the financial allocation for the support of the regional capital and its
functional area, as implemented in the ITI formula.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

Investment in urban transport in the framework of the IP 4e will contribute to achieving a low-carbon
and sustainable mobility in cities. They must stem from plans prepared by local governments, which
make reference to the issue of the transition to greener and sustainable transport systems in cities. The
role of such documents may serve as low-carbon economy plans or ITI strategies, the documents must
contain elements of the plans of urban mobility. These documents should identify local conditions and
directions of the planned interventions in a given area and, depending on the needs identified ,include
references or indicate the appropriate applicable documents containing references to such issues as
such. Collective passenger transport, non-motorized transport, the use of intelligent transport systems
(ITS), logistics city, road safety in cities, implementing new usage patterns or the promotion of clean
and energy efficient vehicles (clean fuels and vehicles).
Investments in urban transport in the framework of the IP 4e must also meet the following conditions:
investments implemented within the ROP will be complementary to the investments being made
in the relevant national operational programmes. In the case of regional cities and related
functional areas, the ITI Strategy is an instrument of coordination,
investments in local or regional roads can be financed only as necessary and complementary (non-
dominant) elements of a project for sustainable urban mobility. Independent projects concerning
road infrastructure will not be accepted within the IP 4e.
if the plans or strategic documents or the cost-benefit analysis related to sustainable urban
mobility prove the need for the purchase of buses, the purchase of vehicles that meet at least
emission standard of Euro 6 is allowed. Priority will however be given to the purchase of vehicles
with alternative propulsion systems (electric, hybrid, biofuels, hydrogen, etc.)
the purchase of low-carbon bus fleet may be accompanied by investments necessary for the proper
functioning of sustainable mobility infrastructure - preference for this type of projects is
envisaged.
The basis for the selection of projects for funding will be the assessment made on the basis of the
selection criteria considered and approved by the monitoring committee to ensure the optimal
selection of projects from the point of view of implementation of specific objectives and achieving
results.
Within the system of evaluation of projects, the following factors will be examined: the project's
contribution to reducing greenhouse gas emissions, contributing to the improvement of the
environment in urban areas, the impact on reducing traffic congestion in the city, the value socio-
economic value of the project.

100
The project selection criteria will be developed taking into account in particular such aspects as
objectivity, accuracy, measurability, consistency and separation, and compliance with the principles of
sustainable development, gender equality and non-discrimination. The selection of projects will focus
primarily on ensuring the following: the effectiveness of the selection process, transparency,
impartiality of the assessment and procedural efficiency.
Within the investment priority, a special mechanism is primarily expected to be used, based on the
sub-regional path, as a form of the competition mode.
In addition, the above-mentioned area of support is expected to use a special mechanism in the
Krakow functional area, i.e. an integrated territorial investment, based on a formula negotiated and
agreed by communes belonging to the ITI association, provided for the inclusion of the issue in the ITI
strategy - in this case, it will be possible to apply the non-competitive mode, in the formula of
strategic projects, bearing in mind that the use of this mode is justified in particular with regard to:
a legal duty to carry out certain tasks by a given entity or a group of entities, pursuant to the
provisions of the law or strategic documents, in particular in the case of a monopoly of
competence,
earlier direct identification of specific projects - in a way that ensures transparency in identifying
them - in the operational program (projects identified in the ITI strategy, and a positive opinion by
the MA, on the basis of the criteria indicated by the MA).

Planned use of financial instruments

As part of the investment priority support will be granted only in the form of non-repayable grants and
the use of financial instruments is not envisaged.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of preparing the programme, no major projects that contribute to achieving specific
objectives of the investment priority were identified.

Table 5. Common and program-specific output indicators

Measurement Category of Target value (2023) Source Frequency

No. Indicator Fund
unit region of data of reporting

M W T
Number of passenger
rolling stock units less
1. item ERDF - - 70 SL2014 annually
purchased in public developed
transport

Number of constructed
"Park & Ride" less
2. item ERDF - - 16 SL2014 annually
facilities / integrated developed
Interchanges

Length of bicycle less

3. km ERDF - - 60 SL2014 annually
paths developed

101
  Thematic objective 4. Supporting the shift towards a low-carbon economy in all sectors
Investment priority 4e. Promoting low-carbon strategies for all types of territories, in
particular for urban areas, including the promotion of sustainable multimodal urban
mobility and mitigation-relevant adaptation measures

Specific objective Decreased level of low emission in the region

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
The result of the intervention planned under the investment
priority will be completion of actions supporting the shift to a
low carbon economy. This will be achieved by investing in the
area of improving energy efficiency, reduction of emission of
selected sectors while obtaining improved air quality.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measureme Category of Baseline Baseline Frequency of
No. Indicator value Source of data
nt unit region value year reporting
(2023)

Małopolska
PM 10 emission less Region Air
1. Mg/year 31 877 2011 22 873 annually
level developed Protection
Programme

Małopolska
PM 2.5 less Region Air
2. Mg/year 27 352 2011 19 656 annually
emission level developed Protection
Programme

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

In the years to come, Małopolska will face a challenge of improving the quality of air, in particular in
terms of the low emission standards which are now largely exceeded. Considering the conclusions and
recommendations arising from the Air Protection Programme for the Małopolska Region, the
intervention should focus, above all, on the replacement of heat sources in individual households and
development of heating networks. Support may be granted for investments in biomass-burning heat
sources or those using gaseous fuels, but only in particularly justified cases, where a significant
increase in energy efficiency will be achieved and where there is a particularly urgent need.
As regards the heating networks, support will focus on the construction, development and
modernisation of the networks in areas where such investments are justified and feasible. Investments
in district heating networks will be implemented subject to the approval of such support by the
relevant provisions of the Partnership Agreement.
Support will focus chiefly on the area having low-carbon economy plans already developed.
Actions delivered under the investment priority will be complementary to actions taken on the national
level with respect to the building, expanding and upgrading of district heating networks as well as
replacing heat sources.

102
Investments in individual heating devices (individual heat sources) must contribute to reducing
emissions of CO2 and other air pollutants, and significantly increase energy savings. These
investments can be supported only when connected to the district heating network in the area is not
economically justified.
Considering the scale of the problem of air pollution in the region, resulting from the so-called
near-ground emissions, a substantial portion of the allocation under the Investment Priority is
planned to be invested in the implementation of projects working towards a removal of the
sources of such pollution. In addition, in order to achieve the best possible environmental effect of
implementation of the action, a separate co-financing path is planned to be adopted for such projects.
Given the fact that the key sources of pollution are individual heating systems in the housing sector,
the final customers under the project would be, among others, residents and legal persons.
Introduction of a separate procedure would involve a possibility of settling any works carried out
directly by the individual final customers under the project, referred to above, based on bills issued to
them, as third parties, with an assumption that the beneficiary of the support granted are Territorial
Self-Government Units. Also, provision of such a support to the individual final customers through the
use of financial instruments could be possible. Adoption of the solution referred to above means that
the project would be settled based on the expenses incurred by a third party rather than the project
beneficiary. In such a situation the ownership title of the items purchased (boilers, kilns, heating
installations) would, since the start, be held by the project’s final customers and not by the project
beneficiary. In order to ensure, among other things, sustainability of the project results a solution will
be introduced whereby agreements will be entered into between the project beneficiary and the final
users.
Having regard to the importance of the role played by the environmental awareness of various areas
influencing improvement of the quality of life, support is planned for actions related to information
and promotion, e.g. in the area of rising the awareness of energy saving possibilities, improvement of
air quality. The projects supported under the investment priority will contribute to the accomplishment
of the specific result through the improvement of the quality of air as a result of the elimination of
main pollution sources. In view of the fact that the levels of air pollution (PM10, PM2,5) in the region
are ranked among the highest in Poland, the intervention in this area is totally justified. The results of
the actions undertaken will be the improvement of the quality of human life, in the health area, as well
as the improved condition of ecosystems.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

1. territorial self-government units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
2. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
3. scientific units
4. higher schools
5. housing co-operatives and tenants’ associations
6. cultural institutions
7. healthcare entities operating within the public healthcare system
8. non-governmental organisations
9. churches and religious associations and legal persons of churches and religious associations
10. entities implementing financial instruments.

103
The main target group of the interventions under the priority axis will be the region’s residents,
including in particular the residents of the areas with most unfavourable conditions in terms of the air
quality and air pollution.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation document.

Territorial coverage of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban areas and, in addition, in the rural areas having functional links with the former.
As regards the actions planned to reduce emissions of pollutants from the municipal and household
sector, a territorial development instrument, namely the sub-regional development programme
(instrument dedicated to interventions within functional sub-regions, i.e. the region's areas of strategic
intervention) is planned to be used.
At the same time, support for the reduction of emission of pollutants from the municipal and
household sector will also cover interventions concentrated on the Krakow Functional Area - the
Krakow Metropolis (Area of Strategic Intervention). Supporting the above ASI will be promoted by
setting aside a financial allocation to support the region's capital city and its functional area delivered
through integrated territorial investments.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of broader strategic objectives and the result.
A precondition of the implementation of projects will be the development of the low-carbon economy
plans for actions concerning the improvement of quality of air, i.e. the replacement of heating sources
and the development of the heating network.
Supported projects must result in a reduction of CO2 by at least 30%, as compared to the existing
plants. Projects should be economically viable and socially and, where appropriate, prevent energy
poverty. Priority should be given to supporting projects that use renewable energy sources. Support
should be conditional on making investments improving energy efficiency and reducing energy
demand in buildings where energy from supported devices is used.
Investments in this sector are long-term in nature and therefore should comply with the relevant EU
standards and regulations for environmental protection. The supported heating devices should be
characterised, from the beginning of the programming period, by the minimum level of energy
efficiency and emissions standards in force from the end of 2020, as specified in the measures
implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of 21 October 2009 establishing a framework for the
requirements for energy-related products.
The key in the evaluation of projects will be the criterion of cost-effectiveness and those achieved in
conjunction with environmental effects in relation to the planned funding.
The project selection criteria will be developed taking into account in particular such aspects as
objectivity, accuracy, measurability, consistency and separation, and compliance with the principles of
sustainable development, gender equality and non-discrimination. The selection of projects will focus

104
primarily on ensuring the following: the effectiveness of the selection process, transparency,
impartiality of the assessment and procedural efficiency.
Within the investment priority, a special mechanism is primarily expected to be used, based on the
sub-regional path, as a form of the competition mode.
In addition, the above-mentioned area of support is expected to use a special mechanism in the
Krakow functional area, i.e. an integrated territorial investment, based on a formula negotiated and
agreed by communes belonging to the ITI association, provided for the inclusion of the issue in the ITI
strategy - in this case.
The use of the non-competitive mode, in the formula of strategic projects, bearing in mind that the
use of this mode is justified in particular with regard to:
a legal duty to carry out certain tasks by a given entity or a group of entities, pursuant to the
provisions of the law or strategic documents, in particular in the case of a monopoly of
competence,
prior direct identification of specific projects - in a manner ensuring transparency of such
identification - in the operational programme (the list of large projects in accordance with Article
100 of the Framework Regulation, projects negotiated in the territorial contract, development
strategy, documents prepared for the ex-ante conditionalities and having a positive opinion of the
relevant MA based on criteria indicated by the MA).

Planned use of financial instruments

As part of the investment priority support will be granted only in the form of grants.
Preference should be given to support for the use of financial instruments as well as through energy
service companies (ESCOs).
The use of financial instruments or a combination of grants and support in the form of financial
instruments are considered with regard to interventions concerning support by financial entities to
final users interested in the liquidation of non-ecological heating sources. Such a solution will be
applied in the event if the territorial self-government units on a given territory do not decide to apply
for the funding to reduce low emission from individual households. Specific arrangements concerning
the level of engagement of financial instruments, indicating the types of instruments and their possible
coupling with support in the form of financial instruments, as well as the conditions for the use of such
type of support will be presented in the particularization of the operational programme based on the
results of the analysis required in Article 37 of the General Regulation.
The MA has carried out one of the planned experts’ studies for the needs of the ex-ante evaluation
referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

At this stage of work, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the specific objectives of
the investment priority have been identified.

105
 Table 5. Common and programme-specific result indicators

Target value
Measure Category Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator Fund (2023)
ment unit of region data reporting

M W T
Number of upgraded heat less
1. item ERDF - - 19 950 SL2014 annually
sources developed

tonnes of
(34) Estimated reduction of less
2. CO2 ERDF - - 93 760 SL2014 annually
greenhouse gases emission developed
equivalent

 Thematic objective 6. Promoting adaptation to climate change, risk prevention and risk
management
Investment priority 6e. Taking up initiatives aimed at improving the quality of urban
environment, urban renewal, reclamation and decontamination of brownfield sites
(including post-military areas), reducing air pollution and promoting measures aimed
at reducing noise
Specific objective Reduced levels of air pollution in the region

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union support
The result of the intervention planned under the investment
priority will be improvement of the air quality on the areas
most threatened with pollution. Support granted to a
liquidation of near-ground emission sources will result in a
reduction of concentrations of PM10 and PM2.5 particulate
matter. Support under the Investment Priority will focus on
actions envisaged in the Air Protection Programme based on
survey of the sources of pollution required to be carried out in
order to deliver the actions and establish their financial scope.
The result of the actions taken will improve the quality of life
for people, as well as improve the health of ecosystems.

Table 3. Programme-specific output indicators

Target
Measurement Category of Baseline Baseline Frequency of
No. Indicator value Source of data
unit region value year reporting
(2023)

Małopolska
PM 10 less Region Air
1. Mg/year 31 877 2011 22 873 annually
emission level developed Protection
Programme

Małopolska
PM 2.5 less Region Air
2. Mg/year 27 352 2011 19 656 annually
emission level developed Protection
Programme

106
A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported
In recent years, the region has recorded exceedances of permitted levels of many pollutants, including
particulate matter PM10, PM2.5, benzo (a) pyrene, nitrogen oxides, sulfur dioxide. Residents of the
region’s areas with persistence of high concentrations of pollutants in the air are exposed to a
deterioration in the quality of health and quality of life.
Targeting support to providing residents the opportunity to live in a healthy environment and breathing
clean air is the main reason for regional and local activities related to the evaluation and improvement
of air quality.
In this area, intervention would be aimed at changing individual heating systems into greener ones.
The aim of the intervention will limit the use of low-quality fuels, the use of devices with high
efficiency and thereby reduce pollutant emissions.
Investments should contribute to achieving the highest efficiency and lowest possible emissions of
CO2 and other air pollutants (e.g. PM10, NOx). These investments can be supported only where
connecting to the district heating network in the area is not economically justified.
In addition, in order to achieve the greatest possible environmental effect as a result of the actions, a
separate path financing such projects is planned to be adopted. Bearing in mind that the main sources
of pollution are individual home heating systems, the final recipients of the project would be, among
others, individual residents.
The introduction of a separate procedure would be to consider the possibility of settling all the work
done directly by the above individual final recipients of the project on the basis of receipts issued by
them, as third parties, on the assumption that the beneficiary of the aid would be local government
units. This does not exclude also the possibility of providing such support for individual end users
through the use of financial instruments. Adoption of the solution referred to above means that the
project would be settled based on the expenses incurred by a third party rather than the project
beneficiary. In such a situation the ownership title of the items purchased (boilers, kilns, heating
installations) would, since the start, be held by the project’s final customers and not by the project
beneficiary. In order to ensure, among other things, sustainability of the project results a solution will
be introduced whereby agreements will be entered into between the project beneficiary and the final
users.
Having regard to the importance of the role played by the environmental awareness of various areas
influencing improvement of the quality of life, support is planned for actions related to information
and promotion, e.g. in the area of rising the awareness of energy saving possibilities, improvement of
air quality.
The approach taken in improving the air quality cannot be divorced from other areas of intervention of
the programme. These issues are horizontal and the impact on the reduction of pollutants will also
have activities across the entire axis 4. Energy Policy. First of all, equally important will be the effect
of the project in the field of environmentally-friendly urban transport development, low emission
elimination by investing in biomass boilers and fuel gas as well as energy efficiency measures and the
development of renewable energy sources. Considering the above, support under this priority will be
focused on supporting activities in the field of low-carbon economy and thus improving the quality of
the environment.

107
Potential beneficiaries and target groups
1. territorial self-government units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
2. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
3. scientific units
4. higher schools
5. housing co-operatives and tenants’ associations
6. cultural institutions
7. healthcare entities operating within the public healthcare system
8. non-governmental organisations
9. churches and religious associations and legal persons of churches and religious associations
10. entities implementing financial instruments.
The main target group of the interventions under the priority axis will be the region’s residents,
including in particular the residents of the areas with most unfavourable conditions in terms of the air
quality and air pollution.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation document.

Territorial coverage of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban areas and, in addition, in the rural areas having functional links with the former.
Support may be granted only for projects in the zones of air protection programmes, where exceeded
levels of PM10 were found.
At the same time, in relation to the planned activities aimed at reducing emissions from the
existentially-municipal sector, the use of territorial development instruments is anticipated, i.e. the
sub-regional development program (a dedicated instrument of intervention in the framework of
functional sub-regions - areas of strategic intervention of the region).

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of broader strategic objectives and the result.
In the exchange of individual heat sources, investments with the least CO2 and PM10 emissions and
the greatest energy efficiency can be supported.
The supported heating devices should be characterised, from the beginning of the programming
period, by the minimum level of energy efficiency and emissions standards in force from the end of
2020, as specified in the measures implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of 21 October 2009
establishing a framework for the requirements for energy-related products.
Projects should be economically viable and socially and, where appropriate, prevent energy poverty.
Priority should be given to supporting projects that use renewable energy sources. Support should be
conditional on making investments improving energy efficiency and reducing energy demand in
buildings where energy from supported devices is used. Any investment should be in line with EU
standards and regulations in terms of environmental protection.

108
Preference should be given to support for the use of financial instruments as well as through energy
service companies (ESCOs).
The key in the evaluation of projects will be the criterion of cost-effectiveness and in conjunction with
environmental effects achieved in relation to the planned funding.
The project selection criteria will be developed taking into account in particular such aspects as
objectivity, accuracy, measurability, consistency and separation, and compliance with the principles of
sustainable development, gender equality and non-discrimination. The selection of projects will focus
primarily on ensuring the following: the effectiveness of the selection process, transparency,
impartiality of the assessment and procedural efficiency.
Within the investment priority, a special mechanism is primarily expected to be used, based on the
sub-regional path, as a form of the competition mode.
Applying the non-competitive mode, particularly in the area of intervention of regional importance, is
in accordance with the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and justified due to:
a legal duty to carry out certain tasks by a given entity or a group of entities, pursuant to the
provisions of the law or strategic documents, in particular in the case of a monopoly of
competence,
prior direct identification of specific projects - in a manner ensuring transparency of such
identification - in the operational programme (projects identified in the ITI strategy and having a
positive opinion of the relevant MA based on criteria indicated by the MA).

Planned use of financial instruments

As part of the investment priority, support will be granted in the form of grants.
The use of financial instruments or a combination of grants and support in the form of financial
instruments are considered with regard to interventions concerning support by financial entities to
final users interested in the liquidation of non-ecological heating sources. Such a solution will be
applied in the event if the territorial self-government units on a given territory do not decide to apply
for the funding to reduce low emission from individual households. Specific arrangements concerning
the level of engagement of financial instruments, indicating the types of instruments and their possible
coupling with support in the non-repayable form, as well as the conditions for the use of such type of
support will be presented in the particularization of the operational programme based on the results of
ex-ante evaluation, referred to in Art. 37 of the General Regulation. The Managing Authority will
select the entity / entities implementing financial instruments (the beneficiary of operations) after a
decision on contributing to the instrument / instruments.
The MA has carried out one of the planned experts’ studies for the needs of the ex-ante evaluation
referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

At this stage of work, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the specific objectives of
the investment priority have been identified.

109
Table 5. Common and programme-specific result indicators

Target value
Measure Category Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator Fund (2023)
ment unit of region data reporting

M W T
Number of upgraded heat less
1. item ERDF - - 6 650 SL2014 annually
sources developed

tonnes of
(34) Estimated reduction of less
2. CO2 ERDF - - 16 200 SL2014 annually
greenhouse gases emission developed
equivalent

 Contribution to the implementation of thematic objective 4

The European Social Fund is an essential source of funding for the three priority axes of the Regional
Operational Programme, i.e. priority axis 8 Labour market, Priority axis 9 Socially coherent region
and priority axis 10 Knowledge and competences. Implementation of the measures under those axis
directly or indirectly affect the implementation of the thematic objectives 1-7.
Indirect impact on the achievement of the objective of the shift to a low carbon economy (Thematic
objective 4) will have actions taken under:
Priority axis 8. Labour market.
Priority axis 10. Knowledge and competences. Key measures aimed at strengthening the effects of
thematic objective 4 within thematic objective 10 in the case of vocational school students include
taking into account in the process of teaching elements of improving their professional skills in the
field e.g.: disciplines related to the development of renewable energy sources, energy management
technologies, energy-efficient and passive construction.

 Performance framework of the priority axis

Table 6. Performance framework of the priority axis

Category of region
Measurement unit
Indicator type
Priority axis

Final Explanation
Milestone
Fund

N Indicator or target Source of of relevance of

(2018)
o. KIS (2023) data indicator

MW T MW T
types of projects
OI 1: Number of
relating to output
Output units generating
4 1. item ERDF less developed - - 0 - - 670 SL2014 indicator1 cover
indicator1 electricity from
2.8% of priority
RES
axis allocation

110
 Estimated value of
output indicator
KIS relating not KIS for output
4 2. based on signed item ERDF less developed - - 382 - SL2014
to OI 1 applicable indicator1
co-financing
agreements
types of projects
OI 2: Number of
relating to output
Output units generating
4 3. item ERDF less developed - - 0 - - 1330 SL2014 indicator2 cover
indicator2 thermal energy
5.5% of priority
from RES
axis allocation
Estimated value of
output indicator
KIS relating Not KIS for output
4 4. based on signed item ERDF less developed - - 758 - SL2014
to OI 1 applicable indicator2
co-financing
agreements
types of projects
Number of
relating to output
Output buildings with
4 5. item ERDF less developed - - 9 - - 48 SL2014 indicator3 cover
indicator3 better class of
16.7% of priority
energy use
axis allocation
types of projects
OI 4: Number of relating to output
Output
4 6. upgraded heat item ERDF less developed - - 0 - - 26 600 SL2014 indicator4 cover
indicator4
sources 21.4% of priority
axis allocation
Estimated value of
output indicator
KIS relating Not KIS for output
7. based on signed item ERDF less developed - - 6000 - - SL2014
to OI 4 applicable indicator4
co-financing
agreements
types of projects
Length of
relating to output
Output built/remodelled
4 8. item ERDF less developed - - 115 - - 460 SL2014 indicator5 cover
indicator5 electric power
7.1% of priority
networks
axis allocation
the indicator
measures the
actual rate at
Total amount of
Financial which eligible
4 9. certified eligible EUR ERDF less developed - - 85 855 439 494 117 648 SL2014
indicator expenditure
expenditure
under projects is
made and
verified

Categories of intervention planned under the Priority Axis

Tables 7-11. Indicative list of categories of intervention planned to be used under the Priority

Fund and category of region: European Regional Development Fund, less developed region

Table 7: Table 8 Table 9: Table 10: Table 11

Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Dimension 3 Dimension 4 Dimension 6
Intervention field Form of finance Territory type Territorial delivery ESF secondary theme
mechanisms (ESF only)

P Cod P Cod P Cod P Cod P Cod

€ € € € €
A e A e A e A e A e

4 005 30 000 000 4 01 392 000 000 4 01 160 000 000 4 01 152 000 000

4 009 6 000 000 4 04 20 000 000 4 02 170 900 000 4 05 140 000 000

4 010 14 000 000 4 06 8 000 000 4 03 89 100 000 4 07 128 000 000

4 011 6 000 000

4 012 7 000 000

111
4 013
70 000 000

4 014
26 000 000
4 016 12 000 000
4 043 115 000 000

4 044 5 000 000

4 068 11 000 000

4 069 8 000 000
4 083 90 000 000
4 090 20 000 000

The categories were assigned to individual dimensions assuming that each of the dimensions is
independent of the others, which means that each amount allocated to the priority axis is assigned to
the intervention categories envisaged in the respective dimension.

Planned use of technical assistance for the purpose of developing administrative

capacity

The planned use of technical assistance has been described in the priority axis dedicated to technical
assistance.

112
 PRIORITY AXIS 5. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

One of the challenges facing Małopolska in the near future is going to involve ensuring social and
economic growth, effective use of environmental resources, improvement of the condition of the
natural environment, simultaneous adaptation to climatic changes. In the context of climatic changes,
and extreme weather conditions in particular, water management and measures that make it possible to
prevent and strengthen resistance to hazards connected with negative effects of climatic changes
should be considered one of the most important sectors in the region.
Despite action taken over the recent years in order to ensure protection and a better condition of our
natural environment, the needs as regards waste management, and water and wastewater management
are still significant. They result from Poland’s need for satisfying accession obligations, and on the
other – their satisfaction will bring about both positive economic effect, and better living standards.
The main objective under this priority axis is to enhance environmental security, and ensure
balance between the improvement of the condition of the natural environment, rational use of
natural resources, and minimising adverse impact on the environment and its resources.
The interventions undertaken under the priority axis will work towards achieving the objectives of the
Partnership Agreement as regards adaptation of sectors that are sensitive to climatic changes. In the
region concerned, they will focus mainly on reducing the risk of floods and droughts, while at the
same time increasing the capacity of water retention reservoirs. The parallel investment will be aimed
at protecting residents against movements of ground masses. Support will also be targeted at fostering
efficient use of natural resources based on action taken within the framework of water and wastewater
management , and waste management.
Axis 5 combines investment priorities defined for two Thematic Objectives – TO5 & TO6. Such
approach is justified by direct correlation between action taken in order to ensure high level of
security for the residents of Małopolska, improve their standards of living and generate better
economic effect. Maintaining balance in such an approach requires coherent and comprehensive
management as regards access to natural resources, and taking action aimed at preventing and
eliminating negative environmental impact of human activity. Interventions focused on a single axis
will increase the effectiveness of planning and implementing actions, and ensure achievement of the
objectives concerned.

Link between the Priority Axis and TOs, IPs and Funds
Thematic objective Investment priority Fund
5.Promoting climate 5b. Promoting investment to address specific risks, ensuring disaster resilience and ERDF
change adaptation, developing disaster management systems
risk prevention and
management
6.Preserving and 6a. Investing in the waste sector to meet the requirements of the Union's environmental ERDF
protecting the acquis and to address needs, identified by the Member States, for investment that goes
environment and beyond those requirements
promoting resource 6b. Investing in the water sector to meet the requirements of the Union's environmental ERDF
efficiency acquis and to address needs, identified by the Member States, for investment that goes
beyond those requirements

113
Fund, category of region and calculation basis for Union support
Fund European Regional Development Fund

Category of region less developed

Calculation basis (public or total total

expenditure)

Category of region for outermost not applicable

regions and northern sparsely
populated regions (where
applicable)

The following support areas are planned within the priority axis:

 Thematic objective 5. Promoting climate change adaptation, risk prevention and

management
Investment priority 5b. Promoting investment to address specific risks, ensuring
disaster resilience and developing disaster management systems

Specific objective Increased security of residents at risk of natural disasters

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
The intervention concerned will contribute to the attainment of
the specific objective of the investment priority by targeting
investment at particular types of risk within the region. The
intervention will result in greater resistance to natural hazards
through adequate infrastructural investment, and in supporting
disaster management systems.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measurement Category of Baseline Baseline Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator value
unit region value year data reporting
(2023)

Central
The capacity of Statistical
3 less
1. small retention dam 4 535.7 2013 74 150 Office annually
developed
reservoirs
(GUS)

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

The effects of climatic changes over the recent decades have deepened and therefore become subject
to international action. Given the specific features of the region, the most important actions from the
point of view of adaptation to climatic changes include improving resilience to and preventing natural
114
disasters such as floods or droughts. This is connected with varied incidence of rainfall on the one
hand, and with the specific land relief that facilitates water outflow which is nearly twice as high as
the Polish average, on the other. Measures taken in order to increase the capacities of small retention
reservoirs are also insufficient.
Water management is therefore one of the most significant problem sectors at which intervention
should be aimed, involving mainly adaptation measures for situations of water surplus as well as
deficit.
The investment priority will involve all action which is regional and local in nature, and which is
aimed at increasing the retention capacity of river valleys, such as the development of various
forms of small retention, floodplains, and river renaturalization. The results of such actions will
also have a direct impact on drought prevention. In addition, the said actions are supplementary to
the tasks supported within the national systemic flood control.
Support within this priority will be aimed both at preventing mass wasting whose incidence and
range pose significant natural hazard in the region.
In the context of risk and hazard management, strengthening the potential of the services that are
key to ensuring the region’s security will be an important issue. It will involve replenishing the
services’ equipment and providing additional competences regarding system and device operation
(with the use of cross-financing). Support for the emergency services will be limited to 3.1 million
(i.e. 10% of the TO 5 allocation).
Support will be directed to areas at the greatest risk of the natural disaster and the and at ensuring
the most important needs of rescue services, supplementing existing equipment.
The said action will be supplemented with action aimed at creating and developing natural disaster
monitoring and the system warning residents, that are key in enhancing human safety.
Projects supported under the investment priority will contribute to the delivery of the specific
objective by enhancing the effectiveness of the flood prevention system in the local dimension. In
view of the fact that Małopolska is a region particularly threatened by floods, this direction seems
completely justified. This result will be achieved thanks to the investments in developing small
retention, as well as actions carried out by relevant services. Increasing the amount of water resources
in retention along with activities for river renaturalization will at the same time result in the region’s
greater resilience to droughts being a significant problem. In the context of mass wasting identified on
a large area of the region, the co-financing to projects focused on prevention of such movement will
increase the residents’ security and limit potential financial and material losses.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

1. territorial self-government units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
2. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
3. government administration
4. water companies
5. entrepreneurs
6. non-governmental organisations, social and business partners
The main target group will comprise all the residents of the region, and the residents of areas with
natural disaster hazard.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation.

115
Territorial cover age of support
The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban and rural areas. As regards the planned scope of support, the identified Areas of Strategic
Intervention include: Areas susceptible to landsliding (a separate allocation will be the mechanism
supporting the above ASI will be encouraged by a mechanism involving a separate allocation), and
water reservoirs and watercourses. (Supporting the above ASI will be encouraged by a mechanism
of preferences within the framework of the project selection criteria).

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of specific objectives and the result.
Only projects not having a negative impact on the condition or potential of the body of water on lists
No. 1 forming appendices to the Master Plans for the Oder and Vistula river basins. Co-financing of
projects having a substantial impact on the condition or potential of the body of water and which are
can be implemented only after meeting the conditions set out in Article 4.7 of the Water Framework
Directive on lists No. 2 forming appendices to Master Plans for the Oder and Vistula rivers will not be
allowed until sufficient evidence is presented that the conditions set out in Article 4.7 of the Water
Framework Directive in the second cycle of River Basin Management Plans are met. The condition
will be considered to have been met when the European Commission confirms the compliance of the
second cycle of River Basin Management Plans with the Water Framework Directive.
An important role of the spatial planning in this area needs also to be stressed; on the one hand it will
limit the losses in already built-up areas, while at the same time offering a higher possibility to prevent
the location of new investments on flood plains.
Current experience will be used in carrying out investments and solutions applied to projects in the
small retention development. Small retention shall be understood as the whole of technology and non-
technology activities leading to the improvement of the of the catchment’s water balance through
increasing its retention capacity. Actions using comprehensive efforts combining environmentally
friendly natural and technological methods and other best practices laid down in the Guidelines for
small retention facilities in forestry inspectorates and Guidelines for small retention in the mountains.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
The investment priority envisages, first of all, the application of the competitive mode of project
selection.
The non-competitive mode will be applied mostly in the area of interventions of regional importance,
provided that it is justified in particular by:
a legal obligation incumbent on a given entity or a group of entities to carry out specific tasks,
arising from the law or strategic documents, in particular in the case of a competition monopoly,

116
 prior direct identification of specific projects - in a manner ensuring transparency of such
identification - in the operational programme (the list of major projects in accordance with Article
100 of the Framework Regulation, projects negotiated in the territorial contract, development
strategy, documents prepared for the ex-ante conditionalities and holding a positive opinion of the
relevant MA based on criteria indicated by the MA).

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through non-refundable grants, with
no use of financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value
Measureme Category of Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator Fund (2023)
nt unit region data reporting

M W T
The number of rescue units
with new equipment for
1. carrying out rescue actions and item ERDF less developed - - 12 SL2014 annually
for removing the effects of
disasters

(20) Number of people Sl2014

22 5
2. befitting from flood protection person ERDF less developed - - annually
00
measures

Number of flood protection SL2014

3. item ERDF less developed - - 5 annually
measures facilities

 Thematic objective 6. Preserving and protecting the environment and promoting

resource efficiency
Investment priority 6b. Investing in the water sector to meet the requirements of the
Union's environmental acquis and to address needs, identified by the Member States,
for investment that goes beyond those requirements

Specific objective Increased percentage of the population using the sewage

treatment system conforming to the directive on urban
waste water

117
 Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
The intervention will result in an improvement of the natural
environment and its water resources by targeting investment at
the development of key sectors of water and wastewater
management. The development of water and sewage
infrastructure will enhance residents’ access to the network
infrastructure, and therefore improve their standard of living.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measurement Category of Baseline Baseline Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator value
unit region value year data reporting
(2023)

The percentage of
population served
1. % less developed 59.6 2013 68.2 GUS annually
by wastewater
treatment plants

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

The present condition of water resources in the region calls for further support for investment in water
and wastewater management. The support will focus on action aimed at limiting impurities that
infiltrate into surface and underground water. Because of the still considerable load of impurities
originating from municipal waste, support will be aimed at a comprehensive extension of sewage
disposal networks and wastewater treatment plants in agglomerations from 2 000 to 10 000 PE.
Priority will be given to investment which directly contributes to ensuring compliance with the
requirements of the Waste Water Directive. The action concerned will be supplemented by support for
wastewater sludge management in most waste water treatment plants, to enhance other solutions than
storing. Water resources of Małopolska amply satisfy its need, but it is necessary to level water supply
throughout the region. The intervention will cover projects consisting in construction and
modernisation of the water supply infrastructure, but they will be viable only within comprehensive
projects regulating wastewater management. This means that the project investments will have to be
carried out together with sewage system or individually where the sewage management has already
been regulated.
Support is envisaged in the following areas:
building sewage system, wastewater treatment plants
investment in installations for dehydrating wastewater sludge
maintenance and extension of water supply systems and optimisation of water consumption.
Here, support will first of all be oriented to ensuring the implementation of the EU obligations as
regards municipal wastewater treatment and proper management of municipal wastewater sludge.
Projects supported under the investment priority will contribute to the implementation of the speci9fic
objective, first of all by the construction of municipal infrastructure to ensure effective sewage
discharge and treatment. These actions will respond to the still unsatisfactory number of population
served by the system. The result of investments will improve the quality of water, which will directly
translate into the improvement in the environmental protection and health of the regions residents. In

118
parallel, where justified, the water supply system will be supplemented , which, in the context of water
deficit areas, will also matter for the residents’ quality of life.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

1. Territorial self-government units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
2. Organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
3. Water companies
4. Entrepreneurs
5. NGOs, social and business partners
The target group of interventions under the priority will comprise all the residents of the region.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation.

Territorial cover age of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban and rural areas.
As regards the planned scope of support, the identified Areas of Strategic Intervention include: Areas
susceptible to qualitative and quantitative water deficit and Water reservoirs and watercourses.
Supporting the above ASI will be encouraged by a mechanism of preferences within the framework of
the project selection criteria.
As regards the planned water and sewage water management action envisages the application of an
instrument for territorial development, i.e. the subregional development programme (instrument
dedicated to intervention under functional subregions – the region’s areas of strategic intervention).
Use will also be made of a territorial development instrument, namely the subregional
development programme (instrument dedicated to interventions within functional subregions, i.e. the
region's areas of strategic intervention). At the same time, as regards water and wastewater
management , support will also cover interventions concentrated on the Kraków Functional Area - the
Kraków Metropolis (Area of Strategic Intervention). Supporting the above ASI will be promoted by
mechanism setting aside a financial allocation to support the region's capital city and its functional
area delivered through integrated territorial investments.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of specific objectives and the result.
The National Programme for the Municipal Wastewater Treatment (KPOŚK) will be the basic
document for project selection along with the Master Plan for the implementation of Directive
91/271/EEC developed in the course of KPOŚK updating and containing the list of investment needs
in particular agglomerations.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
119
 will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
The investment priority will involve using, above all, a special mechanism based on the subregional
path, as a special form of competitive mode.
In addition, in the above-mentioned area of support the application of the non-competitive mode, in
particular in the area of interventions of regional significance will be possible , provided that it is
justified in particular by:
a legal obligation incumbent on a given entity or a group of entities to carry out specific tasks,
arising from the law or strategic documents, in particular in the case of a competition monopoly,
prior direct identification of specific projects - in a manner ensuring transparency of such
identification - in the operational programme (the list of large projects in accordance with Article
100 of the Framework Regulation, projects negotiated in the territorial contract, development
strategy, documents prepared for the ex-ante conditionalities and projects identified in the ITI
strategy holding a positive opinion of the relevant MA based on criteria indicated by the MA).
The special mechanism of integrated territorial investment is planned to be used in the above
support area within the territory of the Kraków Functional Area. The mechanism is based on
negotiations and arrangements between the municipalities associated within the ITI mechanism,
provided that the issue concerned is covered by the corresponding ITI strategy – in such a case the
application of the non-competitive mode is possible in the strategic project formula.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through non-refundable grants, with
no use of financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value
Measureme Category of Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator Fund (2023)
nt unit region data reporting
M W T
The number of wastewater
1. item ERDF less developed - - 12 SL2014 annually
treatment plants supported

The length of sanitary

2. km ERDF less developed 480 SL2014 annually
sewer system

(19) Number of additional

persons using improved
3. RLM ERDF less developed - - 80 000 SL2014 annually
waste water treatment
facilities

(18) Number of additional

4. people using improved persons ERDF less developed - - 26 000 SL2014 annually
water supply
120
  Thematic objective 6. Preserving and protecting the environment and promoting
resource efficiency
Investment priority 6a. Investing in the waste sector to meet the requirements of the
Union's environmental acquis and to address needs, identified by the Member States,
for investment that goes beyond those requirements

Specific objective A limited amount of waste deposited in landfills.

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
The intervention concerned will contribute to the attainment of
the specific objective of the investment priority by orienting
investment to improving the effectiveness of waste
management, and meeting the relevant requirements of the EU
acquis. The intervention will result in a better quality of living,
lesser environmental impact, and positive economic effect.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measurement Category Baseline Baseline Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator value
unit of region value year data reporting
(2023)

The share of non-

landfill municipal
less
1. waste in the overall % 17.58 2012 18.8 GUS annually
developed
mass of municipal
waste

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

The main objective while developing the waste management system is to break the link between the
growing amount of waste and economic growth.
The actions under this priority will contribute to the reduction of the amount of waste, the waste
neutralised in landfills and will allow to achieve the objectives formulated in the Waste Directive39 and
the Landfill Directive40.
Interventions in the waste management sector will be carried out in accordance with the hierarchy of
methods of proceeding with waste which gives the priority to prevention of waste generation, selective
waste collection and preparation for re-use and recycling.
To enable the implementation of the relevant system of waste management in the Małopolska Region
and to attain assumed objectives strategic activities are necessary, including, among others:
intensification of recover y, in particular recycling of glass, metal, plastics, paper and cardboard, at
the level of at least 50% of waste generated by a household,

39
Directive 2008/98/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 November 2008 on waste and repealing certain Directives(OJ
L 312 of 22.11.2008).
40
Council Directive 1999/31/EC of 26 April 1999 on the landfill of waste (OJ L 182 of 16.7.1999).

121
 implementing biodegradable waste collection and processing systems allowing for its selection
from overall municipal waste, and proper management and whereby reducing their storage to a
maximum of 35%.
In order to comply with the national legislative regulations under the new waste management system,
municipalities are obliged to establish selective waste collection be residents, i.e. “collection at the
source”.
Support will be granted, first of all, for activities complementary to the selective collection system, by
this ensuring the supply of waste suitable for recycling. In this regard, the intervention will support the
establishment of municipal point for selective municipal waste collection as an element of the waste
management system. The effects of the creation of a point for free collection of selected categories of
waste in the municipality will have a significant environmental impact. The process of raising the
public awareness under the projects should contribute to individual accountability of residents for
waste they generate.
Support will be granted to projects making neutralisation of hazardous waste possible, however, only
as regards removal and neutralisation of asbestos. The intervention will be focused on follow-up
actions of the Programme for the Cleaning of the Country of Asbestos for the years 2009-2023.
As a result of planned activities, all residents of the region will be involved in the organised system of
waste segregation, collection, transporting, processing, re-use and neutralisation.
Support is envisaged in the following areas:
building points of selective collection of municipal waste to collect large-size waste, hazardous
waste from the municipal waste stream, construction waste, used electrical and electronic
equipment, which will be complementary to the selective “collection at the source”
building installations for recover y and recycling of municipal waste.
projects connected with the removal of asbestos.
Projects supported under the investment priority will contribute to the implementation of the specific
objective by concentrating the tasks on compliance with requirements to reach the relevant level of the
waste preparation for re-us and recycling. Projects contributing the development a system for selective
waste collection will also be eligible for co-financing. In the context of the comprehensive approach to
waste management, this will cause actions at the national and regional levels which will jointly ensure
the proper functioning of the system. In the context of the diagnosis showing that deposition in
landfills is still the main method of municipal waste management, all actions taken together will limit
such methods of operation.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

1. territorial self-government units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
2. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
3. entrepreneurs
4. non-governmental organisations, social and business partners
5. entities implementing financial instruments.
The main target group will consists of all the residents of the region.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation.
122
Territorial cover age of support
The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban and rural areas.
At the same time, as regards selected issues of waste management, action envisages the application
of an instrument for territorial development, i.e. the subregional development programme
(instrument dedicated to intervention under functional subregions – the region’s areas of strategic
intervention).

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the specific objectives and the result.
Investments supported in the sector of the waste management sector will be in accordance with the EU
strategy on methods of handling waste, as indicated in the Framework Waste Directive which awards
priority to waste generation prevention, as well as preparation for re-use and recycling. Priority will
also be given to all investments complementary to the system of selective collection of municipal
waste.
In order to comply with the ex ante conditionalities, Poland committed itself to updating the national
and regional waste management plans to which investment plans approved by the Minister of the
Environment will be annexed. The update will be completed by the end of 2016. The investments will
be supported under the condition that they are taken into account in waste management investment
plans approved by the Minister of the Environment. Projects will be planned based on selective waste
collection at the source.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
The investment priority will involve using, above all, a special mechanism based on the subregional
path, as a special form of competitive mode.
In addition, a non-competitive mode will be applied mostly in the area of interventions of regional
importance, provided that the application of such a procedure is justified in particular by:
a legal obligation incumbent on a given entity or a group of entities to carry out specific tasks,
arising from the law or strategic documents, in particular in the case of a competition monopoly,
prior direct identification of specific projects - in a manner ensuring transparency of such
identification - in the operational programme (the list of large projects in accordance with Article
100 of the Framework Regulation, projects negotiated in the territorial contract, development
strategy, documents prepared for the ex-ante conditionalities and projects identified in the ITI
strategy and holding a positive opinion of the relevant MA based on criteria indicated by the MA).

123
 Planned use of financial instruments
Under the investment priority support will be granted both in the form of grants, as well as by using
financial instruments.
The use of financial instruments or the coupling of grants and support in the form of financial
instruments is considered regarding interventions concerning investment support for entrepreneurs.
Specific arrangements concerning the level of engagement of financial instruments, indicating the
types of instruments and their possible coupling with support in the non-repayable form, as well as the
conditions for the use of such type of support will be presented in the particularization of the
operational programme based on the results of the ex-ante evaluation, referred to in Art. 37 of the
General Regulation. The Managing Authority will select the entity / entities implementing financial
instruments (the beneficiary of operations) after a decision on contributing to the instrument /
instruments.
The MA has carried out one of the planned experts' studies for the needs of the ex-ante evaluation
referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value
Measureme Category of Frequency of
No. Indicator Fund (2023) Source of data
nt unit region reporting

M W T
The number of Points for
less
1. Selective Collection of item ERDF - - 110 SL2014 annually
developed
Municipal Waste supported

(17) Additional capacity in the less

2. tonnes/year ERDF - - 20 000 SL2014 annually
field of waste recycling developed

 ESF contribution to thematic objectives 5 and 6

European Social Fund resources represent the main source of financing for three priority axes under
the Regional Operational Programme: Axis 8 Labour market, Axis 9 Socially coherent region and
Axis 10 Knowledge and competences. The delivery of actions under the above axes will contribute
directly or indirectly to the attainment of thematic objectives 1-7.
Achieving the goal related to enhancing environmental security will be supported indirectly by
activities taken under:
Priority Axis 8 Labour market. The key actions reinforcing the effects of Objective 5 under
Objective 8 include improving the competences of employees of SMEs that are key to
ensuring the region’s green safety.

124
 Performance framework of the priority axis
Table 6. Performance framework of the priority axis

Category of region
Measurement unit
Indicator type
Priority axis

Final Explanation of
Milestone

Fund
target Source of relevance of
No.

Indicator or KIS (2018)

(2023) data indicator

M W T MW T
type of projects
OI 1: Number of supported related with output
Output less
5 1. municipal wastewater item ERDF - - 0 - - 12 SL2014 indicator1 cover
indicator1 developed
treatment plants 35.7% of priority
axis allocations
KIS Estimated value of output
less Not KIS for output
5 relating to 2. indicator based on signed item ERDF - - 5 SL2014
developed applicable indicator1
OI 1 co-financing agreements
types of projects
related with output
Output OI 2: Length of sanitary less
5 3. km ERDF - - 0 - - 480 SL2014 indicator2 cover
indicator2 sewerage system developed
11.9% of priority
axis allocations
KIS Estimated value of output
less Not KIS for output
5 relating to 4. indicator based on signed item ERDF - - 206 SL2014
developed applicable indicator2
OI 2 co-financing agreements
types of projects
OI 3: Number of supported related with output
Output less
5 5. Points of Selective item ERDF - - 0 - - 110 SL2014 indicator3 cover
indicator3 developed
Municipal Waste Collection 9.06% of priority
axis allocations
KIS Estimated value of output
less Not KIS for output
5 relating to 6. indicator based on signed item ERDF - - 55 Sl2014
developed applicable indicator3
OI 3 co-financing agreements
The indicator
measures actual rate
Financial Total amount of certified less of incurring and
5 7. EUR ERDF - - 38 157 973 - - 162 352 942 Sl2014
indicator eligible expenditure developed verifying eligible
expenditure under
projects

Intervention categories planned under the priority axis

Tables 7-11. Indicative catalogue of intervention categories planned for use under the priority
axis

Fund and category of region: European Regional Development Fund, less developed region

Table 7: Table 8 Table 9: Table 10: Table 11

Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Dimension 3 Dimension 4 Dimension 6
Intervention field Form of finance Territory type Territorial delivery ESF
mechanisms secondary
theme
(ESF only)

P Cod € P Cod € P Cod € P Cod € P Cod €

A e A e A e A e A e

5 017 19 000 000 5 01 138 000 000 5 02 9 300 000 5 01 10 000 000
5 018 4 000 000 5 03 118 700 000 5 05 97 000 000
5 019 2 000 000 5 01 10 000 000 5 07 31 000 000

125
5 020 12 000 000
5 021 4 000 000
5 022 66 000 000
5 087 31 000 000

The categories were assigned to individual dimensions assuming that each of the dimensions is
independent of the others, which means that each amount allocated to the priority axis is assigned to
the intervention categories envisaged in the respective dimension.

 Planned use of technical assistance for the purpose of developing administrative

capacity

The planned use of technical assistance is described in the priority axis dedicated to technical
assistance.

126
PRIORITY AXIS 6. REGIONAL HERITAGE

A challenge facing Małopolska is to effectively use its resources in order to achieve its social and
economic goals. The diversity, richness, and endogenous potential resulting from the region’s specific
conditions as well as its natural, spatial and cultural resources are the main sources of the region’s
attractiveness, which account for its competitive advantage. They should be treated as significant
resource of the region’s opportunities which condition the development of activity based on leisure
industries. A new approach towards those potentials should result in appreciating their roles as factors
important for the social and economic development which generate significant part of the regional
GDP in the service and manufacturing sectors, and enhance employment. The development of the
region’s cultural heritage, and participation in culture (i.e. by stimulating creative thinking and
imagination) is an efficient way to develop social and civic competences as well as initiative and
entrepreneurship, and thereby to develop key competencies for knowledge- and innovation-based
economy.
Action taken under the axis will contribute to the attainment of specific objectives of the Partnership
Agreement by maintaining and improving the effectiveness of use of natural and cultural resources,
and by fostering conditions that enhance employment through the use of the region’s endogenous
potential. Given the aforesaid interrelationships, the main objective of the priority axis is to
improve the region’s attractiveness and competitiveness based on its regional heritage resources.
Axis 6 combines investment priorities under two Thematic Objectives: CT 6 and CT 8. The
application of a multi-thematic axis is justified by the direct interrelationship between actions taken to
ensure proper use of regional heritage resources, both cultural and natural. Sustainable use of the
region’s endogenous resources is a condition for Małopolska to enhance its external competitiveness
and improve its attractiveness as a residential and leisure area.
The implementation of investment priorities under the two Thematic Objectives will contribute to
more efficient pursuing the objective of the thematic axis a/o because of the pursuit of high level of
complementarity and cohesion between the planned actions, which will be ensured at the stage of
project evaluation criteria.

Link between the Priority Axis and TOs, IPs and Funds

Thematic objective Investment priority Fund

6. Preserving and 6.c. Conserving, protecting, promoting and developing natural and cultural ERDF
protecting the environment heritage
and promoting resource 6.d. Protecting and restoring biodiversity and soil and promoting ecosystem ERDF
efficiency services, including through Natura 2000, and green infrastructure
8. Promoting sustainable 8.b Supporting employment-friendly growth through the development of ERDF
and quality employment endogenous potential as part of a territorial strategy for specific areas,
and supporting labour including the conversion of declining industrial regions and enhancement of
mobility accessibility to, and development of, specific natural and cultural resources

Fund, category of region and calculation basis for Union support

Fund European Regional Development Fund

Category of region less developed

127
 Calculation basis (public or total total
expenditure)

Category of region for outermost regions not applicable

and northern sparsely populated regions
(where applicable)

The following areas of support are planned under the priority axis:

 Thematic objective 6. Preserving and protecting the environment and promoting

resource efficiency
Investment priority 6c. Conserving, protecting, promoting and developing natural and
cultural heritage

Specific objective Increased attractiveness of the cultural and natural

heritage of the region.

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
The attainment of the investment priority will contribute to the
achievement of the objective regarding a more effective use of
cultural and natural heritage potentials. The intervention will
result, among others, in preserving and improving access to the
resources of the region’s tangible and intangible heritage. The
action will improve the quality of life and enhance the region’s
attractiveness, which will translate into a greater share of its
cultural heritage in Małopolska’s economic development.
(through, inter alia, an increase in tourist movement). At the
same time, thanks to a creative use of the heritage, the
intervention planned will contribute to a development of the
social capital (through a stimulation of creative attitudes and
competences). The planned modernization of cultural
infrastructure will contribute to increased participation in
culture, as well as positively affect the growth of cultural and
creative competences that are important for the development of
innovative economy. Given the extraordinary potential of the
region, based on valuable natural resources and landscapes, the
actions planned in the programme (including developing
tourist routes) can produce beneficial effects, not only
environmental, but also social and economic ones.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measureme Category Baseline Baseline Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator value
nt unit of region value year data reporting
(2023)

Number of tourists
(domestic and
foreign) less
1. persons 3 500 000 2013 3 800 000 GUS annually
accommodated at developed
group
accommodation
128
 tourist facilities

at least twice in
the
Number of people
less own MA programming
2. using bike trails in persons 144 000 2013 423 396
developed research period and at
the region
the end of the
program

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

Under the investment priority action will be taken to ensure the protection, development, availability and
promotion of cultural heritage resources (both tangible and intangible), natural heritage and the
development of cultural resources in particular by:
implementing conservation, renovation and protective work as well as construction work
(including mining work in historic mines) as regards movable and immovable historic monuments
(together with their environment), works related to a digitalisation of structures may be carried out
only as part of a larger project
taking actions aimed at the protection of cultural landscape, including those implemented within
cultural parks or historic gardens
sharing cultural heritage through the development of cultural routes
adapting historic structures to new economic and social functions (e.g. tourist, cultural), with a
simultaneous introduction of activity that enables maintenance of the facilities concerned (where
justifiable and feasible);
implementation of measures aimed at modernizing the infrastructure of cultural institutions,
including equipping them with new technologies, strengthening the cultural offer
availability and promotion of the region’s tangible and intangible cultural heritage, and of its tourist
offer based on the resources of the said heritage, in particular through the implementation of cultural
(exhibitions, festivals, events), artistic, multidisciplinary projects with regional and supraregional
significance
development and promotion of hiking trails and recreational facilities (including bike trails, cross-
country skiing), together with the necessary accompanying infrastructure.
The intervention undertaken will contribute to the attainment of the detailed objective of the investment
priority through a creation of better conditions for the utilisation of the potential offered by the region’s
cultural heritage, which will have a positive impact on the enhancement of the region’s competitiveness.
In addition, promotion of the cultural heritage of the region will be conducive to the maintaining of the
regional identity of Małopolska’s residents. At the same time, activities concerning the modernization of
cultural infrastructure contribute to the creation of new, better conditions and forms of participation in
culture and counteract excessive imbalance in the level of access to culture.
The total investment supported by the IP 6c cannot exceed EUR 5 million.

129
Potential beneficiaries and target groups
1. Territorial Self-Government Units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
2. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
3. cultural institutions
4. social and business partners (including NGOs)
5. churches and religious associations and legal persons of churches and religious associations
6. legal and natural persons being authorities that run schools and institutions
7. universities
8. enterprises
9. government administration
10. national parks
11. scientific units
The main target group will comprise all the residents of the region, and visiting tourists.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation.

Territorial cover age of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban and rural areas. As regards the planned scope of support, the Region’s Area of Strategic
Intervention has been defined to include: Areas with high potential of cultural heritage resources.
Supporting the above ASI will be encouraged by a mechanism of preferences within the framework of
the project selection criteria.
At the same time, in relation to the activities that use local natural resources and landscape to increase
tourist attractiveness, using an instrument of territorial development is predicted, i.e. the sub-regional
development program (a dedicated instrument of intervention in the framework of functional sub-
regions - areas of strategic intervention of the region).

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The basis for the selection of projects to be financed will be an evaluation based on such selection
criteria, considered and approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects
selected are optimal for the accomplishment of specific objectives and results.
As regards selection of projects to be co-financed under an investment priority, in addition to such
elements as an economic analysis, financial analysis or risk analysis, the following aspects, among
other factors, will be reflected in the project selection criteria:
demand analysis - demonstration of demand for a particular project, including specification of an
estimated number of visitors;
implementation of the culture development priorities:
improved access to culture - i.e. in the tangible dimension making new space available for the
conduct of cultural activities, as well as awareness building and cultural education;
preserving the cultural heritage (tangible and intangible) for future generations;

130
 allowing new forms of participation in culture - creation of conditions to support development
of the cultural offer responding to the new needs in the area of cultural activity stemming from
technological development and social transformations in a contemporary economy;
improvement of the tourist attractiveness of the country or the region.
ensuring sustainability of effects, including the multiplier effects generated - such solutions will be
promoted so as to contribute to improvement of the effectiveness of operation of
structures/institutions in a log-term perspective, including solutions enabling:
reduction of the costs of maintenance in order to increase investment expenditure and
expenses on cultural activity;
application of innovative energy-saving solutions - reduction of demand for and consumption
of energy and hence reduction of overall costs of maintenance of buildings;
diversification of sources of financing for the activity - attracting external sources of
financing;
positive economic effects - impact on the direct investment environment;
creation of new jobs.
in the case of projects involving cultural events, support will be granted only for those events that
meet the following criteria:
significant impact on the regional economy, demonstrated by tangible long-term benefits
contribution to the objectives of the EU Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region within the priority
area Culture, the promotion of culture, cultural heritage and creative industries,
the amount of the ERDF contribution cannot exceed the contribution of the private sector in
the implementation of the project (e.g. derived from sponsorship). Direct inflows, such as:
from ticket sales are excluded from the calculation of the contribution of the private sector.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
The investment priority will involve using both the competitive mode and a special mechanism
based on the subregional path, as a special form of competitive mode.
In addition, the use of the non-competitive mode is expected, in particular, in the area of intervention
of regional importance (with respect to projects related to the implementation of an integrated network
of cycle routes, provided that it is justified in particular by:
a legal obligation incumbent on a given entity or a group of entities to carry out specific tasks,
arising from the law or strategic documents,

prior direct identification of specific projects - in a manner ensuring transparency of such

identification - in the operational programme (resulting from the development strategy).

131
 Planned use of financial instruments
Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through non-refundable grants, with
no use of financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

Table 5. Common and programme-specific output indicators

Target value
Measureme Category of Frequency of
No. Indicator
nt unit
Fund
region
(2023) Source of data
reporting

M W T
The number of
1. immovable monuments item ERDF less developed - - 28 SL2014 annually
subject to support

Number of supported
2. cultural institutions item ERDF less developed - - 13 SL2014 annually

(9.) Increase in the

anticipated number of
visits in the sites subject
to support, classified as 721
3. cultural and natural visits/year ERDF less developed - -
000
SL2014 annually
heritage, and
representing tourist
attraction

4. Length of tourist trails km ERDF less developed - - 315 SL2014 annually

 Thematic objective 6. Preserving and protecting the environment and promoting

resource efficiency
Investment priority 6.d. Protecting and restoring biodiversity and soil and promoting
ecosystem services, including through Natura 2000, and green infrastructure

Specific objective Enhanced instruments for the protection of biodiversity in

the region.

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
Pursuing the investment priority will contribute to the
achievement of the objective regarding improved protection of
biodiversity and to greater effectiveness of use of natural
resources in the region. The intervention will result mainly in a
slow-down in the drop of biodiversity in naturally valuable
areas and in improved conditions that make possible
sustainable use of natural heritage resources.

132
 Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measurement Category Baseline Baseline Frequency of
No. Indicator value Source of data
unit of region value year reporting
(2023)

Zespół Parków
Krajobrazowych
Landscape Województwa
parks for which Małopolskiego
less
1. conservation % 0 2013 73 annually
developed (Małopolska
plans were
prepared Region
Landscape
Parks)

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

The investment priority will involve action as regards protection, availability and promotion of natural
heritage through:
taking action aimed at preserving and protecting biodiversity, including active protection of
ecosystems, habitats and species, development of green infrastructure, nature promotion,
construction, extension of environmental education centres in the areas of landscape parks. The
foregoing actions will be carried out in particular in landscape parks as well as on other areas
covered by nature protection forms, such as in natural reserves or protected landscape areas;
drawing up planning documents for forms of nature protection, stocktaking and natural valorisation
at municipality levels;
projects involving creation of biodiversity protection centres in urban and suburban areas like
botanical gardens, rehabilitation centres for protected animal species.
The intervention undertaken will contribute to the accomplishment of the specific objective of the
investment priority through actions taken with a view to halting the process of degradation of
biodiversity.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

1. territorial self-government units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
2. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
3. social and business partners (including NGOs)
4. landscape parks
5. PGL Lasy Państwowe (National Forest Administration) and its organisational units
6. enterprises
7. government administration
8. national parks
9. scientific units
The main target group will comprise all the residents of the region, and visiting tourists.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation.

133
Territorial coverage of support
The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments
located in urban and rural areas.
As regards the planned scope of support, the Areas of Strategic Intervention have been defined to
include: Areas with high potential of cultural heritage resources. Supporting the above ASI will
be encouraged by a mechanism of preferences within the framework of the project selection
criteria.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The basis for the selection of projects to be financed will be an evaluation based on such selection
criteria, considered and approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects
selected are optimal for the accomplishment of specific objectives and results.
As regards selection of projects to be co-financed under an investment priority the following aspects,
among other factors, will be reflected in the project selection criteria:
support for nature protection forms (priority will be given, in particular, to projects delivered on
the areas of landscape parks and on Natura 2000 areas overlapping, in whole or in part, the areas
of landscape parks);
support for areas with rare or endangered species, or species under strict protection;
allowing conduct of an informational and educational activity related to environmental protection
(in particular on the areas of landscape parks).
Actions implemented on the Natura 2000 areas will be in line with the prioritised action framework for
the NATURA 2000 network for Poland (Multiannual EU Funding Programme for the years 2014-
2020) - as provided for in Article 8 of Council Regulation 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 on the
conservation of natural habitats and of wild fauna and flora.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
Under the investment priority, projects will be selected primarily in the competition-based
procedure.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted using financial instruments, meaning that
support will be granted with non-repayable grants.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

134
 Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value
Measureme Category of Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator Fund (2023)
nt unit region data reporting
M W T
(23) Area of
habitats supported
less
1. in order to have a ha ERDF - - 1031 SL2014 annually
developed
better protection
status
The number of
less
2. supported forms of item ERDF - - 30 SL2014 annually
developed
nature protection

 Thematic objective 8. Promoting sustainable and quality employment and supporting

labour mobility
Investment priority 8b Supporting employment-friendly growth through the
development of endogenous potential as part of a territorial strategy for specific areas,
including the conversion of declining industrial regions and enhancement of
accessibility to, and development of, specific natural and cultural resources

Specific objective Increase in the employment rate on the areas of high

tourist values.

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
The planned intervention will contribute to an improvement of
the investment of areas exploiting their nature and spatial
resources, which in turn will translate into a progressive
increasing the employment rate and, as a consequence, a social
and economic development of the region.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
N Measureme Category of Baseline Baseline Frequency of
Indicator value Source of data
o. nt unit region value year reporting
(2023)

less Central Statistical

1. Rate of employment % 49.7 2013 54.7 annually
developed Office (GUS)

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

The investment priority will involve action connected with the use and development of endogenous
potential, following in particular from the conditions and resources of the region. Support will be given
under the action plans that take into account various industries of entrepreneurship, affecting the
economic development in the area, including:

135
 projects involving the use and development of specific virtues of health resorts, in particular
through investment in generally accessible facilities and health resort infrastructure, and
construction and extension of tourist, recreation and cultural infrastructure in these resorts,
projects involving the use and development of the local natural or landscape resources,
implemented in particular through a construction and extension of tourist, recreation infrastructure
(e.g. development of the areas surrounding water reservoirs and watercourses for tourist purposes),
preparing the land for development, in line with local development potentials.
The maximum amount of the project’s eligible costs cannot exceed EUR 2 million.
Support will be conditional upon the submission by the territorial self-government units (a
municipality, municipalities or the region’s self-government) of an action plans for subregions, health
resorts, other areas of specific natural and landscape resources, based on the strategic documents for
the particular area, including a coherent integrated idea of the development of a given territory,
indicating the co-related projects (delivered upon consultation by various entities from a given
territory).
The action plan should focus on the diagnosed needs, satisfy the support cohesion and
effectiveness criteria, and demonstrate the impact of the planned action on the growth of
employment within a particular territory.
Intervention regarding particular areas should be implemented in a complementary way by a
bundle of single-fund projects co-financed from ERDF and ESF funds under the thematic
objectives 8, 9, 10.
The intervention undertaken will contribute to the implementation of the investment priority’s specific
objective through a proper use of identified endogenous resources. This will help to enhance their
investment attractiveness and thus increase the level of employment directly related to it.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

1. territorial Self-Government Units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
2. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
3. enterprises.
The target group will comprise all the residents of the region, and visiting tourists.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation.

Territorial coverage of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban and rural areas.
As regards the planned scope of support, the Areas of Strategic Intervention have been included:
Water reservoirs and watercourses, Mountain areas, Areas with high potential of natural
heritage resources (supporting the above ASI will be encouraged by a mechanism of preferences
within the framework of the project selection criteria), and Health resorts (Supporting the above ASI
will be encouraged by a mechanism involving a separate allocation).

136
At the same time, as regards tourist and recreation infrastructure, action envisages the application of
an instrument for territorial development, i.e. the subregional development programme
(instrument dedicated to intervention under functional subregions – the region’s areas of strategic
intervention).

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The basis for the selection of projects to be financed will be an evaluation based on such selection
criteria, considered and approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects
selected are optimal for the accomplishment of specific objectives and results.
As regards selection of projects to be co-financed under an investment priority, in addition to such
elements as an economic analysis, financial analysis or risk analysis, the following aspects, among
other factors, will be reflected in the project selection criteria:
demand analysis (demonstration of demand for a particular project);
ensuring the highest possible effectiveness of support granted (new jobs);
ensuring support for complementary projects (implemented with the ESF and ERDF funds) and/or
promoting support for partner projects (implemented upon consultation by various entities);
channelling of support to areas with specific endogenous potentials for which action plans are
prepared, containing a coherent integrated development concept of the territory, including the
development of entrepreneurship.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
Under the investment priority, projects will be selected both in a competition-based procedure and
under a special mechanism based on the subregional path, as a special form of competitive mode.

Planned use of financial instruments

Taking into account the type of activities supported by the investment priority is expected to be
primarily supported using grant. However, in the case of activities that are potentially financially
viable, possible use of financial instruments will be considered by the MA. Each time, the decision to
make use of the mechanism of financial instruments will be preceded by an ex-ante evaluation, in
accordance with Art. 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

137
 Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Measure Category Target value (2023) Source of Frequency of

No. Indicator Fund
ment unit of region data reporting
M W T
(1) Number of less
1. enterprises ERDF - - 27 SL2014 annually
supported enterprises developed

(2) Number of
less
2. entrepreneurs enterprises ERDF - - 27 SL2014 annually
developed
receiving grants

(6) Investments
complementary to less
3. EUR ERDF - - 17 197 407 SL2014 annually
public support to developed
enterprises(grants)

(8) Increase in
less
4. employment in EPC ERDF - - 258 SL2014 annually
developed
supported enterprises

The number of
less
5. supported tourist and item ERDF - - 87 SL2014 annually
developed
recreation facilities

ESF contribution to thematic objective 6

European Social Fund resources represent the main source of financing for three priority axes under
the Regional Operational Programme: Axis 8 Labour market, Axis 9 Socially coherent region and
Axis 10 Knowledge and competences. The delivery of actions under the above axes will contribute
directly or indirectly to the attainment of thematic objectives 1-7.
Achieving the goal related to the protection and effective management in the region’s resources
(Thematic Objective 6) will be supported by activities taken under:
Priority Axis 8 Labour market. The key actions reinforcing the effects of Objective 6 under
Objective 8 include improving the competences of employees of the region’s SMEs operating
within the leisure industry, reinforcing entrepreneurial attitudes, and facilitating the creation of
new businesses.
Priority Axis 10 Knowledge and competences. The key actions reinforcing the effects of
Objective 6 under Objective 10 in the case of vocational school students – including elements that
increase their vocational skills as regards e.g. hotel services, catering, tourist services, or
conservation of landscape architecture.

 Performance framework of the priority axis

Table 6. Performance framework for the priority axis

138
 Category of region
Measurement unit
Indicator type
Priority axis

Milestone Final target Explanation

Fund
Indicator or Source

No.
(2018) (2023) of relevance
KIS of data
of indicator

M W T M W T
project types
Number of
related with
immovable
less output
Output historical
6 1. item ERDF develo - - 4 - - 28 SL2014 indicator
indicator1 monuments
ped cover 19% of
covered by
Priority Axis
support
allocations
project types
Number of related to
tourist and less output
Output
6 2. recreation item ERDF develo - - 24 - - 87 SL2014 indicator
indicator 2
facilities ped cover 47% of
supported Priority Axis
allocations
the indicator
measures
actual rate of
Total amount
less 46 743 incurring and
Financial of certified 198 905
6 3. EUR ERDF develo - - 517 - - SL2014 verification of
indicator eligible 132
ped eligible
expenditure
expenditure
under the
projects

Intervention categories planned under the priority axis

Tables 7-11. Indicative catalogue of intervention categories planned for use under the priority
axis

Fund and category of region: European Regional Development Fund, less developed region

Table 7: Table 8 Table 9: Table 10: Table 11

Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Dimension 3 Dimension 4 Dimension 6
Intervention field Form of finance Territory type Territorial delivery ESF
mechanisms secondary
theme
(ESF only)

P Cod € P Cod € P Cod € P Cod € P Co €

A e A e A e A e A de

6 074 35 000 000 6 01 169 069 362 6 01 35 000 000 6 05 60 069 362
6 085 10 000 000 6 02 62 348 553 6 07 109 000 000
6 090 24 000 000 6 03 71 720 809
6 091 10 069 362
6 092 45 000 000
6 094 45 000 000

The categories were assigned to individual dimensions assuming that each of the dimensions is
independent of the others, which means that each amount allocated to the priority axis is assigned to
the intervention categories envisaged in the respective dimension.

139
 Planned use of technical assistance for the purpose of developing administrative
capacity

The planned use of technical assistance has been described in the priority axis dedicated to technical
assistance.

140
PRIORITY AXIS 7. TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE

Modern and efficient transport infrastructure creates conditions for enhancing the attractiveness of the
region for investments and allows spatial dispersal of the effects of socio-economic development. It
also improves the spatial accessibility of public services, notably those linked to education and health.
For Małopolska, it also acquires a special importance in connection with the region's high volumes of
tourism and its continued efforts to create favourable conditions for business operations and attract
new investments.
On the other hand, socio-economic development generates a growing demand for transport, which, in
turn, requires suitable quality of transport infrastructure for the development not to be hindered.
Therefore it is vital to ensure an efficient system of connections between rural and urban areas, which
is a condition for increasing the professional mobility of rural residents working and studying in
nearby cities.
Growing flows and on-going suburbanisation processes lead to ever greater traffic congestion,
increased environmental pressure and a high number of road accidents and incidents.
The Małopolska Region is among the regions with the most highly diversified internal accessibility.
Of all Polish regions, it has the longest access times to the region's capital city of the region.
Małopolska also has a vast area with the distance to the capital city of another region shorter than that
to its own capital (Olkusz – Katowice, Oświęcim – Katowice, Kęty – Katowice via Bielsko-Biała)41.
In this context, the main objective of the priority axis is to create a modern transport system
efficiently satisfying the needs of economic growth and responding to the needs of a mobile
society, through developing transport infrastructure conducive to the region's economic
competitiveness and spatial cohesion, while contributing to the reduction of negative
environmental impacts.
The activities undertaken under the priority axis will work towards achieving the goal of the
Partnership Agreement linked to the network infrastructure for growth and employment, in particular
with regard to the specific objective of increasing the safety of the transport system, in particular by
creating conditions for enhancing the competitiveness of the economy through investments in
connecting secondary and tertiary nodes to TEN-T infrastructure.

Link between the Priority Axis and TOs, IPs and Funds

Thematic objective Investment priority Fund

7. Promoting sustainable
transport and removing
bottlenecks in key network
infrastructures
7b.Enhancing regional mobility by connecting secondary and tertiary nodes to ERDF
TEN-T infrastructure, including multimodal nodes
7d. Developing and rehabilitating comprehensive, high quality and interoperable ERDF
railway systems, and promoting noise-reduction measures

41
R. Guzik, A. Kołoś: Relacje przestrzenne miast oraz identyfikacja i delimitacja obszarów funkcjonalnych [in]: ”Badanie funkcji,
potencjału oraz trendów rozwojowych miast w województwie małopolskim”, Institute of Geography and Spatial Management and Institute
of Public Affairs of the Jagiellonian University, Kraków 2010, p. 396.

141
 Fund, category of region and calculation basis for Union support
Fund European Regional Development Fund

Category of region less developed

Calculation basis (public or total expenditure) total

Category of region for outermost regions and not applicable

northern sparsely populated regions (where
applicable)

Under the priority axis, actions are planned in the following areas of intervention:

 Thematic objective 7. Promoting sustainable transport and removing bottlenecks in key

network infrastructures
Investment priority 7b. Enhancing regional mobility by connecting secondary and
tertiary nodes to TEN-T infrastructure, including multimodal nodes

Specific objective Enhanced road accessibility of the region.

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
The direct result of the tasks implemented under the
investment priority will be the building of a more efficient
regional transport system connecting the key centres of socio-
economic life in Małopolska. Road connections between the
subregions will be improved and their internal and external
accessibility will be enhanced including through building
bypass roads for cities and towns affected by heavy transit
traffic. As a result of the road projects delivered, Małopolska
will benefit from improved accessibility and system of roads,
which will also work towards, among other things, improving
the safety on remodelled and newly built roads thanks to the
employment of solutions enhancing traffic safety. The
investments will respect the principle of sustainable
development.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Measurement Category Baseline Baseline Target value Source of Frequency of

No. Indicator
unit of region value year (2023) data reporting

Population
covered by the
60-minute road
1) 56.1 1) 57.9 Marshal's
isochrone to the
2) 19.5 2) 19.8 Office of the from
region’s major less
1. % 3) 43.9 3) 46.5 Małopolska 2014/every 2-
cities: developed 2014
4) 20.1 4) 21.2 Region 3 years
1) Kraków
5) 15.1 5) 16.6 UMWM)
2) Nowy Sącz
3) Tarnów
4) Oświęcim

142
 5) Nowy Targ
WDDT II
(synthetic)
(indicator of road from
less Ministry of
2. transport Not applicable 41.5023 2013 48.0209 2013/every 2-
developed Development
accessibility - 3 years
calculated on the
basis of WMDT)

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

The investment priority will cover actions linked to developing the road infrastructure crucial for
regional development, i.e. roads of regional and subregional significance, subject to the conditions
indicated in the Partnership Agreement.
In line with the provisions of the Partnership Agreement, investments in the so-called local roads
(roads at municipality and poviat levels) are allowable only when they ensure the necessary direct
connections with the TEN-T network, border crossings, airports, cargo terminals, logistics centres or
platforms, or when they ensure proper access to investment areas/economic activity zone (as a
project complementary to one delivered under Axis 3 related to the establishment or extension
of the economic activity zone, under the terms and conditions stipulated in the Partnership
Agreement, as referred to above).
Investment in local roads in the context of TO 7 may not constitute more than 15% of the program
allocation earmarked for road transport.
In particular, the following investments will be supported under the investment priority:
construction and remodelling of roads, including the construction of bypass roads along with
related infrastructures
construction and remodelling of bridges, flyovers, road tunnels and other engineering
structures being parts of roads of regional/subregional importance, along with related
infrastructures
new traffic management techniques which improve traffic and safety on roads of
regional/subregional importance.
Focus will continue to be placed on intervention addressing priority issues, i.e. ensuring favourable
conditions for creating a cohesive and efficient system of roads for the region and connecting it with
the national system of roads, including the TEN-T network, as well as building bypass roads for cities
and towns affected by heavy transit traffic, bearing in mind the need to reduce risks for road users and
reduce bottlenecks in such places.
Investments in infrastructure will not cover repair work, as well as will not be applicable to the current
infrastructure maintenance.
As regards elements of infrastructure to be potentially used by people with reduced mobility, e.g.
pedestrians, the solutions used will respond to the needs of such persons.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

Main groups of beneficiaries:
1. Territorial Self-Government Units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
143
 2. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality.
All users of road infrastructure in the region will be the target group of the support.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation.

Territorial coverage of support

The support linked to road infrastructure cover s the region as a whole, with the investments to be
located both in urban and rural areas.
As regards support under this investment priority, the following Region’s Area of Strategic
Intervention has been identified: Mountain areas. Supporting the above SAI will be encouraged by a
mechanism of preferences within the framework of the project selection criteria.
At the same time, use will also be made of a territorial development instrument, namely the
subregional development programme (instrument dedicated to interventions within functional
subregions, i.e. the region's areas of strategic intervention). In parallel, support will cover
interventions concentrated on the Kraków Functional Area - the Kraków Metropolis (Area of Strategic
Intervention). Supporting the above ASI will be promoted by setting aside a financial allocation to
support the region's capital city and its functional area delivered through integrated territorial
investments.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The framework of support in the area of transport will be indicated in the document prepared at the
regional level for the purpose of the fulfillment of the conditions of access modes for TO 7. The
project selection criteria, approved by the Monitoring Committee will take into account the substantive
criteria included the above-mentioned document.
The basis for the selection of projects to be financed will be an evaluation based on such selection
criteria, considered and approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects
selected are optimal for the accomplishment of specific objectives and results.
The project evaluation system will examine, in particular, such factors as: contribution to the
secondary Trans-European Transport Network (TEN-T) connections, improvement of road safety,
solutions least colliding with the environment, reduction of the problem of the so-called bottlenecks
and excessive congestion in road traffic, promotion of integration of the transport system, and the
socio-economic value of the project.
Given the importance of activities oriented to increasing traffic safety, preference is envisaged for
projects involving the use of infrastructure-related solutions meant to enhance road users' safety,
consistent with the applicable legal regulations.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
Under the investment priority both competitive and non-competitive modes will be applied. As
regards the latter mode, strategic projects will be used.
144
For roads of regional significance, an open competition procedure will be used.
In the aforementioned area of support, as regards roads of subregional importance, the special
mechanism of integrated territorial investment is planned to be used within the territory of the
Kraków Functional Area. The mechanism is based on negotiations and arrangements between the
municipalities participating in the ITI mechanism, provided that the issue concerned is covered by the
corresponding ITI strategy – in such a case the application of the non-competitive mode involving
strategic projects will be possible.
As regards investments related to roads of subregional importance, except for the ITI area, use is
planned to be made, first of all, of a special subregional mechanism based on the subregional path,
as a special form of competitive mode.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through non-refundable grants, with
no use of financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

Table 5. Common and programme-specific result indicators

Target value
Measurement Category (2023) Source of Frequency
No Indicator Fund
unit of region data of reporting
M W T

Total length of
new and less
1. km ERDF - - 274 SL2014 annually
remodelled or developed
upgraded roads

(13) Total length less

2. km ERDF - - 41 SL2014 annually
of new roads developed

(14) Total length

less
3. of remodelled or km ERDF - - 233 SL2014 annually
developed
upgraded roads

 Thematic objective 7. Promoting sustainable transport and removing bottlenecks in key

network infrastructures
Investment priority 7d. Developing and rehabilitating comprehensive, high quality and
interoperable railway systems, and promoting noise-reduction measures

145
Specific objective Increased availability of railway transport in the region.

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
Pursuing a sustainable development policy requires inter alia
investing in public transportation systems and incentivising
residents to give up car transport and switch to public
transport.
An efficiently functioning transport system, capable of
supporting socio-economic development, requires the road
system to be linked, in a synchronised manner, with the rail
and air systems and coordination between individual means of
transportation and public transport.
The planned support will contribute to promoting rail transport
in the region, among other things, by creating conditions for
building an effective and efficient fast agglomeration railway,
which is crucially important for serving transport with Kraków,
as the core city of regional and supraregional importance, lying
in the heart of the area with the greatest impact on
Małopolska's development.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Target
Measurement Category of Baseline Baseline Source of Frequency
No. Indicator value
unit region value year data of reporting
(2023)

WKDT II
(synthetic) (rail
transport
every 2-3
availability less
1. years since
indicator – N/A developed 28.4223 2013 45.9829 MIR
2013
calculated in
the WMDT
base)

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

The investment priority will support actions which work towards developing regional rail transport, in
particular: purchasing rolling stock (exclusively new, taking into account the needs of persons with
reduced mobility), including for the needs of the fast agglomeration railway, as well as investments in
the construction/reconstruction of technical facilities for servicing rolling stock and fitting such facilities
with the necessary equipment.
Support is also envisaged for integrating rail transport with other modes of public transport (organising
and coordinating timetables, systems of fares) and infrastructure for serving passengers, in particular
for the needs of the fast agglomeration railway being created in Małopolska, which is a component of
the regional rail transportation aimed to improve public transport between the region and the Kraków
conurbation, based on railway transport and its integration with other transport subsystems, by means
of a single ticket. The support will also comprise projects located within cities, including Kraków. It is
assumed that the intervention will be complementary with support under Priority Axis 4.
Railway investments concerning railway line infrastructure will be also carried out, in particular if
they are of importance for regional railway transport.
146
Investments in infrastructure will not cover repair work, as well as will not be applicable to the current
infrastructure maintenance. Only investments for the construction, modernization and, in appropriate
cases - the revitalization of the infrastructure of regional importance – will be allowed. Actions to be
implemented in the framework of that revitalization measures will be comprehensive, resulting in
long-term improvement of technical and infrastructure aimed at adapting to the market needs of
carriers (e.g. an increase in the permissible axle loads, modernization of platforms) and passengers
(adapting to the needs of people with mobility impairments).
The planned amount of allocations for the railway sector, i.e. the total allocation for the regional
railway transport projects under IP 7d (allocation to IP 7d) amounts to EUR 100 million, whereas
allocation for infrastructure projects of railways is expected to amount to EUR 20 million.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

Main groups of beneficiaries:
1. Territorial Self-Government Units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs,
2. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
3. enterprises.
All users of rail infrastructure in the region will be the target group of the support.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be listed in the particularisation.

Territorial coverage of support

The support will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in
the urban and rural areas where rail transport is available.
At the same time, as regards actions to integrate various modes of transport, use will be made of a
territorial development instrument, namely the subregional development programme (instrument
dedicated to interventions within functional subregions, i.e. the region's strategic areas of
intervention).

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The framework of support in the area of transport will be indicated in the document prepared at the
regional level for the purpose of the fulfillment of the conditions of access modes for TO 7. The project
selection criteria, approved by the Monitoring Committee will take into account the substantive criteria
included the above-mentioned document.
The basis for the selection of projects to be financed will be an evaluation based on such selection
criteria, considered and approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects
selected are optimal for the accomplishment of specific objectives and results.
The key factors in the project evaluation process will include the criterion of energy-saving properties
of the rolling stock purchased.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
147
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
Under the investment priority both competitive, including an open competition procedure, and non-
competitive modes will be applied. As regards the latter mode, strategic projects will be used.

The non-competitive procedure will be mainly used for interventions linked to the purchase of
rolling stock for regional transport, including the fast agglomeration railway, investment in the
construction/reconstruction of technical facilities for servicing rolling stock and fitting such facilities
with the necessary equipment, and to investment involving integrating rail transport with other modes
of public transport (organising and coordinating timetables, systems of fares), as well as investments
concerning railway lines infrastructure, where the use of the mode is justified in particular by:
legal obligation to deliver specific tasks by a given entity or group of entities, as provided by legal
regulations or strategic documents, in particular where there is a monopoly of competences,
previous direct identification of specific projects in the manner which ensures transparency of
their identification in the operational programme (projects identified in the development strategy,
strategic programme).
As regards the other projects, i.e. with respect to investment in the infrastructure serving passengers, in
particular for the purposes of the fast agglomeration railway constructed in Małopolska, use is
planned to be made, first of all, of a special subregional mechanism based on the subregional
path, as a special form of the competitive mode.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through non-refundable grants, with
no use of financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

At the stage of the programme preparation, no major projects contributing to the achievement of the
specific objectives of the investment priority have been identified.

Table 5. Common and programme-specific result indicators

Target value
Measurement Category (2023) Source of Frequency
No. Indicator Fund
unit of region data of reporting
M W T

Number of
less
1. railway vehicles item ERDF - - 10 SL2014 annually
developed
purchased

(12) Total number

of remodelled or less
2. km ERDF - - 29 SL2014 annually
upgraded railway developed
lines

148
  ESF contribution to thematic objective 7
European Social Fund resources represent the main source of financing for three priority axis under
the Regional Operational Programme: Axis 8 Labour market, Axis 9 Socially coherent region and
Axis 10 Knowledge and competences. The delivery of actions under the above axes will contribute
directly or indirectly to the attainment of thematic objectives 1-7.
Achieving the goal related to creating a modern transport system (Thematic Objective 7) will be
supported indirectly by activities undertaken under:
Priority Axis 8 Labour market. The key actions reinforcing the effects of Objective 7 under
Objective 8 include improving competences of personnel linked e.g. to the transport sector.
Priority Axis10 Knowledge and competences. The key actions reinforcing the effects of Objective
7 under Objective 10 with respect to students of vocational schools – integrating into the teaching
process elements improving the students' vocational skills, e.g. in the area of construction
engineering, mechanics and use of IT technologies

 Performance framework of the priority axis

Table 6. Performance framework for the priority axis

Indicator type

Final Explanatio
Priority axis

Source of
Measurem

target n of
ent unit

data
Category (2023) relevance Final target
No. Indicator or KIS Fund of (2023)
of region
M W T M W T indicator

types of projects
Total length of related with the
Output new roads and less output indicator
7 1. km ERDF 37 274 SL2014
indicator remodelled or developed cover 74.4% of
upgraded roads Priority Axis
allocations

the indicator
measures actual
Total amount of rate of incurring
Financial less
7 2. certified eligible EUR ERDF 70 592 250 459 411 765 SL2014 and verification
indicator developed
expenditure of expenditure
eligible under the
projects

 Categories of intervention planned under the Priority Axis

Tables 7-11. Indicative list of categories of intervention planned to be used under the Priority
Axis

149
 Fund and category of region: European Regional Development Fund, less developed region

Table 7: Table 8 Table 9: Table 10: Table 11

Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Dimension 3 Dimension 4 Dimension 6

Intervention field Form of finance Territory type Territorial delivery ESF secondary
mechanisms theme
(ESF only)

P Cod € P Cod € P Cod € P Cod € P Cod €

A e A e A e A e A e

7 026 40 000 000 7 03 155 250 000 7 01 10 060 000

7 027 50 000 000 7 01 80 000 000 7 05 53 515 000

7 031 140 000 000 7 02 155 250 000 7 07 326 925 000
7 01 390 500 000
7 032 7 000 000
7 034 143 500 000
7 044 10 000 000

The categories were assigned to individual dimensions assuming that each of the dimensions is
independent of the others, which means that each amount allocated to the priority axis is assigned to
the intervention categories envisaged in the respective dimension.

 Planned use of technical assistance for the purpose of developing administrative

capacity

The planned use of technical assistance has been described in the priority axis dedicated to technical
assistance.

150
PRIORITY AXIS 8. LABOUR MARKET

A high employment level has an undeniable impact on the region’s economic development and the
development of the intellectual and social capitals of its residents. At the same time, due to the
continuous dynamic changes in the labour market with various backgrounds –demographic, social,
economic – the need to adapt to the changing circumstances is a challenge to be faced by all market
participants: employees, employers, people without jobs. Having regard to the foregoing interrelations,
the primary aim of the priority axis is widely understood support for employment in the regional
labour market. The actions planned within the axis are complementary one to another and pursue the
specific objective of the PA, being a better use of the resources on the labour market.

Link between the Priority Axis and TOs, IPs and Funds
Thematic objective Investment priority Fund

8. Promoting sustainable 8i Access to employment for job-seekers and inactive people, including the long- ESF
and quality employment term unemployed and people far from the labour market, also through local
and supporting labour employment initiatives and support for labour mobility
mobility 8iii Self-employment, entrepreneurship and business creation including innovative ESF
micro, small and medium sized enterprises
8iv Equality between men and women in all areas, including in access to ESF
employment, career progression, reconciliation of work and private life and
promotion of equal pay for equal work
8v Adaptation of workers, enterprises and entrepreneurs to change ESF
8vi Active and healthy ageing ESF

Fund, category of region and calculation basis for Union support

Fund European Social Fund

Category of region less developed

Calculation basis (public or total Total

expenditure)

Category of region for outermost regions Not applicable

and northern sparsely populated regions
(where applicable)

The following support areas are planned under the priority axis:

 Thematic objective 8. Promoting sustainable and quality employment and supporting

labour mobility
Investment priority 8i. Access to employment for job-seekers and inactive people,
including the long-term unemployed and people far from the labour market, also
through local employment initiatives and support for labour mobility

151
 Specific objective Increasing the level of employment of people in the most
difficult situation on the labour market, i.e. persons aged
50+, long-term unemployed persons, disabled persons, low-
skilled persons and women.

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
Implementation of the IP will contribute to enhancement of
employment opportunities for people in the most difficult
situation on the labour market. Use of various methods of
occupational activation, selected based on the individual needs
of each person provided with support, will have a material
impact on the improvement of employment opportunities for
such persons and this will be reflected in a high rate of
employment effectiveness.

Table 4. Common result indicators for which a target value has been set and programme specific
result indicators corresponding to the specific objective by investment priority

Measure
Common
ment unit
Measureme output Baseline Target value
Category for Baselin Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator nt unit for indicator used value (2023)
of region baseline e year data reporting
indicator as basis for
and
target setting
target
M W T M W T
Specific objective: Increasing the level of employment of people in the most difficult situation on the labour market, i.e. persons aged 50+, long-
term unemployed persons, disabled persons, low-skilled persons and women.
Number of long-
at least 4
term
Number of evaluation times during
unemployed
people - -- 59 % 2014 - - 59 survey by the the
people covered
working for 6 MA programming
by support under
months after period
less the programme
1. leaving the person
developed
programme
(including Number of at least 4
self-employed inactive persons evaluation times during
ones) covered by - -- 40 % 2014 - - 40 survey by the the
support under MA programming
the programme period

Number of
created
microenterpris at least twice
evaluation
es in operation less in the
2. item N/A - - 48 % 2014 48 survey/statist
30 months developed programming
ical data
after received period
financial
support

Number of Number of
people unemployed
working after (including long-
leaving the less term
3. person - - 45 % 2014 - - 45 SL2014 annually
programme developed unemployed)
(including covered by
self-employed support under
ones) the programme

152
 Number of
inactive persons
person covered by - - 40 % 2014 - - 40 SL2014 annually
support under
the programme

Number of
Number of
unemployed
persons who
(including long-
acquired
less term
4. qualifications person - - 31 % 2014 - - 31 SL2014 annually
developed unemployed)
after leaving
covered by
the
support under
programme
the programme

Number of
persons who Number of
acquired inactive persons
less
5. qualifications person covered by - - 27 % 2014 - - 27 SL2014 annually
developed
after leaving support under
the the programme
programme

Number of
created jobs
under ESF
less 1165
6. allocations item N/A - - item 2014 - - 3850 SL2014 annually
developed 1
provided to
setting up a
business

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

Under the specific objective Increasing the level of employment of people in the most difficult situation
on the labour market, i.e. persons aged 50+, long-term unemployed persons, disabled persons, low-
skilled persons and women42 through the application of comprehensive, various tools aimed to
facilitate their entrance into or return to the labour market, such as, for example: identification of the
participant’s individual needs, employment agency, job counselling, training and/or counselling aimed
at improving, supplementing or changing one’s professional skills, initiatives preparing for the taking
up of employment, such as, for example: internships, practical vocational training, volunteer work,
subsidies to equipping or additional equipping of work position at the employer’s premises, support to
set up a business (only for non-competition projects) as well as other tools, methods and programmes
supporting occupational activation.
At the same time, the delivery of the EURES targeted transnational mobility schemes (TTMS),
diagnosed on the basis of the region’s socio-economic analyses has been planned. An operation of this
type is carried out on conditionally, depending on the diagnoses of sectors, professions and
competences for which the labour market situation requires a TTMS.

42
Activation support under IP8i is addressed to people aged 29+.

153
The support offered within the projects should correspond, to the largest degree possible, to the
personal characteristics of project participants and should be based, as far as possible, on their existing
occupational experience and skills. Additionally, the programmed actions should be closely related to
the actual demand for particular qualifications and skills in the regional or local labour market,
particularly through the inclusion in the projects of cooperation with potential employers, and an
effective choice of active forms of support, which will enable unemployed people, to the greatest
degree possible, to acquire new or update their existing skills, competences, qualifications, acquire
work experience and, consequently, take up employment.
In the provision of support, emphasis should also be placed on the cooperation particularly between
public and non-public employment services, social welfare institutions and other parties which will
provide support to occupationally activate unemployed people.
In order to ensure high efficiency of the actions undertaken under the IP, mandatory employability
performance criteria are planned to be introduced (depending on the target group), setting out the
minimum percentage of participants who should become employed as a result of being covered by the
support.
At the same time, necessary investment into adapting the infrastructure to the needs of the supported
people using the cross-financing mechanism is allowed provided that the costs of such investment are
necessary for the proper implementation of and directly associated with the project.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

In the area of occupational activation (in competition-based projects) , the beneficiaries can be, as a
rule, all entities – except natural persons (this does not apply to people engaging in business or
educational activities under separate regulations), in particular labour market institutions,
entrepreneurs and employers, non-governmental organisations (including, for example, LAGs). At the
same time, other programme documents or project selection criteria provide for the possibility of
detailing/narrowing the group of beneficiaries who can apply for project co-financing.
The poviat labour offices of the Małopolska Region and the Regional Labour Office (EURES) will be
beneficiaries of projects carried out under non-competitive mode.
The support target group will be people without work (regardless of whether they are registered with
poviat labour offices, (PUP), whose situation in the labour market is the most difficult, i.e. mature
people (above 50 years of age) long-term unemployed people, disabled people, low-skilled people and
women (in particular persons who perform the function of the carer of a dependent person).
Additionally, the target group will comprise also employers, in particular ones who have difficulty
finding employees domestically and need placement support from the EURES network.

Territorial coverage of support

Occupational activation support will cover the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban and rural areas. At the same time, due to considerable intra-regional differences, concerning the
planned scope of support, the Area of Strategic Intervention (ASI) has been identified in the Region:
Areas on which the labour market situation is most difficult – unemployment. Supporting the above
ASI will be encouraged by a mechanism of preferences within the framework of the project selection
criteria account being taken of current data and depending on the changing situation in the region.

154
Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed
Under the investment priority both competitive and non-competitive modes will be applied.
Pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, the projects to be co-financed will be selected basically under
the competitive mode. Use of the non-competitive mode will be limited exclusively to justified cases
involving delivery or coordination of tasks stipulated in the relevant legal regulations applicable to
occupational activation of unemployed persons and will concern non-competitive projects
implemented by the poviat labour offices and the project concerning coordination and implementation
of targeted translational mobility schemes (TTMS) EURES implemented by the Regional Labour
Office.
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic objectives arising under the
Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020, taking into account the specific
objectives for the individual investment priorities. At the same time, the introduction of project
selection criteria will contribute, inter alia, to:
channelling comprehensive43 support to groups in most disadvantageous situation in the
regional/local labour market;
channelling the support to residents of the areas where the labour market situation is the most
difficult,
ensuring the highest possible effectiveness of the support (employment effectiveness),
possible taking into account of the job-creation potential in the white and green sectors of the
economy, if the diagnosis carried out demonstrates that such interventions are justified,
pointing to the necessity to guarantee equal access and combating any discrimination.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability.
The project selection system will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of
the selection process, transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through grants, with no use of
financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

Not applicable.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

43
I.e. involving at least 2 activation tools selected to respond to a project participant’s individual needs.

155
 Target value (2023) Frequency
No. Measure Category Source
Output indicator Fund of
ment unit of region of data
reporting
M W T
Number of long-
term
1. unemployed less
person ESF 6 180 9 270 15 450 SL2014 annually
covered by developed
support under
the programme
Number of
people aged
2. above 50 and less
person ESF 3612 5 418 9 030 SL2014 annually
more, covered developed
by support under
the programme
Number of
people with
disabilities less
3. person ESF 880 1 320 2 200 SL2014 annually
covered by developed
support under
the programme

Number of low-
skilled people
less
4. covered by person ESF 14 004 21 006 35 010 SL2014 annually
developed
support under
the programme
Number of
people who
received non-
refundable funds less
5. person ESF 2 503 1 348 3 850 SL2014 annually
for self- developed
employment
under the
programme
Number of
unemployed
(including long-
term less
6. person ESF 16 136 24 204 40 340 SL2014 annually
unemployed) developed
covered by
support under
the programme
Number of
inactive people
less
7. covered by person ESF 1 152 1 728 2 880 SL2014 annually
developed
support under
the programme

 Thematic objective 8. Promoting sustainable and quality employment and supporting

labour mobility
Investment priority 8iii. Self-employment, entrepreneurship and business creation
including innovative micro, small and medium sized enterprises
Specific objective Increasing the number of new and sustainable
microenterprises in the region.
156
 Results that the Member State Creation of 3290 new business entities offering at least 3320
seeks to achieve with Union jobs in the region.
support

Table 4. Common result indicators for which a target value has been set and programme specific
result indicators corresponding to the specific objectively investment priority

Common Measure
output Baseline ment unit Target value
Measureme
Category indicator value for Baselin (2023) Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator nt unit for
of region used as basis baseline e year data reporting
indicator
for target and
setting target
M W T MW T
Number of jobs
created with less annually
1. item N/A - - 3503 item 2014 - - 3320 SL2014
ESF funds for developed
self-employment
Number of
created at least twice
microenterprises evaluation during the –
less
2. operating 30 item N/A - - 48 % 2014 - - 48 survey/stati
developed programming
months after stical data
receiving period
financial support

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

The investment priority Increasing the number of new and sustainable microenterprises in the region
will address actions intended for unemployed people interested in setting up their own business
(including also spin offs/spin outs). The support matching the individual demands of entrepreneurial
residents of Małopolska will include:
training and/or consulting in preparation to start a business
granting financial support (grant) for starting business activity by persons whose situation on
the labour market is the most difficult, i.e. persons 50+, long-term unemployed, disabled,
low-skilled or women,
support in the form of a loan for setting up a business (including spin offs/spin outs),
actions to support and develop short experience entrepreneurs (project participants) at the
start-up stage of their business activity in the form of training and consultancy through
advisory, training and consultancy support.
The support offered under the projects will include the provision of high-quality training and
consulting services available at each stage of business set-up, both before formal registration, and
during the initial period of functioning of the newly established enterprise. The services on offer
should constitute real help to people who are preparing to set up a business or have been doing that for
a relatively short period of time and, consequently, contribute to improving the effects of the
intervention and the survival rate of the businesses. In view of the foregoing, the actions under the
investment priority should include wide access to individual consultations and engagement in the
training and consulting process of people who are knowledgeable in self-employment.

157
As an additional objective of the promotion of additional, new jobs under the investment priority, the
application of a mechanism to diversify the amount of grants is planned depending on the number of
jobs created in newly created businesses.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

In the area of setting up microenterprises, when granting financial support (grant), the beneficiaries
can be, as a rule, all entities – except natural persons (this does not apply to people engaging in
business or educational activities under separate regulations), including in particular entrepreneurs,
higher schools, social and business partners (including non-governmental organisations).
In the event of support is granted in the form of a financial instrument – eligible beneficiaries should
be entities experienced in implementing the financial instruments.
At the same time, other programme documents or project selection criteria provide for the possibility
of detailing/narrowing the group of beneficiaries who can apply for project co-financing.
The target group for training and advisory services to prepare for starting up a business will consist of
unemployed natural persons who are interesting in setting up a business.
The target group for financial support (grant) will consists of unemployed natural persons interested in
setting up their own business and whose situation on the labour market is the most disadvantaged, i.e.
persons 50+, long-term unemployed, disabled, low-skilled and women. Support for other target groups
will be carried out with the use of financial instruments, for which no more than 20% of the allocation
for the IP will be allocated.
The target group for support in the form of financial instruments (loans to set up a business) will
consist of unemployed persons interested in setting up their own business.
The target group for training and advisory support will consist of entrepreneurs with a short
experience in business who set up their business under the projects (project participants).44

Territorial coverage of support

The support for business set-up will cover the region as a whole, with the investments located in
urban and rural areas. At the same time, due to considerable intra-regional differences, concerning the
planned scope of support, the Area of Strategic Intervention (ASI) has been identified in the Region:
Areas with low entrepreneurship levels. Supporting the above ASI will be encouraged by a
mechanism of preferences within the framework of the project selection criteria taking into account
the current data and depending on the changing situation in the region.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

Under the investment priority the competitive mode will be applied.
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic objectives arising under the
Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020, taking into account the specific

44
Support under IP 8iii is addressed to persons aged 29+.

158
objectives for the individual investment priorities. At the same time, the introduction of
project/programme guidelines selection criteria will contribute, inter alia, to:
addressing grant support to groups in the most disadvantageous situation in the regional/local
labour market;
more extensive use of financial instruments,
addressing the support in particular to less economically developed areas in the region,
ensuring the highest possible sustainability of the support.
pointing to the need to guarantee equal access to and combat any discrimination.
Operations which encompass financial instruments will be selected by the Managing Authority on the
basis of the ex-ante evaluation referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation. The Managing
Authority will select an entity/entities implementing the financial instruments (the operations’
beneficiary) after the decision to make a contribution to the financial instrument/ instruments.
Among other things, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability.
The project selection system will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of
the selection process, transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the IP support is planned to be granted both in the form of grants and financial instruments
(loans).
Detailed arrangements concerning the scope of engagement of financial instruments, identification of
the types of their potential combination with support in the non-repayable form, as well as the terms
and conditions of benefiting from such support will be presented in the document which details the
operational programme based on the results of the analysis required under the provisions of Article 37
of the General Regulation.
The MA has carried out one of the planned experts' studies for the needs of the ex-ante evaluation
referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

Not applicable.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value Frequency

Measure Category Source of
No. Output indicator Fund (2023) of
ment unit of region data
reporting
M W T
Number of
unemployed
people who less
1.
received non- person ESF developed - - 2 960 SL2014 annually
repayable funds
to set up their
own business
159
 under the
programme
Number of
unemployed
people who
received
2. less
repayable funds person ESF - - 330 SL2014 annually
developed
to set up their
own business
under the
programme

 Thematic objective 8. Promoting sustainable and quality employment and supporting

labour mobility
Investment priority 8v. Adaptation of employees, enterprises and entrepreneurs to
change

Specific objective 1. Increasing accessibility of development services for

SMEs
2. Increasing adaptability of persons exempt and
threatened with job loss

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
Providing access to high quality development services for
SMEs and their employees
Equipping those made redundant or threatened with job
loss for reasons related to the workplace with skills,
competences to enable them to keep their jobs with their
existing employers or take up work at a new place.

Table 4. Common result indicators for which a target value has been set and programme specific
result indicators corresponding to the specific objective by investment priority
Common
Measure
output
ment unit
Measurem indicator Baseline Target value
Category of for Baselin Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator ent unit for used as value (2023)
region baseline e year data reporting
indicator basis for
and
target
target
setting M W T MW T
Specific objective 1: Increasing accessibility of development services for SMEs
Number of
microenterprises
and small and
medium sized
enterprises which less
1. item N/A - - 50 % 2010 - - 50 SL2014 annually
have attained their developed
development
objective owing to
their participation in
the programme
Number of persons less
2. person N/A - - 74 % 2010 - - 74 SL2014 annually
who acquired developed
160
 qualifications or
having acquired
competences after
leaving the
programme
Number of
employed
Number of persons persons
in a better situation covered by at least 4 times
on the labour market less support evaluation during the
3. person - - 20 % 2014 - - 20
6 months after developed under the survey programming
leaving the programme period
programme (including
self-
employed)
Specific objective 2: Increasing adaptability of persons exempt and threatened with job loss
Number of people
who, having left the
less
1. programme took up person N/A - - 52 % 2013 - - 52 SL2014 annually
developed
or continued
employment

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

Within the specific objective Increasing accessibility of development services for SMEs, as
complementary to actions aimed to enhance the competitiveness of the SME sector and its research
and development potential take up under Priority Axis 3 Entrepreneurship in Małopolska (IP 3c) and
Priority Axis 1 Knowledge economy (IP 1b), high-quality support adapted to the needs will be offered
to improve the competencies of staff in the SME as part of the personal finance services and
development (in particular training, counselling).
During 2014-2020, support for staff development will be based on the demand-oriented system in
which the decisive role in the selection and creation of the development service will be played by the
entrepreneur.45 It is the employer who, having analysed current development needs of its employees,
will choose the relevant service to be used by its employees or the employer itself. The new, easily
accessible system will be based on a register of training providers rendering high-quality services.
Such a concept will contribute tangibly to improving the quality of training services offered on the
market, considerably shortening the actual duration of the provision of the development service which
will, as a consequence, improve its usefulness and effectiveness for employees and their employers.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

In the area of enhancing the potential of staff, the beneficiaries can be all entities – except natural
persons (this does not apply to people engaging in business or educational activities under separate
regulations), in particular entrepreneurs, business environment institutions, social and business
partners (including non-governmental organisations). At the same time, other programme documents
or project selection criteria provide for the possibility of detailing/narrowing the group of beneficiaries
who can apply for project co-financing.
The target group will be entrepreneurs in the SME sector and their employees, including self-
employed people.

45
Development support for enterprises is not granted to large enterprises

161
 Territorial coverage of support
The support in the area of enhancing the potential of staff will cover interventions concerning the
region as a whole, with the investments located in urban and rural areas.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

Under the investment priority the competitive mode will be applied for project selection.
In the demand-oriented system, projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection
criteria, considered and approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects
selected are optimal for the accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic
objectives arising under the Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020, taking
into account the specific objectives for the individual investment priorities. At the same time, the
introduction of project selection/programme guidelines criteria will contribute, inter alia, to:
ensuring the diversification of the financing amount depending on the target groups to which
support will be addressed (persons 50+, low-skilled), high growth enterprises and
industries/sectors of significance for the region.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability.
The project selection system will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of
the selection process, transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through non-refundable grants, with
no use of financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

Not applicable.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value
Measurem Category Source Frequency of
No. Indicator Fund (2023)
ent unit of region of data reporting
M W T
Number of
microenterprises and
small and medium less
1. sized enterprises item ESF developed - - 6 980 SL2014 annually
covered by
development services
in the programme
Number of employed
persons covered by
support under the less
2. person ESF - - 27 310 SL2014 annually
programme developed
(including self-
employed)

162
A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported
Within the specific objective Increasing adaptability of persons exempt and threatened with job loss,
actions will be taken up because of the dynamically changing economic circumstances in the national,
local and regional markets, require support in future to adapt themselves to the new circumstances
(adaptation). The planned support in this regard will be comprehensive and will be granted, through
development and implementation of outplacement programmes 46, to individuals who are threatened
with or have lost their jobs for reasons attributable to the employer.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

In the area of outplacement support, all entities can be beneficiaries – except natural persons (this does
not apply to people engaging in business or educational activities under separate regulations), in
particular entrepreneurs, business environment institutions, social and business partners (including
non-governmental organisations). At the same time, other programme documents or project selection
criteria provide for the possibility of detailing/narrowing the group of beneficiaries who can apply for
project co-financing.
The support target group will be persons who are threatened with redundancy for reasons attributable
to the employer or who have lost their jobs for such reasons.

Territorial coverage of support

Support in the area of adaptation to change will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole,
with the investments located in urban and rural areas.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

Under the investment priority the competitive mode will be applied.
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic objectives arising under the
Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020, taking into account the specific
objectives for the individual investment priorities. At the same time, the introduction of project
selection criteria will contribute, inter alia, to:
ensuring the greatest possible effectiveness of the support (employment effectiveness).
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability.
The project selection system will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of
the selection process, transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.

Planned use of financial instruments

Taking into account the type of activities supported by the investment priority, grants are expected to
be primarily used as support. However, in the case of activities that are potentially financially viable,

46
The staff of large enterprises may be covered by outplacement programmes.

163
 possible use of financial instruments will be considered by the MA. Each time, the decision to make
use of the mechanism of financial instruments will be preceded by an ex-ante evaluation, in
accordance with Art. 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

Not applicable.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value
Measurem Category Source Frequency of
No. Output indicator Fund (2023)
ent unit of region of data reporting
M W T
Number of
employees threatened
with redundancy and
less
people laid off for
person ESF developed - - 1 940 SL2014 annually
1. reasons attributable to
the employer covered
by support under the
programme

164
  Thematic objective 8. Promoting sustainable and quality employment and supporting
labour mobility
Investment priority 8vi. Equality between men and women in all areas, including in access
to employment, career progression, reconciliation of work and private life and promotion of
equal pay for equal work

Specific objective Raising employment level among persons who perform the
function of a child carer

Results that the Member State Doubling the number of care places for children of up to 3
seeks to achieve with Union years of age in the region.
support

Table 4. Common result indicators for which a target value has been set and programme specific
result indicators corresponding to the specific objective by investment priority

Common
Measure
output Baseline Target value
ment unit
Measurem indicator value (2023)
No. Category of for Baselin Source of Frequency of
Indicator ent unit for used as
region baseline e year data reporting
indicator basis for
and
target
target
setting M W T MW T

Specific objective: Raising employment level among persons who perform the function of a child carer

Number of people
who returned to
the labour market
after a break less annually
1. person N/A - - 80 % 2014 - - 80 SL2014
caused by giving developed
birth to/raising a
child after leaving
the programme
Number of
unemployed who
found a job or are less annually
2. person N/A - - 51 % 2014 - - 51 SL2014
seeking a job after developed
leaving the
programme
Number of created
child care places at least twice
for children up to evaluation during the
less
3. 3 years, in item N/A - - 58 % 2013 - - 58 survey/stati
developed programming
operation 2 years stical data
after receiving period
ESF co-financing

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

This investment priority Raising employment level among persons who perform the function of a child
carer will support initiatives aimed at enabling the return to or entrance into the labour market for
persons (in particular women) who do not participate in it due to their functions of child carer.
Interventions in pursuance of this aim will include:
support for the creation and/or functioning of establishments providing care for children of
up to 3 years of age, including crèches (also with employers) and child clubs47 and actions to
increase the number of places in existing institutions,
creating conditions for the development of care for children of up to 3 years of age by daily
carers, inter alia, through the support to services provided by the daily carer, upgrading
competences of persons who wish to become a daily carer, information about and promotion
of the use of such form of care and about performing the function of a carer (only when
coupled with other forms of support).
At the same time, the possibility to make necessary investments to adapt the infrastructure to make the
functioning of child care institution for children under the age of 3 possible and adjusting it to the
needs of persons covered by support by using the cross-financing, provided that their costs are
necessary for and directly related to the adequate implementation of the project, is acceptable.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

In the area of reconciliation of work and private life, the beneficiaries can be all entities – except
natural persons (this does not apply to people engaging in business or educational activities under
separate regulations), in particular entrepreneurs and employers, territorial self-government units,
unions and associations of TSUs, organisational units of TSUs having legal personality, social and
business partners (including non-governmental organisations). At the same time, other programme
documents or project selection criteria provide for the possibility of detailing/narrowing the group of
beneficiaries who can apply for project co-financing.
The support target group will be people returning to/entering the labour market, who have not
participated in it to date due to their performing functions of care for children.

Territorial coverage of support

The support in the reconciliation of work and private life will cover the region as a whole, with the
investments located in urban and rural areas.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

Under the investment priority the competitive mode will be applied.
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic objectives arising under the
Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020, taking into account the specific
objectives for the particular investment priorities. At the same time, the introduction of project
selection criteria will contribute, inter alia, to:

47
Complementary to the actions taken up under priority axis (IP 9.7) to facilitate access to social services for dependants (elderly, disabled
people)

166
 directing the support as regards the creation of new places of care for children of up to 3 years of
age, particularly to municipalities with a high degree of unsatisfied demand for places in
facilities providing care for children of up to 3 years of age,
ensuring sustainability of the support when creating new places of care for children of up to 3
years of age,
pointing to the need to guarantee equal access to the support and combating any discrimination.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability.
The project selection system will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of
the selection process, transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through grants, with no use of
financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

Not applicable.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Target value
Measurem Category Source Frequency of
No. Output indicator Fund (2023)
ent unit of region of data reporting
M W T

Number of people
looking after children less
1. up to 3 years of age person ESF developed - - 5 270 SL2014 annually
covered by support
under the programme

Number of places to less

2. care for children of item ESF developed - - 5 270 SL2014 annually
up to 3 years of age

 Thematic objective 8. Promoting sustainable and quality employment and supporting

labour mobility
Investment priority 8vi. Active and healthy ageing

Specific objective 1. Raising employment rate of employees 50+ and support

to those working on the posts with high burdens on
their health.
2. Increasing participation of working age persons in
167
 health programmes.

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
Adjusting the competence of mature workers to their needs
and possibilities
Increasing the access to health prevention, diagnostics and
rehabilitation services

Table 4. Common result indicators for which a target value has been set and programme specific
result indicators corresponding to the specific objective by investment priority
Common
Measure
output
ment unit
Measurem indicator Baseline Target value
Category of for Baselin Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator ent unit for used as value (2023)
region baseline e year data reporting
indicator basis for
and
target
target
setting M W T MW T
Specific objective 1: Raising employment rate of employees 50+ and support to those working on the posts with high burdens on their health.
Number of
people 50+ who,
having left the
less
1. programme, person N/A - - 52 % 2013 - - 52 SL2014 annually
developed
took up a job or
continued
employment
Number of
less
2. strategies for item N/A - - 87 % 2013 - - 87 SL2014 annually
developed
age management
Specific objective 2: Increasing participation of working age persons in health programmes.
Number of
people who,
after leaving the
less
1. programme, person N/A - - 53 % 2012 - - 53 SL2014 annually
developed
undertook or
continued
employment
Number of
persons who
underwent
less 144
2. preventive person N/A - - % 2012 - - 48 800 SL2014 annually
developed 835
health tests
thanks to EFS
intervention

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

The specific objective Raising employment rate of employees 50+ and support to those working on the
posts with high burdens on their health will address the following initiatives:
programmes to reskill employees, especially mature (aged 50+) ones preparing them to take up a
job at other modified/modernised positions with a smaller burden for their health,
implementing solutions friendly to mature employers at their place of work including additions to
and equipment of their workplaces, age management training/consultancy addressed to employers
and employees.
The specific objective Increasing participation of working age persons in health programmes will
address the following initiatives:

168
 implementation of health programmes48 relating to education, prevention and rehabilitation for
combating and early diagnosis of diseases which are the most frequent cause for occupational
deactivation for health reasons, including oncologic diseases, cardiovascular diseases,
osteoarticular and muscular system diseases, respiratory system diseases, mental illnesses
(disorders), respiratory system diseases.
At the same time, necessary investment to adapt the infrastructure to the needs of the people covered
by support using the cross-financing mechanism is accepted, provided that their costs are necessary for
and directly related to the adequate implementation of the project.
The Policy Paper for Health Care 2014-2020 is the document forming a strategic framework for all
health projects in the 2014-2020 Perspective.
The main instrument to coordinate interventions undertaken in the health sector form the EU funding
is the ESIF Steering Committee for Coordination of Interventions in the health sector, under the
chairmanship of the Minister in charge for health. In order to ensure an adequate coordination
mechanism, the Committee analyses health care issues on an on-going basis, in particular in view of
the effectiveness and efficiency of EU-funded interventions, the accomplishment of expected results
and the impact of the Action Plan’s implementation on the Policy Paper health protection objectives
and on the objectives of the Partnership Agreement and Operational Programmes.
The compliance with the Action Plan in the Health Sector (Action Plan) as agreed within the Steering
Committee is a prerequisite for taking any ESI Funds- funded interventions in the health sector.
The Action Plan, directly connected with the Partnership Agreement and encompassing investments
from national funds (including those under competitions for tasks financed from the public funding
and contracts for services provision), contains, inter alia, the list of potential projects to be
implemented on the national and regional level. The list was created after the analysis of
complementariness and cost-effectiveness of the proposals presented by the MA, the principles
referring to modes and criteria of project selection under the calls for projects announced under central
and regional projects. The investments shall be carried out solely by entities which [provide medical
treatment (whether public or private), providing health care services financed from public funds. In the
case of expansion of the scope of the entity providing medical treatment, they shall be required to have
a contract for the provision of publicly-funded health care services, in the successive contracting
period after the project completion at the latest.
Allocation for the implementation of health programs specific to the region will amount to no more
than 15% of the allocation on health programs.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

In the area of active ageing, as regards activities unrelated with the implementation of health
programmes, the beneficiaries can be, as a rule, all entities – except natural persons (this does not
apply to people engaging in business or educational activities under separate regulations).
As regards implementation of health programmes, Beneficiaries can be, in particular:
1. public and private institutions providing medical care,
2. employers – enterprises dealing with social integration and social economy entities,

48

169
 3. social and business partners (including non-governmental organisations) experienced in
delivery of health programmes.
At the same time, other programme documents or project selection criteria provide for the possibility
of detailing/narrowing the group of beneficiaries who can apply for project co-financing.
The support target group will be persons of working age, in particular people aged 50+ amongst whom
the risk of discontinuation of their occupational activity for health reasons is high, and employers.

Territorial coverage of support

Support concerning active and healthy ageing will cover interventions concerning the region as a
whole, with the investments located in urban and rural areas.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

Under the investment priority the competitive mode will be applied.
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic objectives arising under the
Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020, taking into account the specific
objectives for the individual investment priorities. At the same time, the introduction of project
selection criteria will contribute measurably, inter alia, to:
directing the support in particular to people aged 50+,
ensuring the highest possible effectiveness of the support provided to the participants.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability.
The project selection system will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of
the selection process, transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.

Planned use of financial instruments

The investment project does not envisage the use of financial instruments which means that support
will be given exclusively in the form of grants.

Planned use of major projects

Not applicable.

170
 Table 5. Common and programme-specific output indicators

Target value
Measurem Category Source Frequency of
No. Output indicator Fund (2023)
ent unit of region of data reporting
M W T

Number of people aged less

1. 50+ supported in the person ESF developed - - 3 300 SL2014 annually
programme

Number of employers less

2. supported in the field item ESF developed - - 225 SL2014 annually
of age management

Number of persons
less
covered by a health
3. person ESF developed - - 50 020 SL2014 annually
programme thanks to
ESF

Number of health
programmes
implemented of less
4. item ESF - - 3 SL2014 annually
significance in view of developed
the region’s, including
employers’ needs

Performance framework of the priority axis

Table 6. Performance framework for the priority axis
Priority axis

Milestone (2018) Final target (2023) Explanation of

Measure
Fund

Indicator Category of Source of relevance of

No. Indicator or KIS ment
type region data indicator
unit
M W T M W T

the indicator
measures the
Total amount actual rate of
Financial E
of certified less incurring and
8 progress 1. EUR S 77 208 901 318 546 057 SL2014
eligible developed verification of
indicator F
expenditure the eligible
expenditure in
the projects

Number of
unemployed
E basic output
Output persons less
8 2. person S 5720 8580 14300 16136 24204 40340 SL2014 indicator for
indicator (including developed
F IP 8i
long-term
unemployed)

Number of
E basic output
Output inactive Less
8 3. person S 408 612 1020 1152 1728 2880 SL2014 indicator for
indicator persons developed
F IP 8i
covered by

171
 support under
the programme

Number of
unemployed
persons who
received non- E basic output
Output less
8 4. refundable person S 560 2960 SL2014 indicator for
indicator developed
support to start F IP 8iii
a business
under the
programme

 Categories of intervention planned in the priority axis

Table 7-11. An indicative catalogue of categories of interventions planned to be used within the
priority axis is provided in the table below.

Fund and category of region: European Social Fund, less developed region

Table 7: Table 8 Table 9: Table 10: Table 11

Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Dimension 3 Dimension 4 Dimension 6

Intervention field Form of finance Territory type Territorial delivery ESF secondary theme
mechanisms (ESF only)

P Cod € P Co € P Co € P Co € P Co €
A e A de A de A de A de

8 102 124 764 148 8 01 265 764 148 8 01 120 000 000 8 07 270 764 148 8 03 85 000 000

8 104 50 000 000 8 04 5 000 000 8 02 92 496 696 8 04 15 000 000

8 105 25 000 000 8 03 58 267 452 8 05 15 976 415

8 106 45 000 000 8 06 270 764 148

8 107 26 000 000 8 07 270 764 148

The categories were assigned to individual dimensions assuming that each of the dimensions is
independent of the others, which means that each amount allocated to the priority axis is assigned to
the intervention categories envisaged in the respective dimension.

Planned use of technical assistance for the purpose of developing administrative

capacity

The planned use of technical assistance has been described in the priority axis dedicated to technical
assistance.

172
PRIORITY AXIS 9. SOCIALLY COHERENT REGION

A considerable scale of poverty and social exclusion is amongst the factors which constitute a barrier
for the region’s development. At the same time, the absence of effective forms of support to people
threatened with social exclusion as well as restricted access for such people to high-quality social and
health services may lead to an accumulation of unfavourable phenomena in the region. Having regard
to the foregoing, the principal aim of the priority axis is enhanced intraregional cohesion in the
social and health dimension.
The support planned within the priority axis is complementary one to another and contributes to the
accomplishment of the specific objectives set out in the Partnership Agreement as regards increased
chances of employment for people suffering from or threatened with social exclusion, and reduced the
risk of social exclusion caused by disproportions in access to public services.

Link between the Priority Axis and TOs, IPs, and Funds

Thematic objective Investment priority Fund

9.Promoting social 9i. Active inclusion, including with a view to promoting equal opportunities and ESF
inclusion, combating active participation, and improving employability
poverty and any 9iv. Enhancing access to affordable, sustainable and high-quality services, ESF
discrimination including health care and social services of general interest
9v. Promoting social entrepreneurship and vocational integration in social ESF
enterprises, and the social and solidarity economy in order to facilitate access to
employment

Fund, category of region and calculation basis for Union support

Fund European Social Fund

Category of region less developed

Calculation basis (public or total total

expenditure)

Category of region for outermost not applicable

regions and northern sparsely
populated regions (where
applicable)

The following support areas are planned under the priority axis:

 Thematic objective 9. Promoting social inclusion, combating poverty and any

discrimination
Investment priority 9i. Active inclusion, including with a view to promoting equal
opportunities and active participation, and improving employability

173
 Specific objective Active inclusion of persons at risk of poverty or social
exclusion through the improvement and enhancement of
their employability

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
The pursuance of the IP will contribute to greater
employability of persons threatened with poverty or social
exclusion. The use of varied methods of social, vocational and
educational activation selected depending on the individual
needs of each of the persons subject to the support will
significantly improve their chances of employment.

Table 4. Common result indicators for which a target value has been set and programme specific
result indicators corresponding to the specific objective

Measure
Common output ment unit Target
Measurement Baseline
Category of indicator used as for Baselin value Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator unit for value
region basis for target baseline e year (2023) data reporting
indicator
setting and
target
MW T M W T
Specific objective 1: Active inclusion, including with a view to promoting equal opportunities and active participation, and improving
employability
Number of
people
threatened with
poverty or social
exclusion,
less
1. working after person N/A - - 10 % 2014 - - 10 SL2014 annually
developed
leaving the
programme
(including self-
employed
people)
Number of
people
threatened with
poverty or social
less
2. exclusion person N/A - - 36 % 2014 - - 36 Sl2014 annually
developed
seeking
employment
after leaving the
programme
Number of
people
threatened with
poverty or social
less
3. exclusion who person N/A - - 27 % 2014 - - 27 Sl2014 annually
developed
obtained
qualifications
after leaving the
programme
Number of
persons at risk
at least 4
of poverty or
times during
social exclusion less evaluation
4. person N/A - - 24 % 2014 - - 24 the
working 6 developed survey
programming
months after
period
leasing the
programme

174
(including self-
employed)

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

The specific objective Active inclusion, including with a view to promoting equal opportunities and
active participation, and improving employability will address actions concerning active integration of
people in a special social and occupational situation:
The planned support will be directed primarily at the delivery of social/vocational activation
programmes for people threatened with poverty or social exclusion, their families, and other persons
from their environment. In view of the huge diversification of the target group, strong emphasis will be
put on the comprehensiveness of support and on customising the support as much as possible to the
diagnosed needs and predispositions of concrete people. Various instruments of educational, vocational,
or social activation will be used in the above mentioned programmes, including assistance services,
supported employment, and other services that facilitate employee adaptation to the work environment;
psychological and vocational counselling, employment agency, traineeship and work-based practice,
subsidised employment, vocational reintegration activities at the employer’s, courses and training that
facilitates the acquisition of, rising or changing one’s qualifications; services accompanying the process
of young people’s ageing out of foster care, as well as other instruments for social and vocational
activation of people supported by the Programme.
A very important aspect is going to involve support for the environment of persons at risk of poverty or
social exclusion (e.g. in the form of mediation, family therapy, family counselling, local activity
programmes, action aimed at preventing child and youth exclusion), which will improve the
effectiveness of the support concerned.
In order to increase the effectiveness and comprehensiveness of the support, strong emphasis will be put
on the cooperation among various entities which act for the benefit of social inclusion and combating
poverty, in particular labour market institutions, social welfare institutions, guardian services and NGOs.
In order to improve the efficiency of the fight against poverty, the MA will provide the ROP use of
mechanisms ensuring complementarity of the support from the ESF and the European Fund for support
to the most needy within the Operational Programme Food Aid (OP FA), in particular, ensure the flow
of information on the possibilities of obtaining support between ESF beneficiaries and partner
organizations and their regional and local entities involved in food distribution.
The investment priority provides for a possibility to make the necessary investment in the social
infrastructure using the cross-financing mechanism, provided that its cost is necessary for the proper
delivery of and is directly linked to the project.
The planned support will contribute to the pursuance of Priority III: Active Integration Within Local
Communities as defined in the National Programme for Combating Poverty and Social Exclusion 2020.

175
Potential beneficiaries and target groups
In the area of active inclusion, the Beneficiaries can be all entities who are experienced in running
activities fostering social inclusion – except natural persons (this does not apply to people engaging in
business or educational activities under separate regulations), in particular:
1. Social Welfare Centres,
2. Poviat Family Support Centres,
3. Territorial Self-Government Units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs,
4. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality,
5. NGOs,
6. social economy entities,
7. churches and religious associations, and legal persons of churches and religious associations.
At the same time, other programme documents or project selection criteria provide for the possibility
of detailing/narrowing the group of beneficiaries who can apply for project co-financing.
The support target group will be primarily:
people at risk of poverty or social exclusion49, who primarily need social activation, including
the homeless who, subject to the Act on the promotion of employment and labour market
institutions, are in the third group of persons, i.e. persons far removed from the labour market
(in respect of the persons profiled by Poviat Employment Agencies)50.
the environment of people threatened with poverty or social exclusion (including their
families).

Territorial coverage of support

Support in the area of active integration of people in a special social and occupational situation will
cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the investments located in urban (including
urban areas in need of revitalisation) and rural areas. At the same time, due to considerable intra-
regional differences as regards accumulated social problems, concerning the planned scope of support,
the Area of Strategic Intervention (ASI) has been identified in the Region: Areas threatened with
accumulated social problems – poverty. Supporting the above mentioned ASI will be encouraged by
a mechanism of preferences within the framework of the project selection criteria (taking into account
the current data and research results and depending on the changing situation in the region).

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

Under the investment priority the competitive mode will be applied.
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic objectives arising under the
49
Support to ”marginalised societies” (such as Roma, or prisoners) is envisaged only on the national level under
the Knowldege, Education, Development OP.
50
The definition of persons threatened with poverty or social exclusion will be provided in the horizontal
national guidelines by the minister competent for regional development in respect of the implementation of TO9.
176
 Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020 taking into account the specific
objectives for the individual investment priorities. The introduction of project selection criteria will
contribute, inter alia, to:
directing support to groups in a special social/occupational situation, including for reasons of there
being many children in the family, or for reasons of disability, the need to care over a dependent
person, being covered by crisis intervention services;
focusing the interventions on areas where disadvantageous social phenomena and problems
accumulate and where there are deficits as regards access to high-quality social and health
services;
ensuring due efficiency, effectiveness and sustainability of support (e.g. by applying socio-
occupational efficiency criteria).
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability. The project selection system will focus, above all, on
ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process, transparency, impartiality of
assessment and procedural efficiency.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through grants, with no use of
financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

Not applicable.

Table 5. Common and programme-specific output indicators

Measurem Category of Target value (2023) Source of Frequency of

No. Indicator Fund
ent unit region data reporting
M W T
Number of people
threatened with
poverty or social
1. person ESF less developed - - 23 900 SL2014 annually
exclusion covered
by support under
the programme
Number of people
with disabilities
2. covered by person ESF less developed - - 5 000 SL2014 annually
support under the
programme

 Thematic objective 9. Promoting social inclusion, combating poverty, and any

discrimination
Investment priority 9.iv Enhancing access to affordable, sustainable and high- quality
services, including health care and social services of general interest

177
 Specific objective 1. Enhanced access to social services
2. Enhanced access to health services

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
1. Increasing the number of places in entities which provide
social services
2. Increasing the number of places in entities which provide
health services

Table 4. Common result indicators for which a target value has been set and programme specific
result indicators corresponding to the specific

Common Measure
output ment unit
Measureme Baseline Target value
Category indicator for Baselin Source Frequency of
No. Indicator nt unit for value (2023)
of region used as basis baseline e year of data reporting
indicator
for target and
setting target
M W T M W T
Specific objective 1: Enhanced access to social services
Number of places
providing social less
1. item N/A - - 6153 item 2013 - - 5900 SL2014 annually
services existing after developed
the end of the project
Number of people at
risk of poverty or
social exclusion
looking for work,
participating in
less
2. education or training, person N/A - - 1000 person 2013 - - 1900 SL2014 annually
developed
gaining qualifications,
working (including
the self- employed)
after leaving the
programme
Specific objective 2: Enhanced access to health services

Number of places
providing healthcare less
1. item N/A - - 5325 item 2013 - - 1850 SL2014 annually
services existing after developed
the end of the project

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

Under the specific objective Enhanced access to social services, actions to improve the access to and
quality of social services will be carried out, in particular:
support for the creation and/or activity of entities that offer day-care support to children and
youth,
support for the creation and/or activity of crisis intervention centres that offer support to
individuals and families with problems and in crisis situations, -- comprehensive support
ensuring a temporary shelter, psychological care, information, legal counselling, help line etc.

178
 support for the creation and/or functioning of temporary stay facilities for dependants who
need professional care in cases of their informal carers’ temporary inability to provide the care
concerned and other forms of support for carers of dependent persons;
support for the creation or activity of day-care facilities that activate dependants and satisfy
their needs in the way which makes possible their independent functioning as well as
participation in social life, e.g. by providing care and assisted living services, rehabilitation
services, psychological support and counselling, organising occupations that support the
activity of seniors and of the disabled, and ensuring the facilities’ performance of their field
activity.
Under the specific objective Enhanced access to health services initiatives for improving access to and
the quality of health care services will be carried out, in particular:
support to creation and/or operation of multispecialist early intervention centres for families
with a disabled child or at risk of disability;
implementing health programmes, including those focused on solving problems of children
and youth in areas where there is accumulation of negative phenomena and social problems;
development of long-term care services in forms other than hospital, provided that they fall
within the prescribed list of priority areas (i.e. oncology, psychiatry, geriatrics, and neurology,
as well as cardiovascular diseases, respiratory, osteoarticular and muscular systems diseases,
care of mothers with children), taking into consideration the services provided in
deinstitutionalised forms of care.
At the same time, the investment priority provides for a possibility to implement the necessary
investment in the social infrastructure using the cross-financing mechanism, provided that its cost is
necessary for the proper delivery of and is directly linked to the project.
The planned support will focus largely on preventive and prophylactic measures (addressed in
particular to children and youth and families threatened with dysfunctions or undergoing difficulties in
performing their care and child-raising functions), being an effective tool preventing social exclusion.
At the same time, actions will be taken to provide specialist support to crisis-affected people and
families (inter alia through the development of the offer of services provided to such people and
support for the creation of new places, including for night accommodation, in crisis intervention
centres). Also support for initiatives improving access to and the quality of services addressed to
dependants and their carers will be of particular importance.
The Health Policy Paper 2014-2020 is the document that defines the strategic framework for
intervention in the healthcare sector in the 2014-2020 perspective.
The ESIF Coordination Steering Committee in the healthcare sector, presided over by the Minister in
charge of health, is the main instrument which coordinates intervention in the healthcare sector within
the EU funds. In order to ensure an adequate coordination mechanism., the Committee analyses health
protection-related issues on an ongoing basis, in particular in view of ensuring efficiency and
effectiveness of EU-funded interventions, the accomplishment of expected results and the impact of
the Action Plan on the objectives of the Policy Paper in the health protection area and the objectives
of the Partnership Agreement and Operational Programmes.
A condition necessary to intervene in the healthcare sector is the conformity of any intervention with
the Action Plan for the healthcare sector (Action Plan).

179
The Action Plan is directly linked with the Partnership Agreement and takes into account investments
from national funding (including those granted under competitions for publically-funded tasks and
contracts for services). The Plan contains, among other things, the list of potential projects
implemented on the national and regional levels, created after the analysis of MA proposals in view of
their complementarity and cost-effectiveness, along with the principles concerning project selection
modes and criteria within calls for applications under central and regional programmes. The
investments will be carried out only by entities (public and private) which provide medical care,
conducting health care services financed from public funds. Should the scope of operation of the entity
providing medical care be expanded, a contract for the provision of publically-funded health care
services will be required, at the latest in the next contracting period for the services after the project
completion.
The planned support will contribute to the pursuance of Priority I: Preventing the Social Exclusion of
Children and Youth, and Priority IV: The Security and Activity of the Elderly as defined in the
National Programme for Combating Poverty and Social Exclusion 2020.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

In the area of development of social and health services, the Beneficiaries can be all entities – except
natural persons (this does not apply to people engaging in business or educational activities under
separate regulations), in particular:
1. Territorial Self-Government Units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs,
2. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality,
3. NGOs,
4. non-profit organisations
5. churches and religious associations, and legal persons of churches and religious associations,
6. social economy entities,
7. public and private institutions providing medical care services,
8. entrepreneurs.
At the same time, other programme documents or project selection criteria provide for the possibility
of detailing/narrowing the group of beneficiaries who can apply for project co-financing.
The target group will be in particular:
people threatened with poverty or social exclusion51;
the environment of people threatened with poverty or social exclusion (including families);
children and young people up to the age of 18 and their families;
people dependent due to age, disability or health condition and their care givers.

Territorial coverage of support

The support in the development of social and health services will cover interventions concerning the
region as a whole, with the investments located in urban (including urban areas in need of
revitalisation) and rural areas. At the same time, due to considerable intra-regional differences
concerning accumulated social problems, the Area of Strategic Intervention (ASI) has been identified

51
The definition of persons threatened with poverty or social exclusion will be provided in the horizontal
national guidelines by the minister competent for regional development in respect of the implementation of TO9.

180
in the Region: Areas threatened with accumulated social problems – poverty. Supporting the above
ASI will be encouraged by a mechanism of preferences within the framework of the project selection
criteria taking into account the current data and research results and depending on the changing
situation in the region.
At the same time, regarding the planned actions to improve the access to and the quality of crisis
intervention services, as well as services addressed to dependants and their caretakers (except long-
term and tele care), the application of a territorial development instrument is envisaged, i.e. sub-
regional development programme (instrument dedicated to interventions within functional sub-regions
– the region’s areas of strategic intervention) and instrument dedicated to interventions within Krakow
and its functional area – area of strategic intervention by the state).

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

Under the investment priority, the competitive mode will be applied.
As regards actions for the improving access to and the quality of crisis intervention services, as
well as services addressed to dependants and their caretakers (except long-term and tele care), it is
planned to use, primarily, a special mechanism based on the subregional path, as a special form
of the competitive mode and integrated territorial interventions.
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic objectives arising under the
Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020, taking into account the specific
objectives for the individual investment priorities. In particular, the project selection criteria will
include such aspects as: objectivity, precision, measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as
consistency with the principles of sustainable development, equality between men and women and
non-discrimination. The project selection system will focus, above all, on ensuring the following
elements: effectiveness of the selection process, transparency, impartiality of assessment and
procedural efficiency. The introduction of project selection criteria will contribute, inter alia, to:
directing the support to groups in a special social/occupational situation, including for reasons
of there being many children in the family, or for reasons of disability;
focusing the support on areas where disadvantageous social phenomena and problems
accumulate and where there are deficits in the access to high-quality social and health
services;
ensuring due efficiency, effectiveness and sustainability of support.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability. The project selection system will focus, above all, on
ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process, transparency, impartiality of
assessment and procedural efficiency.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively in the form of grants, with no use of
financial instruments.

181
 Planned use of major projects
Not applicable.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Category of
Measurement region Target value (2023) Source Frequency
No. Indicator Fund
unit (where of data of reporting
relevant) M W T
Number of
persons at risk of
poverty or social
exclusion covered less
1. person ESF - - 22 600 SL2014 annually
by social services developed
of general interest
under the
programme
Number of
persons at risk of
poverty or social
less
2. exclusion covered person ESF - - 7 500 SL2014 annually
developed
by healthcare
services under the
programme

 Thematic objective 9. Promoting social inclusion, combating poverty and any

discrimination
Investment priority 9v. Promoting social entrepreneurship and vocational integration
in social enterprises and the social and solidarity economy in order to facilitate access to
employment

Specific objective Higher employment in the social economy sector

Results that the Member State Creating 600 new jobs in social enterprises
seeks to achieve with Union
support

Table 4. Common result indicators for which a target value has been set and programme specific
result indicators corresponding to the specific objective

Common
output Baseline Measurem Target value
Measureme value ent unit for Baseline (2023)
Category indicator Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator nt unit for
of region used as basis baseline year data reporting
indicator
for target and target
M W T M W T
setting
Specific objective 1: Higher employment in the social economy sector

182
 Number of jobs
less
1. created in social item N/A 309 item 2014 - - 600 SL2014 annually
developed
enterprises

Number of jobs
at least twice
created in social
less evaluation under the
2. enterprises still item N/A 85 % 2014 - - 85
developed survey programming
existing at least
period
30 months

Number of
persons at risk
of poverty or
social exclusion
less
3. working after person N/A 26 % 2014 - - 26 SL2014 annually
developed
leaving the
programme
including self-
employed)

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

The specific objective Higher employment in the social economy sector will include initiatives for the
development of social economy in the region through:
actions supporting the development of social economy, including
local animation services, including animation activities, enabling the creation of civil entities
and support for their development, construction and support of partnerships for the
development of social economy and social participation);
services for the development of social economy, including activities aiming to initiate the
creation of new social economy entities (e.g. training, individual and group counselling), and
comprehensive support in creating new jobs in social enterprises, e.g. grants and bridge
support (while opening an enterprise and in initial stages of its development) for persons
interested in establishing, joining or being employed at social enterprises;
services to provide support to existing social economy entities, including legal, business, and
financial consulting, support for the services offered by social economy entities;
coordination activities at the regional level to support the development of social economy.
The ROP MA ensures that the mechanisms will be in place to prevent overlapping actions and
doubling the financing of allocations for coordination actions carried out by the Regional Self-
Government and OWES.
The planned support will contribute to the pursuance of Priority III: Active Integration Within Local
Communities as defined in the National Programme for Combating Poverty and Social Exclusion
2020.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

In the area of initiatives for the development of social economy, the Beneficiaries can be, first of all:
1. Institutions Supporting Social Economy (OWES) which have been accreted to provide support
services to social economy;
2. The Regional Social Policy Centre;
183
 3. social economy entities, including among others social enterprises and re-integration entities;
4. NGOs;
5. non-profit organisations.
The support target group will be primarily:
social economy entities, including, inter alia, social enterprises and re-integration entities;
natural persons and entities interested in setting up and/or engaging in operations in the social
economy sector, including in the form of a social enterprise;
persons at risk of poverty or social exclusion52;
Territorial Self-Government Units.

Territorial coverage of support

Support in the development of social economy and rural areas will cover the region as a whole, with
the investments located in urban and rural areas.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

Under the investment priority both competitive and non-competitive modes will be applied.
In accordance with the Partnership Agreement, the basic mode for the selection of projects to be co-
financed will be the competitive mode. Non-competitive mode will be applied only in justifiable cases
involving the coordination of tasks specified in the provisions of law which apply to the particular
entities, i.e. actions coordinating social policy development on the regional level conducted by the
Regional Social Policy Centre. The implementation of such actions is one of the tasks entrusted to the
regional self-government pursuant to the Social Assistance Act. At the same time, pursuant to the
National Programme for Social Economy Development, the Regional Social Policy Centre should be
the body in charge for such actions in the region.
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic objectives arising under the
Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020, taking into account the specific
objectives for the individual investment priorities. The introduction of project selection criteria will
contribute, inter alia, to:
directing the support to groups in particularly disadvantageous social and occupational
situation;
ensuring due efficiency, effectiveness and sustainability of the support (e.g. by applying socio-
occupational effectiveness criteria).
Decisions about the selection of operations within actions in support of social economy development
will be based on the project selection criteria indicating quantitative effects of OWES activity in view
of selected OWES accreditation criteria (implemented under the HC OP 2007 – 2013) for particular
types of services (animation, incubation, business). The ROP MA will also ensure the monitoring o the
OWES services’ effectiveness in the above respect.

52
The definition of persons threatened with poverty or social exclusion will be provided in the horizontal
national guidelines by the minister competent for regional development in respect of the implementation of TO9.

184
 In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through grants, with no use of
financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

Not applicable.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Category of Target value
Measurement region (2023) Source Frequency
No. Indicator Fund
unit (where of data of reporting
relevant) M W T
Number of social
economy entities less
1. item ESF - - 500 SL2014 annually
covered by the developed
support
Number of
persons at risk of
poverty or social
less
2. exclusion person ESF - - 1 200 SL2014 annually
developed
covered with
support under the
programme

 Performance framework of the priority axis

Table 6. Performance framework for the priority axis

Milestone Final target
Priority axis

(2018) (2023) Explanation of

Fund

Indicator Measurem Category of Source of relevance of

type No. Indicator or KIS
ent unit region data indicator
M W T M W T

the indicator
measures the
Total amount of
Financial less 272 941 actual rate at
9 1. certified eligible EUR ESF 44 528 291 - - SL2014
indicator developed 177 which eligible
expenditure
expenditure is
made and verified

Number of
people
basic output
Output threatened with less
9 2. person ESF 4 190 - - 23 900 SL2014 indicator for IP
indicator social exclusion developed
9i
covered by
support under the
185
 programme

Number of
persons at risk of
poverty or social
exclusion basic output
Output less
9 3. covered by social person ESF 3 960 - - 22 600 SL2014 indicator for IP
indicator developed
services of 9iv
general interest
under the
programme

 CATEGORIES OF INTERVENTION PLANNED UNDER THE PRIORITY AXIS

Tables 7-11. Indicative list of categories of intervention planned to be used under the Priority
Axis
Fund and category of region: European Social Fund, less developed region
Table 10: Table 11
Table 7: Table 8 Table 9:
Dimension 4 Dimension 6
Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Dimension 3
Territorial delivery ESF secondary theme
Intervention field Form of finance Territory type
mechanisms (ESF only)
P Cod P Cod P Cod P Cod P Cod
€ € € € €
A e A e A e A e A e
9 109 100 000 000 9 01 232 000 000 9 01 99 000 000 9 01 14 000 000 9 03 15 000 000
9 112 115 000 000 9 02 80 000 000 9 05 31 000 000 9 05 25 000 000
9 113 17 000 000 9 03 53 000 000 9 07 187 000 000 9 06 232 000 000
9 07 232 000 000

The categories were assigned to individual dimensions assuming that each of the dimensions is
independent of the others, which means that each amount allocated to the priority axis is assigned to
the intervention categories envisaged in the respective dimension.

 Planned use of technical assistance for the purpose of developing administrative

capacity

The planned use of technical assistance has been described in the priority axis dedicated to technical
assistance.

PRIORITY AXIS 10. KNOWLEDGE AND COMPETENCES

186
High-quality education received from the earliest years, taking into account the various needs and
capacities of children and youth, as well as adults, open to challenges and ready to remove barriers to
access, is an indispensable basis for building a well-educated society of Małopolska, with
competences reflecting the learners' personal talents, and capable of responding to the changing
conditions and needs on the labour market. The main objective of the priority axis is to develop the
intellectual capital of residents as a basis for building a strong position for the region.
Interventions planned under this priority axis are consistent with the specific objective regarding
education formulated in the PA: better competences for staff in the economy.

Link between the Priority Axis and TOs, IPs and Funds:
Thematic objective
10. Investing in education,
training and vocational
training for skills and
lifelong learning
Investment priority Fund
10i Reducing and preventing early school-leaving and promoting equal access to ESF
good quality early-childhood, primary and secondary education including formal,
non-formal and informal learning pathways for reintegrating into education and
training
10iii Enhancing equal access to lifelong learning for all age groups in formal, non- ESF
formal and informal settings, upgrading the knowledge, skills and competences of
the workforce, and promoting flexible learning pathways including through career
guidance and validation of acquired competences
10iv Improving the labour market relevance of education and training systems, ESF
facilitating the transition from education to work, and strengthening vocational
education and training systems and their quality, including through mechanisms
for skills anticipation, adaptation of curricula and the establishment and
development of work-based learning systems, including dual learning systems and
apprenticeship schemes.

Fund, category of region and calculation basis for Union support

Fund European Social Fund

Category of region less developed

Calculation basis (public or total total

expenditure)

Category of region for outermost not applicable

regions and northern sparsely
populated regions (where
applicable)

Under the priority axis, actions are planned in the following areas of intervention:

 Thematic objective 10. Investing in education, training and vocational training for skills
and lifelong learning
Investment priority 10i Reducing and preventing early school-leaving and promoting
equal access to good quality early-childhood, primary and secondary education
including formal, non-formal and informal learning pathways for reintegrating into
education and training

187
Specific objective 1. Increasing the number of pre-school education places
and extending the extra offer of pre-school education
facilities.
2. Raising students' key competencies and appropriate
attitudes for the labour market and the
individualization of approach in particular to students
with special needs.

Results that the Member State The expected result with regard to pre-school education will
seeks to achieve with Union involve, above all, creating new places in kindergartens and
support providing extracurricular classes to as many children as
possible. As regards schools, the expected result of
intervention will involve the maintenance of good effects of
teaching, and preparing students for further stages of learning,
and as a consequence – for their better adaptability on the
labour market.

Table 4. Common result indicators for which a target value has been set and programme specific
result indicators corresponding to the specific objective

Common
Measure
output
Measure ment unit
indicator Target value
Category ment unit Baseline value for Baselin Source Frequency of
No. Indicator used as (2023)
of region for baseline e year of data reporting
basis for
indicator and
target
target
setting M W T M W T
Specific objective 1: Increasing the number of pre-school education places and extending the extra offer of pre-school education facilities.
Number of pre- evaluatio
at least twice, in
school facilities n study
less the
1. operating 2 years item N/A - - 57 % 2012 - - 70% by the
developed programming
after receiving MA/statis
period
ESF co-financing tical data
Specific objective 2: Raising students' key competencies and appropriate attitudes for the labour market and the individualization of approach in particular to
students with special needs.
Number of
students who
acquired key less
1. person N/A - - 85 % 2012 - - 85% SL2014 annually
competences developed
after leaving the
programme
Number of
schools and
education system
establishments less
2. item N/A - - 100 % 2014 - - 100 % SL2014 annually
using ICT developed
equipment in
educational
activities
Number of
teachers who
acquired
less
3. qualifications or person N/A - - 50% % 2010 - - 50% SL2014 annually
developed
competences
after leaving the
programme
Number of
schools where less
4. item N/A - - 100 % 2014 - - 100 % SL2014 annually
labs use developed
supplementary
188
 equipment to run
educational
activities
Number of at least twice in
evaluatio
teachers using less the
5. person N/A - - 30 % 2012 - - 30 n study /
ICT through the developed programming
statistics
ESF period

Description of initiatives planned under the investment priority

The actions supported under the specific objective Increasing the number of pre-school education
places and extending the extra offer of pre-school education facilities will cover:
supporting existing and/or new pre-school establishments and other forms of pre-school
education, which will contribute in particular to increasing the number of places in such
facilities, including: measures to ensure equal opportunities to children with special needs
(including disabled children), thus ensuring their fuller participation in pre-school
education.
The envisaged EFS allocation for support of pre-school education amounts to EUR 30 million.
The actions supported under the specific objective Raising students' key competencies and appropriate
attitudes for the labour market and the individualization of approach in particular to students with
special needs will cover:
developing children's and youth’s key competences, in mathematics and science, computer
competences, foreign languages, as well as their capabilities and attitudes involving
among other things creativity, innovation, team work,
the use of modern tools and ICT and digital technologies in teaching, based on the
standards developed within the “Digital School” programme (the e-school and e-teacher
components), and on a cloud model,
action involving educational and occupational counselling,
support for children and youth with special needs, including for talented or disabled
children and youth, taking into consideration individualized student approach, and using
scholarship support,
developing vocational and social competences of the staff employed by the supported
institutions (including general education teachers at vocational schools), in particular as
regards the use of modern tools and ICT technologies, teaching science, and employing
experimental method.
Filling gaps in the necessary facilities by using cross-financing is admitted, provided that it is
necessary for the proper delivery of and is directly linked to the project.
Projects involving equipment for ICT labs (Digital School) and other school labs will be
complementary with publicly funded (including ESF) extracurricular activities for school youth and
upgrading teachers’ qualifications. The total upper limit of expenditure incurred for purchasing school
lab equipment will not exceed 30% of IP 10i allocation (including cross-financing).

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

189
With respect to pre-school and general primary and post-primary education, as a rule, the group of
potential beneficiaries comprises any entities excluding natural persons (this does not apply to
persons running business or educational activity under separate provisions). At the same time, the
groups of beneficiaries which will be allowed to apply for co-financing may be specified/ narrowed
down by other programme documents or project selection criteria.

The main target groups in this area comprise:

Within the specific objective 1:
- children at pre-school age (including the disabled) and their parents / guardians,
- staff of institutions providing pre-school education
Within the specific objective 2:
- children and youth learning in primary and post-primary schools of general education,
- staff of schools and establishments providing general, as well as teachers of general subjects at
vocational schools and education establishments,
- guardians and parents of the children and youth from the establishments supported,
- children and youth with special needs, including children and youth with disabilities.

Territorial coverage of support

The support related to pre-school and general primary and post-primary education will cover
interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the operations delivered both in urban and rural
areas.
At the same time, as regards planned actions regarding pre-school education, the application of the
territorial development instrument, i.e. the subregional development programme (an instrument
dedicated to interventions in functional subregions – areas of strategic intervention of the Region) and
integrated territorial investments (an instrument dedicated to interventions in Kraków and its
functional area – the area of strategic intervention of the State) are also envisaged.
In addition, due to intraregional disparities in the results of lower-secondary school examinations, the
following Region’s Area of Strategic Intervention has been identified: Areas with poor results of
lower-secondary school examinations. The above ASI will be promoted by using preferences within
the project selection criteria (based on most recent data and results of analysis and depending on the
developments in the region).

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

Under the investment priority competitive and non-competitive modes will be applied.
In accordance with the Partnership Agreement, the basic mode for the selection of projects to be co-
financed will be the competitive mode. Non-competitive mode will be applied only in justifiable cases
involving the implementation or coordination of tasks specified in the provisions of law which apply
to the particular entities or groups of entities.
The non-competitive mode is planned to be used for:
actions concerning the implementation of the programme supporting gifted children in
the region. The non-competitive mode of the project will enable a better use of the tools
serving to diagnose their aptitude and support school students in developing their talents

190
 in key competences, among other things in the form of extracurricular activities at Apt
School Youth Support Centres. The coordination of such activities on the regional level
will also facilitate cooperation with and support for students/schools in their work with
apt students, and will allow to reach a large number of school students and schools. The
project also takes into account implementation of some of the projects for schools in the
forms of grants. The regional self-government will be the project Beneficiary;
actions to support upper secondary education schools in the region, aimed to create an
innovative environment for support of education processes with the use of ICT, based on
the cloud model and high quality media communication. The non-competitive project
will be based on initiating and coordinating cooperation of higher schools within the
region with upper secondary schools as well as software and methodological aspects of
the entire project. The regional outreach of the project will enable a wide use of higher
schools’ equipment, tools and technologies by different schools within the region and
will promote modern methods of work with school students. The regional self-
government in partnership with higher schools will be the project beneficiary;
a regional programme of scholarships for apt students. The project of a regional outreach
is part of a wider strategy of supporting talents in the region. It is complementary to the
above-mentioned programme supporting gifted children. The regional Management
Board foundation will be the project Beneficiary.
As regards pre-school education, first of all, the use of a special mechanism based on the regional
path is planned, as a special form of the competitive mode, and integrated territorial
interventions.
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic objectives arising under the
Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020, taking into account the specific
objectives for the individual priorities. In developing the criteria, such aspects will be considered as:
objectivity, precision, measurability, cohesion and separability. The project selection system will
focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
The project selection criteria will address, among other things, the specific needs of children and youth
(including those coming from large families), removing the barriers in the educational system which
lead to unequal access and limit the freedom of educational and career choices, and will promote
operations which contribute to enhancing the quality and efficiency of education in the region, among
other things, by channelling support to areas recording the poorest lower-secondary school results. The
criteria will also be a tool for flexible responding to changes and needs.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through non-refundable grants, with
no use of financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

191
 N/A.

Table 5. Common and programme-specific output indicators

Measurement Category of Target value (2023) Source of Frequency of

No. Indicator Fund
unit region data reporting

M W T
Objective 1: Increasing the number of pre-school education places and extending the extra offer of pre-school education facilities
Number of places
in pre-school
less
1. establishments co- item ESF - - 7 700 SL2014 annually
developed
financed by the
programme
Number of children
covered by
extracurricular
activities
less
2. increasing their person EFS - - 33 400 SL2014 annually
developed
pre-school
education
opportunities under
the programme
Objective 2: Raising students' key competencies and appropriate attitudes for the labour market and the individualization of approach in
particular to students with special needs
Number of school
students supported
in respect of their
less
1. development of person ESF - - 54 000 SL2014 annually
developed
key competences
within the
programme
Number of teachers
covered by support less
2. person ESF - - 9 860 SL2014 annually
under the developed
programme
Number of teachers
covered by ICT less
3. person EFS - - 2 600 SL2014 annually
support under the developed
programme
Number of schools
and education
system
establishments
less
4. granted ICT item EFS - - 230 SL2014 annually
developed
equipment for
educational
activities under the
system
Number of schools
where school labs
less
5. received additional item EFS - - 230 SL2014 annually
developed
equipment under
the programme

 Thematic objective 10. Investing in education, training and vocational training for skills
and lifelong learning
Investment priority 10iii Enhancing equal access to lifelong learning for all age groups
in formal, non-formal and informal settings, upgrading the knowledge, skills and
192
 competences of the workforce, and promoting flexible learning pathways including
through career guidance and validation of acquired competences

Specific objective Upgrading competences of adults, including in particular

those in disadvantaged situation on the labour market.

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
The expected result of the planned intervention will involve
increasing the number of persons who have acquired
competences giving them employment opportunities or
improving the conditions and comfort of their work, in
particular among persons with low qualifications or aged 50+

Table 4. Common result indicators for which a target value has been set and programme specific
result indicators corresponding to the specific objective

Common
output Measurement
Measuremen Baseline Target value
Category indicator unit for Baseline Source of Frequency of
No. Indicator t unit for value (2023)
of region used as basis baseline and year data reporting
indicator
for target target
setting
M W T M W T
Specific objective: Upgrading competences of adults, including in particular those in disadvantaged situation on the labour market.
Number of
persons aged
25+ who
acquired
qualifications less
1. person N/A 50% % N/A - - 50% SL2014 annually
or developed
competences
after leaving
the
programme.
Number of
persons aged
50+ who
acquired
qualifications less
2. person N/A 35% % N/A - - 35% SL2014 annually
or developed
competences
after leaving
the
programme.
Number of
persons with
low
qualifications
who acquired
less
3. qualifications person N/A 33% %% N/A - - 33 % SL2014 annually
developed
or
competences
after leaving
the
programme.

Description of initiatives planned under the investment priority

193
The following actions in the area of guidance and lifelong learning will be supported under the
specific objective Upgrading competences of adults, including in particular those in disadvantaged
situation on the labour market:
developing competences and skills of adults, mainly in the context of their functioning on the
labour market through:
o training/courses/postgraduate studies/school education, in particular in respect of key
competences, that is ICT and languages, as well as other responsibilities in respect of which
it is possible to confirm the qualifications with generally recognized certificate,
o occupational guidance and career planning services,
o activities in respect of confirming qualifications.
Promotion activity will only be possible as part of a broader project involving support for individuals.
In view of Polish authorities’ commitment to comply with ex-ante conditionality No. 10.3, as provided
in the Knowledge, Education and Development OP, actions under IP 10iii supervised by the
Małopolska Region’s ROP MA depend on the fulfilment of those commitments on the national level
by the MA for the Knowledge, Education and Development OP.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

With respect to lifelong learning, as a rule, the group of potential beneficiaries comprises any entities
excluding natural persons (this does not apply to persons running business or educational activity
under separate provisions). At the same time, the groups of beneficiaries which will be allowed to
apply for co-financing may be specified/ narrowed down by other programme documents or project
selection criteria.
The main target groups in this area comprise:

- adults interested out of their own initiative in improving/changing/acquiring new

skills/competences or in having their qualifications confirmed/acquiring qualifications,
including persons with disabilities, persons aged 50+, and persons with low qualifications.

Territorial coverage of support

Support related to lifelong learning will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with
the investments located both in urban and rural areas.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

Under the investment priority, competitive and non-competitive modes will be applied.
The non-competitive mode will be applied only in cases justified by the comprehensive nature of
planned support. The path of support to a person interested in upgrading /changing his/her
competences/skills/qualifications will be based on an individualised approach to the client. It will lead
from the professional advisor to the development service in the form of training/course/certification of
key, that is ICT competences and foreign languages and other competences within which
confirmations of acquiring is possible by a generally-recognized qualification certificate. The
provincial labour office will be the project beneficiary.

194
 The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic objectives arising under the
Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020, taking into account the specific
objectives for the individual priorities. In developing the criteria, such aspects will be considered as:
objectivity, precision, measurability, cohesion and separability. The project selection system will
focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
At the same time, the project selection criteria introduced will contribute in a measurable way, among
other things, to delivering operations contributing to improving the quality and efficiency of education
in the region, channelling support to persons with low qualifications and to persons aged 50+,
addressing the need to take into account the specific needs of learning adults, and removing barriers
leading to unequal access to education and limiting the freedom of educational and professional career
choices. The criteria will also be a tool for flexible responding to changes and needs.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through non-refundable grants, with
no use of financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

N/A.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

The (ESF) indicator from

the WLWK 2014 list of Target value
Measureme Category of Source Frequency of
No. indicators and Fund (2023)
nt unit region of data reporting
Programme-specific
indicators Indicator
M W T
Objective: Upgrading competences of adults, including in particular those in disadvantaged situation on the labour market
Number of persons aged 25+ less
1. person ESF - - 25 570 SL2014 annually
supported by the programme developed
Number of persons aged 50+ less
2. person ESF - - 3 830 SL2014 annually
supported by the programme developed
Number of persons with low
less
3. qualifications supported by person ESF - - 16 620 SL2014 annually
developed
the programme

 Thematic objective 10. Investing in education, training and vocational training for skills
and lifelong learning
Investment priority 10iv Improving the labour market relevance of education and
training systems, facilitating the transition from education to work, and strengthening
vocational education and training systems and their quality, including through
mechanisms for skills anticipation, adaptation of curricula and the establishment and
195
 development of work-based learning systems, including dual learning systems and
apprenticeship schemes.

Specific objective 1. Increasing employability of vocational school students,

in particular through improving the effectiveness of
vocational education.
2. Increasing professional competences of adults

Results that the Member State The expected effect of the planned intervention will consist in
seeks to achieve with Union making it possible for students to acquire competences and to
support have their qualifications confirmed as necessary for their
further education and career path, by creating an effective
network of schools and establishments of vocational and
continued education (vocational and continued education
centres) responding to demographic and labour market
development.

Table 4. Common result indicators for which a target value has been set and programme specific
result indicators corresponding to the specific objective
Common
output
Measurement Target
Measurement indicator Baseline
Category unit for Baseline value Source of Frequency
No. Indicator unit for used as value
of region baseline and year (2023) data of reporting
indicator basis for
target
target
setting M W T MW T
Specific objective 1: Increasing employability of vocational school students, in particular through improving the effectiveness of vocational education
Number of people
who have acquired
less
1. qualifications as a person N/A 33 % 2014 - - 33 SL2014 annually
developed
result of non-
formal education
Number of schools
and vocational
education
establishments
less
2. using item N/A 100 % 2014 - - 100 SL2014 annually
developed
supplementary
equipment
purchased thanks
to ESF
Number of people
who have been
supported by the
at least four
programme, and evaluation
times during
who participated in less study
3. person N/A 80 % 2012 - - 80 the
education or developed survey of
programming
worked after 6 the MA
period
months of
completing their
education.
Specific objective 2: Increasing professional competences of adults
Number of people
who have obtained
qualifications in less
4. person N/A 50 % 2010 - - 50 SL2014 annually
the context of developed
extracurricular
forms of education
196
Description of initiatives planned under the investment priority
In particular, the following actions in the area of vocational training will be supported under the
specific objective Increasing employability of vocational school students, in particular through
improving the effectiveness of vocational education:
creating Vocational Competence Centres, and enhancing the offer of schools and establishments
providing vocational education, in particular through creating conditions resembling the actual
working environment by equipping them with modern equipment and teaching materials,
programmes for cooperation between schools and establishments providing vocational education
and employers – e.g. student traineeships and practices,
acquiring additional qualifications by students (through formal and non-formal education),
occupational guidance and career orientation actions – with elements of counselling, inter alia,
oriented to active job seeking, the possibility of seeking advice from a career adviser,
strengthening cooperation between vocational schools and universities,
interventions stimulating greater and fuller participation in vocational education of youth with
special needs, including young persons with disabilities.

Action planned within IP 10iv ROP will, as far as possible, be carried out in cooperation with
institutions from the school’s social and economic environment, including the
employers/entrepreneurs. Traineeship or work-based practice for students will be obligatory
components of projects delivered in this area.
The activities will take into account the areas / sectors / industries of rapid growth and regional smart
specializations.
Promotion activity will only be possible as part of a broader project involving support for students.
The limit of expenses involved when providing additional equipment necessary as a teaching aid to
vocational training in schools and vocational education establishments shall note exceed 20% of the
total allocation under IP10iv (including cross-financing). The limit amount will be verified in the
course of the programme’s mid-term review or earlier – a the time of the relevant evidence /
justification.
When planning support under IP 10iv, the Managing Authority analyses the needs of vocational
schools in view of the challenges of the regional labour market. Support through the purchase of
equipment under IP 10iv is provided based on the above-mentioned analysis.
The following activities will be carried out under specific objective Increasing professional
competences of adults.
developing competencies and skills of adults in the context of extracurricular forms of
education
activities in the field of confirming qualifications.
Filling gaps in the necessary facilities by using cross-financing is admitted, provided that it is
necessary for the proper delivery of and is directly linked to the project.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

197
With respect to vocational education, as a rule, the group of potential beneficiaries includes any
entities excluding natural persons (this does not apply to persons running business or educational
activity under separate provisions). At the same time, the groups of beneficiaries which will be
allowed to apply for co-financing may be specified/ narrowed down by other programme documents
or project selection criteria.
The main target groups in this area comprise:
Within specific objective 1:
- youth learning in schools and establishments providing vocational education,
- staff of schools and establishments providing vocational education,
- guardians and parents of youth of supported schools and establishments,
- junior high school students (in relation to activities in the area of advice and counselling)
- youth with special needs, in particular persons with disabilities.
Within specific objective 2:
adults with their own initiative, interested in improving / changing / acquisition of new skills/
competencies or confirming / acquiring professional qualifications

Territorial coverage of support

The support related to vocational education will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole,
with activities located both in urban and rural areas.
In parallel, the use of territorial development instruments is envisaged for the planned vocational
education activities. These will take the form of the sub-regional development programme (instrument
dedicated to interventions in 5 functional sub-regions – regional strategic areas of intervention) and
integrated territorial investments (instrument dedicated to interventions within Kraków and its
functional area – Area of Strategic Intervention of the state).

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

Under the investment priority competitive and non-competitive modes will be applied.
In accordance with the Partnership Agreement, the basic mode for the selection of projects to be co-
financed will be the competitive mode. Non-competitive mode will be dictated only by the need to
coordinate tasks connected with vocational training in the region in such a way that the quality of
education is made possible by using the network of high-quality Vocational Competence Centres
(entities of the highest techno-didactic potential), which will be a didactic basis for vocational schools
in the region and will offer opportunities for vocational education in the environment as close to the
actual work conditions as possible. A non-competitive project will involve activities in the field of
education and vocational counselling and activities in the field of vocational guidance primarily,
aimed at high school students. The project will focus on coordination of the process of change within
vocational education in the region and on initiating cooperation and supporting schools as regards the
creation of partnerships with business, supporting the teaching process using the potential of higher
schools under the cloud model (complementary to IP 10i). Additionally, in the course of the project,
Competence Centres will be created, based on the schools for which the Małopolska Region is the
founding body. The regional self-government will be the project beneficiary
198
As regards vocational education interventions, use is planned to be made, first of all, of a special
sub-regional mechanism based on the sub-regional path, as a special form of competitive mode
and integrated territorial investments.
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic objectives arising under the
Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020, taking into account the specific
objectives for the individual priorities. In developing the criteria, such aspects will be considered as:
objectivity, precision, measurability, cohesion and separability. The project selection system will
focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
At the same time, the project selection criteria introduced will contribute in a measurable way, among
other things, to: the creation of a rational post-lower-secondary vocational education network
contributing to an efficient use of the technological and teaching resources of schools and facilities,
improving the quality of education and basing it, to a predominant extent, on practical learning of the
profession, the need to take into account the special needs of learning youth and removing barriers
causing unequal access to education and limiting the freedom of educational and professional career
choices. The criteria will also be a tool for flexible responding to changes and needs.
The projects involving the purchase of equipment or infrastructure for schools and education
establishments (under cross-financing) will be financed only when the sustainability of the ESF
investment is guaranteed.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through non-refundable grants, with
no use of financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

N/A.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Measurement Category of Target value (2023) Source of Frequency of

No. Indicator Fund
unit region data reporting

M W T
Objective 1: Increasing employability of vocational school students, in particular through improving the effectiveness of vocational
education
Number of
persons
participating in less
1. person ESF - - 31 820 SL2014 annually
non-formal developed
education under
the Programme
Number of school
students of
less
2. schools and person ESF - - 14 000 SL2014 annually
developed
establishments
providing

199
 vocational
education
participating in
traineeships and
work-based
practice
Number of
schools and
vocational
education
establishments
which received
less
3. supplementary item EFS - - 180 SL2014 annually
developed
equipment and
teaching aids
necessary for
vocational
training under the
programme
Number of entities
carrying tasks of a
vocational
education and
less
4. continuing item EFS - - 25 SL2014 annually
developed
education centre
covered by
support under the
programme
Objective 2: Increasing professional competences of adults
Number of
persons
participating in less
1. person EFS - - 14 780 SL2014 annually
non-formal developed
education under
the Programme

 Performance framework of the priority axis

Table 6. Performance framework for the priority axis

Measurem

Milestone Final target Explanation of

Indicator
Priority

ent unit

(2018) (2023)
type

Category of Source relevance of

axis

No.

Indicator or KIS Fund

region of data indicator
M W T MW T

the indicator
measures the
Total amount of actual rate at
financial less 241 094
10 1. certified eligible EUR ESF 42 627 657 - - SL2014 which eligible
indicator developed 869
expenditure expenditure is
made and
verified

Number of school
students covered by
basic output
output support to develop less
10 2. persons ESF 11 300 - - 54 000 SL2014 indicator for IP
indicator key competences developed
10i
under the
programme

200
 Number of entities
carrying tasks of a
vocational education
basic output
output and continuing less
10 item ESF 4 - - 25 SL2014 indicator for IP
indicator 3. education centre developed
10iii
covered by support
under the
programme

 Categories of intervention planned under the Priority Axis

Tables 7-11. Indicative list of categories of intervention planned to be used under the Priority
Axis.
Fund and category of region: European Social Fund, less developed region
Table 10: Table 11
Table 7: Table 8 Table 9:
Dimension 4 Dimension 6
Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Dimension 3
Territorial delivery ESF secondary theme
Intervention field Form of finance Territory type
mechanisms (ESF only)
P Cod P Cod P Cod P Cod P Cod
€ € € € €
A e A e A e A e A e
10 115 88 430 638 10 01 204 930 638 10 01 70 000 000 10 01 20 000 000 10 05 33 000 000
10 117 20 000 000 10 02 71 029 915 10 05 75 000 000 10 06 204 930 638
10 118 96 500 000 10 03 63 900 723 10 07 109 930 638 10 07 204 930 638

The categories were assigned to individual dimensions assuming that each of the dimensions is
independent of the others, which means that each amount allocated to the priority axis is assigned to
the intervention categories envisaged in the respective dimension.

 Planned use of technical assistance for the purpose of developing administrative

capacity

The planned use of technical assistance has been described in the priority axis dedicated to technical
assistance.

201
PRIORITY AXIS 11. REVITALISATION OF REGIONAL SPACE

The existence of degraded, neglected and isolated areas, often affected by social exclusion, requires
taking actions towards improving social and territorial cohesion. For this purpose, comprehensive
social, physical, economic and spatial revitalisation is envisaged based on revitalisation programmes
to be supported by the two funds: the European Regional Development Fund and the European Social
Fund. The areas to be revitalised will be designated on the basis of social, spatial and economic
criteria, with particular attention being paid to social issues. ERDF investments should be oriented to
solving the social problems diagnosed and work towards the thematic objectives of the ESF. This axis
will finance projects relevant for the ERDF. However, given the direct interdependence between
infrastructure-related actions and measures working towards reviving social life within the revitalised
areas and the aims of ensuring a high level of complementarity between social and infrastructural
activities within the areas, support for social projects will be delivered under IPs 8i, 8iv, 9i, 9iv, 10i
financed by the ESF under the relevant priorities axes. Such an approach will ensure that:
infrastructural investments are linked with social integration activities,
investment activities are delivered only when they contribute to solving diagnosed social
problems,
the process for the selection of bunches/beams of selected types of interventions supported by
both Funds is coordinated in time.
Comprehensive revitalisation will contribute to the inclusion of communities in peripheral and
degraded areas, and thus the activities under the priority axis will contribute to the implementation of
the specific objectives of the PA. Furthermore, revitalisation measures financed under the ERDF may
be pursued under other priority axes. Such actions may include in particular creating and developing
economic activity zones within brownfield areas, enhancing energy efficiency of buildings and
regeneration of degraded land for environmental purposes.
Bearing this in mind, the main objective of the priority axis involves limitation of social issues in
cities and in rural areas.

Link between the Priority Axis and TOs, IPs and Funds:
Thematic objective Investment priority Fund
9. Promoting social 9b. Providing support for physical, economic and social regeneration of deprived ERDF
inclusion and combating communities in urban and rural areas
any discrimination

Fund, category of region and calculation basis for Union support

Fund European Regional Development Fund

Category of region less developed

Calculation basis (public or total total

expenditure)

Category of region for outermost not applicable

regions and northern sparsely

202
populated regions (where
applicable)

Under the priority axis, actions are planned in the following area of intervention:
 Thematic objective 9. Promoting social inclusion and combating any discrimination
Investment priority 9.b. Providing support for physical, economic and social
regeneration of deprived communities in urban and rural areas.

Specific objective Limited social issues in urban and in rural areas.

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
Comprehensive social, physical, economic, and spatial
revitalisation based on revitalisation programmes will
contribute to improving social and territorial cohesion of
peripheral and degraded areas. It will also contribute to social
and professional inclusion of the populations inhabiting such
areas. At the same time, the actions will lead to bringing the
areas out of a crisis by giving them new functional quality and
creating conditions for their development. The supported
operations will be conductive to solving the diagnosed social
issues.
This IP will support projects relevant for the ERDF, while
support for social projects will be delivered under IPs 8i, 8iv,
9i, 9iv, 10i, financed by the ESF under the respective priority
axes.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators

Category of Target
Measurement Baseline Baseline Source of Frequency
No. Indicator region (where value
unit value year data of reporting
relevant) (2023)
At-risk-of-
1. relative poverty % less developed 15.8 2013 15.21 GUS annually
rate

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported:

The scope of support will involve physical revitalisation of urban areas and renewal of rural areas by
delivering investment projects aimed at improving living standards for citizens and economic and social
revival. Interventions within this area will comprise projects concerning:
public space,
public utility buildings,
activities leading to the recovery of the revitalized areas
housing (exclusively in respect of common spaces within multi-family residential houses -
unless an energy audit demonstrates the need for intervention into the substance of the building
in a wider range) housing projects should take into consideration, whenever it is justified and
feasible, the modernisation of the buildings’ power use parameters,

203
 local social infrastructure such as day-care support facilities for children and youth, recreation
facilities, cultural facilities, facilities where services aimed at social and vocational activation of
residents are provided and multi-function facilities which combine various social functions,
road investment projects aimed at providing or improving access to revitalised areas, given they
are an indispensable and non-dominant component of the project.
The maximum amount of the project’s eligible costs in the field of culture cannot exceed EUR 2 million.
The investment activities will work towards solving the diagnosed social problems.
The intervention concerned will contribute to the achievement of the specific objective of the IP by
strengthening the potential of entities that provide varied social services which have been identified as
being in demand, on the problematic areas. It will also be important to carry out activities aimed at the
activation of economic revitalization areas, The achievement of the objective will also be affected by
broadly-defined aesthetisation operations, both in respect of public space, and residential and public
utility buildings – through the improvement of the quality of living. Elements of action taken in respect
of improving the accessibility of areas subject to revitalisation will have complementary impact.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

1. territorial self-government units (TSUs), unions between and associations of TSUs
2. organisational units of TSUs having legal personality
3. cultural institutions
4. legal and natural persons managing schools and educational establishments
5. social and business partners (including non-governmental organisations)
6. churches and religious associations and legal persons of churches and religious associations
7. housing cooperatives and communities, Social Building Societies
8. national and landscape parks
9. state Forests National Forest Holding (PGL Lasy Państwowe) and its organisational units
10. other units of the sector of public finance having legal personality
11. schools of higher education
12. entrepreneurs, in particular:
a) entrepreneurs – owners of real property within areas under revitalisation
b) entrepreneurs acting in partnership/ agreement with Territorial Self-Government Units
13. public administration
The population/ residents of the revitalised areas will be the target group of the support.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be specified in the particularisation.

Territorial coverage of support

Urban revitalisation actions will be located within urban areas (in cities with a population of more
than 5 thousand). As regards the planned scope of support, the following Area of Strategic
Intervention has been identified: Cities and city districts requiring regeneration. Supporting the
above ASI will be promoted by setting aside a separate financial allocation to support urban areas
requiring revitalisation, with a simultaneous use of complementarity mechanisms for actions financed
under the ERDF and ESF. In addition, preferences will be given to the capitals of poviats and cities
with more than 15 thousand residents.
204
Rural renewal actions will be located within rural areas (in towns with a population of less than 5
thousand). As regards the planned scope of support, the following Area of Strategic Intervention has
been identified: Rural areas, especially those with the poorest access of citizens to goods and
services conducive to development. The above ASI will be promoted by the application – at the
project selection stage – of preferences for areas with the lowest accessibility to public services. In
parallel, the complementarity mechanism for ERDF and ESF intervention will be put in place. In
addition, a considerable part of ASI: Areas threatened with accumulated social problems in respect of
unemployment, poverty, education, and the level of entrepreneurship, is located in rural areas.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

For the most part, the competitive procedure is to be used with respect to urban revitalisation and
rural renewal actions. Support will be granted only to projects resulting from planning documents in
the field of urban regeneration and renewal of rural areas for which the MA indicates the minimum
quality requirements.
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the Programme objectives and broader strategic objectives arising under the
Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020, taking into account the specific
objectives for the individual investment priorities.
The project selection criteria introduced will contribute, among other things, to ensuring:
the delivery of comprehensive social, physical, economic, environmental and spatial
revitalisation projects;
suitable efficiency, effectiveness and durability of the support granted.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
In addition, the following conditions will be taken into account in the project selection procedure:
the areas to be revitalised will be selected on the basis of social, spatial and economic criteria, with
particular attention being paid to social issues.
revitalisation initiatives will be carried out on the basis of local documents that present orderly
plans for such action. The documents will be developed in accordance with the requirements
specified by the Managing Authority.
complementarity of the area covered by the process of revitalization and renewal of the activities
funded by the ESF.
all of the supported projects should take into account the adaptation of the relevant infrastructure
and equipment to the needs of the disabled.
promotion will be granted to projects that envisage high standards in respect of energy efficiency
and economy.

205
 Operations involving financial instruments will be selected by the Managing Authority on the basis of
the results of the ex-ante evaluation referred to in Article 37 of the General Regulation. The Managing
Authority will select the entity/entities to implement financial instruments (the operations’
beneficiary) upon its making a decision in respect of the contribution into the financial instrument(s).

Planned use of financial instruments

Taking into account the type of the activities supported by the investment priority, grants are expected
to be primarily used as support. However, in the case of activities that are potentially financially
viable, possible use of financial instruments will be considered by the MA. Each time, the decision to
make use of the mechanism of financial instruments will be preceded by an ex-ante evaluation, in
accordance with Art. 37 of the General Regulation.

Planned use of major projects

No major projects contributing to the achievement of the specific objectives of the investment priority
have been identified at the preparation stage of the programme.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Category of Target value

Measurement (2023) Source Frequency
No. Indicator Fund region (where
unit of data of reporting
relevant)
M W T
Area covered by
1. revitalisation ha ERDF less developed - - 370 SL2014 annually
projects

(37) Population
of residents of
areas covered by
2. person ERDF less developed - - 283 000 SL2014 annually
integrated Urban
development
strategies

Number of rebuilt
/ converted
3. facilities located item ERDF less developed - - 290 SL2014 annually
on the revitalized
areas

 Performance framework of the priority axis

Table 6. Performance framework for the priority axis
Indicator type

Measurement
Priority axis

Explanation of
Final
Fund
unit

Indicator or Category Milestone Source of relevance of

No.

target
KIS of region (2018) data indicator
(2023)

OI1:Area types of projects

Output less
11 1. covered by ha ERDF 0 370 SL2014 relating to output
indicator 1 developed
revitalisation indicator cover

206
 projects 100% of priority
axis allocation
Estimated value
of output
KIS
indicator based less KIS for the output
11 relating to 2. item ERDF 70 N/A SL2014
on signed co- developed indicator
OI 1
financing
agreements
the indicator
Total amount of measures the actual
Financial less 200 000
11 3. certified eligible EUR ERDF 19 078 987 SL2014 rate at which
indicator developed 000
expenditure eligible expenditure
is made and verified

The assumptions and estimated values for the contribution of financial instruments for achieving the
intermediate and final output indicators are estimates. After receiving the final results of the ex-ante
evaluation, there may be a need for adjustments.

 Categories of intervention planned under the Priority Axis

Tables 7-11. Indicative list of categories of intervention planned to be used under the Priority
Axis

Fund and region category: the European Social Fund, less developed region
Table 10: Table 11:
Table 7: Table 8: Table 9:
Dimension 4 Dimension 6
Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Dimension 3
Territorial delivery ESF secondary theme (exclusively
Intervention field Form of finance Area type
mechanisms ESF)
PA Code € PA Code € PA Code € PA Code € PA Code €

11 054 30 000 000 11 01 140 000 000 11 01 90 000 000 11 02 135 000 000

11 055 140 000 000 11 04 30 000 000 11 02 45 000 000 11 04 35 000 000

11 03 35 000 000

The categories were assigned to individual dimensions assuming that each of the dimensions is
independent of the others, which means that each amount allocated to the priority axis is assigned to
the intervention categories envisaged in the respective dimension.

 Planned use of technical assistance for the purpose of developing administrative

capacity
The planned use of technical assistance has been described in the priority axis dedicated to
technical assistance.

207
PRIORITY AXIS 12. SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE
The intervention under the priority axis will involve interventions for the development of selected
categories of social infrastructure, i.e. health and education infrastructures that make it possible to
pursue high-quality public services in health and education.
Preventing social exclusion is connected, to a significant extent, with ensuring access to health
services. With reference to the Partnership Agreement, absence or shortage of such services often
reduces people's capacity to participate in social and economic life and to undertake and maintain
employment, which may directly lead to poverty. Therefore it is necessary to take actions in this area
to improve the accessibility and quality of deficit health services in the fields identified at national and
regional level.
Support for the education infrastructure, in a narrow and specialised scope, follows from the diagnosed
lack of a centre that could popularise science and innovation in Małopolska which is a region with a
strong scientific position. Action will be taken to establish an education facility which will enhance the
rising of the residents’ scientific and innovation competences. This will result in the creation of a
centre that carries out systemic educational activity which is cognitive, developmental and pro-
innovative in nature.
In view of the above, the main objective of the Priority Axis is to enhanced access to selected
social services in respect of healthcare and education.

Link between the Priority Axis and TOs, IPs and Funds

Thematic objective Investment priority Fund

9. Promoting social
inclusion and combating
any discrimination
10. Investing in education,
training and vocational
training for the benefit of
acquiring skills and life-
long learning
9a. Investing in health and social infrastructure which contributes to national, ERDF
regional and local development, reducing inequalities in terms of health
status, promoting social inclusion through improved access to social, cultural
and recreational services and the transition from institutional to community-
based services
10a. Investing in education, skills and life-long learning through the development ERDF
of an education and training infrastructure

Fund, category of region and calculation basis for Union support

Fund European Regional Development Fund

Category of region less developed

Calculation basis (public or total total

expenditure)

Category of region for outermost not applicable

regions and northern sparsely
populated regions (where
applicable)

The following support areas are planned under the priority axis:
208
 Thematic objective 9. Promoting social inclusion, combating any discrimination
Investment priority 9a Investing in health and social infrastructure which contributes to
national, regional and local development, reducing inequalities in terms of health status,
promoting social inclusion through improved access to social, cultural and recreational
services and the transition from institutional to community-based services

Specific objective Enhanced access to and quality of health services in the

region

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
Action aimed at social inclusion and combating poverty may
also be carried out through investment in health infrastructure.
The action concerned will address the actual patients’ needs as
the planned intervention follows from the Health Policy Paper
for 2014-2020 and from the Strategic Programme which
provides framework for the Małopolska health policy. This is
also why support will be channelled to those fields of health
care which significantly affect employability and improve the
quality of or access to health services, and which are targeted
at those territories, in particular at those areas, which need
improvement in order to reduce or prevent social exclusion.
Support for health infrastructure must not be the only response
to patients’ needs. In order to strengthen the sustainability of
the whole intervention, those needs will also be satisfied by
innovation, development of new products and services as well
as of sectors connected with healthcare, enhancement of
organisational effectiveness and efficiency, and improvement
of employee skills, which is necessary to strengthen the
sustainability of the whole intervention.

Table 3. Programme-specific result indicators:

Category of
Target
Measurement region Baseline Baseline Source of Frequency
No. Indicator value
unit (where value year data of reporting
(2023)
relevant)
Average length
of stay of a less
1. days 5.9 2013 5.6 CSO annually
patient in general developed
hospitals

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported:

The Policy Paper for Health Care 2014-2020 is the document forming a strategic framework for all
health projects in the 2014-2020 Perspective.
The main instrument to coordinate interventions undertaken in the health sector from the EU funding
is the ESIF Steering Committee for Coordination of Interventions in the health sector, under the
chairmanship of the Minister in charge for health. In order to ensure an adequate coordination
mechanism, the Committee analyses health care issues on an on-going basis, in particular in view of
the effectiveness and efficiency of EU-funded interventions, the accomplishment of expected results

209
and the impact of the Action Plan’s implementation on the Policy Paper’s health protection objectives
and on the objectives of the Partnership Agreement and Operational Programmes.
The compliance with the Action Plan in the Health Sector (Action Plan) as agreed within the Steering
Committee is a prerequisite for taking any ESI- funded interventions in the health sector.
The Action Plan, directly connected with the Partnership Agreement and encompassing investments
from national funds (including those under competitions for tasks financed from the public funding
and contracts for services provision), contains, inter alia, the list of potential projects to be
implemented on the national and regional levels. The list was created after the analysis of
complementarity and cost-effectiveness of the proposals presented by the MA, the principles referring
to the modes and criteria of project selection under the calls for projects announced for central and
regional projects. The investments shall be carried out solely by entities (whether public or private)
which provide medical treatment, providing health care services financed from public funds. In the
case of expansion of the scope of operation of the entity providing medical treatment, it shall be
required to have a contract for the provision of publicly-funded healthcare services, in the successive
contracting period after the project completion at the latest.
Only the investments verified by the identified deficits and needs in view of the demographic and
epidemiological situation will be undertaken, the situation being appropriately identified on the
regional level, depending on the specificity of the entity providing medical treatment and the services
it offers and the actual demand for and availability of the healthcare infrastructure on a given area,
using the health maps being prepared by the Ministry of Health, in line with of the Guiding Principles
of project selection:
Following the principles and within the scope of the Policy Paper, support will be granted, inter alia,
to projects involving renovation and construction works necessary from the point of view of the
provision of healthcare services, including the adjustment of infrastructure to the needs of the elderly
and the disabled, as well as the provision of medical equipment, and – as an element of the project –
IT solutions (software, hardware). Considering the nature of basic healthcare services , investments
carried out under such projects may be targeted at all health problems of adults and children which are
dealt with under guaranteed basic healthcare services, while at the same time these should contribute
to the development of coordinated care, including integrated forms of community care.
Complementarily, under the Knowledge, Education, Development OP actions will be taken to upgrade
the competences of doctors, including those working in basic health care. The scope of intervention
should result from the diagnosis or data available in relevant registers, indicating the needs.
ERDF-supported development of social and health services for persons at risk of poverty or social
exclusion agrees with the assumptions of the European principles which envisage the shift from
institutional to community care and directions indicated in the Programme to Combat Poverty and
Social Exclusion 2020.
ERDF investments should be focused on large care and residence institutions, defined, in accordance
with the Polish law, as providing services of long-term assistance for the disabled, children, the elderly
and the mentally ill.

Territorial coverage of support

Support for health infrastructure will cover interventions concerning the region as a whole, with the
investments to be located mainly in urban areas.

210
In parallel, the use of territorial development instruments is envisaged for the planned activities
concerning health infrastructure of sub-regional importance. These will take the form of the sub-
regional development programme (instrument dedicated to interventions in 5 functional sub-regions –
regional strategic areas of intervention) and integrated territorial investments (instrument dedicated to
interventions within Krakow and its functional area – Area of Strategic Intervention of the state).

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

(a) The projects are eligible if they comply with the Action Plan in the Health Sector (the Action
Plan), as agreed by the Steering Committee and if they are justified by the map of needs. The
projects will be selected following the criteria based on recommendations laid out in the Action
Plan.
(b) Expenditure incurred under projects regarding hospital care infrastructure (including the
preparation of and incurring expenses under such projects) may be certified when the maps of
medical needs are in place and where the type of services is in line with the thematic scope of
the project.
(c) By way of derogation, the condition referred to in paragraph (b), infrastructural investments in
the context of coordinated care, aimed to enhance the basic health care, specialist outpatients’
care and community care (in the context of deinstitutionalisation and development community
forms of care) may be co-financed immediately after the acceptance by the Action Plan Steering
Committee, provided that the diagnosis or date available in the register allow for the verification
of their justification and implementation.
(d) Preference will be given to projects supporting the shift from services which require hospital
treatment to basic health care and outpatients’ care, as well as supporting coordinated care,
including community care.
(e) The investments to adjust existing infrastructure to the binding legislation shall not be eligible,
unless they are justified in view of enhanced effectiveness (including cost-effectiveness) and
access to healthcare services.
(f) The following projects will be promoted:
i. projects that are cost-effective and delivered by entities that show the highest
financial effectiveness,
ii. projects envisaging consolidation and other forms of cooperation between entities
providing medical treatment,
iii. as well as measures taken to reorganise and restructure entities that provide medical
treatment, in order to take the maximum use of existing infrastructure, including
neighboring infrastructure and taking into account the level of its adjustment to
existing deficits.
The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the specific objectives and bringing results.
Under the investment priority both competitive and non-competitive modes will be applied. It is
assumed that non-competitive procedures will be used when justified by the subject matter and
nature of the support, type of beneficiary, competence-related monopoly or expected number of
211
actions and their scale. As regards actions related to supporting health infrastructure of subregional
importance, use is planned to be made, first of all, of a special mechanism based on the subregional
path, as a special form of competitive mode.
The non-competitive mode will cover the key actions concerning specialist health infrastructure of
regional importance. This is justified by the fact that the project selection path will apply to
investments in health infrastructure of the greatest impact on the region, to be delivered by a public
university engaged in teaching and research in the area of medical sciences.
The application of the non-competitive mode is justified because of:
the existence of a legal obligation for a particular entity or group of entities to carry out certain
tasks under the relevant provisions of law or strategic documents, in particular in the case of a
monopoly of competence,
prior direct identification of concrete projects – in a way which ensures transparency of their
identification – in the operational programme (the list of major projects in accordance with art.
100 of the Framework Regulation, projects identified in the Integrated Territorial Investments
Strategy, and holding positive opinions by the competent Managing Authorities against the criteria
specified by the Managing Authorities).
In addition, the special mechanism of integrated territorial investments is planned to be used with
respect to healthcare entities within the Krakow Functional Area. The mechanism is based on
negotiations and arrangements between municipalities participating in the ITI, provided that the issue
concerned is covered by the ITI strategy – in such a case the use of the non-competitive mode, i.e.
strategic projects, will be possible.
In developing the criteria, such aspects will be considered as: objectivity, precision, measurability,
cohesion and separability. The project selection system will focus, above all, on ensuring the
following: effectiveness of the selection process, transparency, impartiality of assessment and
procedural efficiency.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

1. As regards projects concerning support for entities providing medical treatment, which offer
healthcare services in geriatrics, long-term care, palliative and hospice care: entities providing
medical treatment services, providing publically-funded healthcare services, excluding the entities
eligible for support under the Infrastructure and Environment Operational Programme (the
exclusion does not apply to supraregional hospitals having geriatric wards within their structures)
2. As regards other projects: entities providing medical treatment services, which provide publically-
funded healthcare services -- independent public health care establishments, entrepreneurs,
budgetary units, as well as doctors and nurses who practice their profession within the framework
of medical activities and provide publically-funded healthcare services, excluding the entities
eligible for support under the Infrastructure and Environment Operational Programme (the
exclusion does not apply to supraregional hospitals having geriatric wards within their structures)
3. Jagiellonian University - Medical College - in terms of the major identified project.
The residents of Małopolska will be the target group of the support.
The groups of beneficiaries eligible for applying for project grants under the individual support areas
will be specified in the particularisation.
212
Planned use of financial instruments
Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through non-refundable grants, with
no use of financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

Identification of a major project does not relieve project applicant from the requirements concerning
projects in the field of health protection, as set out in the section: A description of the type and
examples of actions to be supported and Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-
financed.
At the current stage of work under this investment priority, potential use of major projects has been
identified with respect to providing state-of-the-art medical equipment for the new building of the
Krakow–Prokocim University Hospital. The investment is necessary to ensure the required level of
highly specialist health care to the residents of Małopolska. This will enhance Krakow's metropolitan
functions in terms of health care, enabling the city to provide higher-level public services in this area.
Support under the regional operational programme will be complementary to a multi-annual
investment project planned by the government which will be the main source of finance for the
construction of the new seat of the hospital. The investment is indispensable for the Jagiellonian
University Medical College, given that its existing facilities cannot be expanded, being for most part
historical heritage, and considering that the University needs new infrastructure reflecting the needs of
21st-century medicine.
The new Kraków–Prokocim University Hospital is going to be a multi-profile specialist hospital with
top healthcare standards which will take over the services that are now being provided by the
University Hospital in Kraków. The hospital is going to include conservative and operative wards.
The functions offered in the new seat of the hospital will involve treatment (services complementary
to the other healthcare facilities in the region, and services that are not available elsewhere in
Małopolska), research (complementary to the research carried out by the other units of the Jagiellonian
University Medical College), and didactics (complementary to the other didactic facilities within the
Jagiellonian University Medical College).
The project conforms to the following strategic documents:
Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020
Health strategic programme (project)
Regional Innovation Strategy strategic programme for the Małopolska Region 2014-2020
Strategy 2020. Active Society, Competitive Economy, Efficient State
Europe 2020 – strategy for intelligent and sustainable development supporting social inclusion
Health for economic growth programme, the third multi-annual programme of action for health
(2014-2020)
National Programme for Combating Cancer
National Programme for the Development of Transplantation Medicine
The National Programme for Prevention and Treatment of Cardiovascular Diseases POLKARD
The National Research Programme
213
 The project pursues the IP specific objective as regards its output indicators in respect of: The
number of supported health entities – 1 (the ROP’s target value – 24), The number of residents
who may use the improved health services – 3.3 million (the ROP’s target value – 3.3 million; it
should be assumed that because of the hospital’s great influence, the project will work towards the
said indicator to a large extent).
The initially estimated value of eligible cost: EUR 100 million (to be specified in detail at a further
stage of the large project approval procedure).

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Category Target value

Source Frequency
Measurement of region (2023)
No. Indicator Fund of of
unit (where
M W T data reporting
relevant)
Number of
supported less
1. item ERDF - - 24 SL2014 annually
entities providing developed
medical treatment

(36) Residents
covered by the less 3 300
2. persons ERDF - - SL2014 annually
improved health developed 000
services

 Thematic objective 10. Investing in education, training and vocational training for
acquiring skills and lifelong learning
Investment priority 10a. Investing in education, skills and lifelong learning through the
development of education and training infrastructure

Specific objective Improved educational process

Results that the Member State
seeks to achieve with Union
support
The intervention concerned will contribute to the promotion,
among the inhabitants of the Małopolska Region, particularly
school children, competences within science and innovation,
which will lead to the creation of a centre running a systematic
educational and pro-innovation activity for cognitive-
development, associated with popularizing, among the society,
various fields of science, in particular those in the areas of
smart regional specialization. The intervention in this IP will
affect the development of educational services in the region
and development of key competencies among students.

214
Table 3. Programme specific result indicators:
Measurement Target Frequency
Category Baseline Source of
No. Indicator unit for Baseline value value of
of region year data
indicator (2023) reporting
Number of visitors
less
1. to paramuseum person 874 107 2013 1 000 000 CSO annually
developed
institutions
Including, school
less
2. children in person 151 763 2013 225 000 CSO annually
developed
organized groups

A description of the type and examples of actions to be supported

The investment priority will address the following group of operations:
creating a centre for the promotion of science and innovation.
Construction of new infrastructure will be feasible only in the case of documented inability to adapt
the existing facilities, as well as taking into account the demographic trend.
Support will be granted to the initiative regarding the creation of a regional centre for the promotion of
science and innovation. Given the high potential of the scientific sector in Małopolska, the support
envisages the creation of an education entity which will in a systemic way carry out its cognitive and
developmental as well as pro-innovative activity connected with the social promotion of those
particular fields of science which fall within the areas of smart regional specialisation. The
intervention concerned will also contribute to the pursuance of the specific objective of the investment
priority through the promotion of scientific and innovation competences. This will result in a
strengthened promotion of science and research initiatives and institutions concentrated in
Małopolska.
The creation of a regional centre for popularizing science and innovation to serve creating favourable
conditions for the development of the talents and creativity of the inhabitants of the Małopolska
Region at every stage of the education of children and youth and in the context of lifelong learning for
adults. The proper use of intellectual capital is a need for the development of new forms of education.
Realising the potential of creative people in the region will be possible by improving the quality of
education and raising the level of the efficiency of acquiring knowledge and skills by the Małopolska
Region residents. For this purpose, it is necessary to apply modern ways of teaching and awake
cognitive interests. One of the most important projects responding to this need involves the creation of
a regional centre for popularizing science and innovation, which is an answer to:
the need for improving the effectiveness of mechanisms for identification and development of
talents
the need for expanding the educational offer realized in the region and improving its quality by
implementing educational and andragogical innovations
the need for creating space and strengthening cooperation mechanisms of establishments and
educational institutions, universities and business entities in order to improve the quality of
education and research services tailored to contemporary economic trends
the need for creating educational interactive space using new technologies, kinetic technologies
and interactive projections.

215
The creation of a regional centre for popularizing science and innovation is a response to the lack of
institutions whose innovation is based on the use of interactive exhibition in educational processes.
Implementation of the project will contribute to improving social and territorial cohesion in the
equalization of access to educational services and equal development opportunities of people with
different backgrounds and areas.

Territorial coverage of support

Support will be granted for an intervention concerning the entire region. The location of the regional
centre for popularizing science and innovation will be determined on the basis of an analysis of
possible location.

Guiding principles for the selection of projects to be co-financed

The projects to be co-financed will be selected based on such selection criteria, considered and
approved by the monitoring committee, as to ensure that the projects selected are optimal for the
accomplishment of the specific objectives and results.
In particular, the project selection criteria will include such aspects as: objectivity, precision,
measurability, cohesion and separability, as well as consistency with the principles of sustainable
development, equality between men and women and non-discrimination. The project selection system
will focus, above all, on ensuring the following elements: effectiveness of the selection process,
transparency, impartiality of assessment and procedural efficiency.
Support will be able to cover only infrastructure directly related to the conduct of educational services.
Investment activities must arise from the demand analysis for the planned offer of educational
institutions, in particular with regard to the planned number of visitors, including students in organized
school groups. Assessment will also cover long-term financial sustainability of the investments and the
use of a comprehensive plan supported by the infrastructure, which will include a program of
cooperation with educational institutions to ensure active participation of students (promote greater
creativity, teamwork, work with talented students). The supported investment will need to demonstrate
complementarity with actions funded by the ESF, in particular with regard to priority axis 10.
Knowledge and competences.
The project selection criteria will reflect the impact of the project on:
improving the conditions of talent and creativity of the inhabitants of the Małopolska Region
through the use of modern infrastructure and implementation of innovative educational
programs in the field of science learning, perceiving, learning understanding and perception of
the world and their own body, stimulating and awaking curiosity
the development of key skills and competencies that contribute to achieving adequate quality
of human capital necessary conditioning the potential for economic growth and improving the
well-being of residents
development of key competencies (math and science), and the popularization of scientific
knowledge
strengthening the mechanisms for cooperation between institutions of the socio-economic
environment focused around the regional centre for popularizing science and innovation in
education

216
 consolidating the image and potential of Małopolska as an innovative and creative, prosperous
region, with intellectual capital.
Under the investment priority non-competitive mode will be applied for project selection. The non-
competitive mode will be applied in the area of intervention of regional significance, bearing in mind
the subject of support for which competitive modes are ineffective, mainly for cost reasons.

Potential beneficiaries and target groups

Potential groups of beneficiaries:
1. scientific institutions
2. universities
3. territorial self-government units (TSUs) and organisational units of TSUs having legal personality.
The main target groups for intervention under the investment priority are the residents of the region,
including children and youth.

Planned use of financial instruments

Under the investment priority support will be granted exclusively through grants, with no use of
financial instruments.

Planned use of major projects

No major projects that would contribute to the attainment of the investment priority’s specific
objectives have been identified at the stage of the programme preparation.

Table 5. Common and Programme-specific output indicators

Frequency
Measurem Category of Target value (2023) Source of
No. Indicator Fund of
ent unit region data
reporting
M W T
Number supported
institutions which
1. item ERDF less developed - - 1 SL2014 annually
popularise science
and innovation
School children in
organized groups
visiting supported
2. person ERDF less developed - - 100 000 SL2014 annually
institutions
promoting science
and innovation

 Performance framework of the priority axis

Table 6. Performance framework for the priority axis

217
 Indicator type

Measurement
Priority axis

Explanation of

Fund
unit
Indicator or Category Final target Source relevance of

No.
Milestone (2018)
KIS of region (2023) of data indicator

types of projects
OI1: Number of relating to output
Output less
12 1. supported health item ERDF 0 24 SL2014 indicator cover
indicator developed
entities 86.75% of priority
axis allocation.-
Estimated value
of output
KIS
indicator based less KIS for output
12 related 2. item ERDF 5 N/A SL2014
on signed co- developed indicator 1
with OI
financing
agreements
indicator
measures the
Total amount of
Financial less actual rate at
12 3. certified eligible EUR ERDF 33 388 226 177 647 059 SL2014
indicator developed which eligible
expenditure
expenditure is
made and verified

 Categories of intervention planned under the Priority Axis

Tables 7-11. Indicative list of categories of intervention planned to be used under the Priority
Axis

Fund and Region category: the European Social Fund, a less developed region

Table 11:
Table 10:
Table 7: Table 8: Table 9: Dimension 6
Dimension 4
Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Dimension 3 ESF secondary
Territorial delivery
Intervention field Form of finance Area type theme (exclusively
mechanisms
ESF)

P
PA Code € PA Code € Code € PA Code € PA Code €
A

12 053 131 000 000 12 01 151 000 000 12 01 121 000 000 12 01 5 000 000

12 051 20 000 000 12 02 30 000 000 12 05 30 000 000

12 07 116 000 000

The categories were assigned to individual dimensions assuming that each of the dimensions is
independent of the others, which means that each amount allocated to the priority axis is assigned to
the intervention categories envisaged in the respective dimension.

 Planned use of technical assistance for the purpose of developing administrative

capacity

The planned use of technical assistance has been described in the priority axis dedicated to technical
assistance.

218
PRIORITY AXIS 13. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE (ESF)

The main objective of the Priority Axis is to ensure effective and efficient delivery of the
Regional Operational Programme for the Małopolska Region 2014-2020.

Fund and category of region

Fund European Social Fund

Category of region less developed

Calculation basis (public or total total

expenditure)

Specific objectives and expected results of the Priority Axis

Specific objective 1. Ensured maximum effectiveness and transparency of

the program delivery by supporting the individual
management and implementation stages.
2. Ensured coherence of the ROP MR 2014-20
information and publicity system.

Results that the Member State 1. Strengthening the capacity of institutions responsible for
seeks to achieve with Union the preparation, management, implementation,
support certification, monitoring, evaluation, and control of the
Programme.
2. Popularising knowledge in respect of the Programme and
the advantages for the region and its residents resulting
from its delivery.

219
Table 12. Programme-specific output indicators
Target value Frequency
Measurement Baseline value Baseline Source of
No. Indicator ( for 2023) of
unit year data
M W T M W T reporting
The level of
employee
fluctuation in
monitoring
1. institutions % - - 3.4 2013- - - 3.4 annually
system
involved in
the cohesion
policy
The average
annual
number of
training
companies monitoring
2. number - - 1.8 2013 - - 2.0 annually
per an system
employee of
institutions
implementing
the EF
The average
time of
approval of
the project
(from the number of monitoring
3. - - 200.3 2013 - - 180.3 annually
submission days system
of a grant
application to
signing the
contract)
Assessment
of usefulness
4. of training scale 1-5 - - 4.453 2013 - - 4.4 surveys annually
forms for
beneficiaries

Description of actions to be financed and their expected contribution to the achievement of the
specific objectives
The resources purchased/used in the 2007-2013 perspective will be used as much as possible in the
present financial perspective – while respecting the principle of a necessity to replace the purchased
equipment upon its natural wear/upon its failure to offer the necessary technical functions/upon the
expiry of its depreciation period.
The following non-repayable co-financing will be provided under the Priority Axis:

Action Description
Specific objective 1

Ensured maximum efficiency and transparency of the Programme implementation by supporting service
for individual management and implementation stages

1) providing employment and giving employees As regards ensuring suitable Programme

access to various forms of education; management, implementation, and certification, it

53

220
 2) ensuring suitable working conditions;
3) building and maintaining the local computer
system and other computer systems;
4) ensuring the functioning of bodies which
support the ongoing Programme management
and implementation ;
5) providing analyses, evaluations,
opinions, research and studies;
6) on-going monitoring of projects and the
Programme, as well as verification of
payments, control of projects and examining
complaints and appeals related to the
Programme;
7) providing Regional Territorial Observatories
(Regionalne Obserwatoria Terytorialne –
ROT) in Małopolska, excluding evaluations
and studies going beyond the region's borders;
8) taking actions related to the completion of the
Małopolska Regional Operational Programme
2007-2013, and Human Capital Operational
Programme 2007-2013;
9) financing actions working towards the
preparation of the next financial perspective
after 2020;
10) support in respect of the preparation of
beneficiaries and potential beneficiaries under
structural interventions.
11) Ensuring monitoring, evaluation, and
updating of the regional smart specialisation
strategy54, including:
entrepreneurial discovery process
engaging regional managing authorities
and intermediate modes and the
stakeholders, such as universities, other
higher education establishments,
entrepreneurs and social partners, and;
return on investment in the area of smart
54
As regards EFDF and ESF support for the regional smart specialisation strategy
will be particularly vital to provide the necessary
HR potential, including regular upgrading of
employees' skills, and ensuring the required office
and storage as well as technical facilities and
covering the related operating costs, as well as
preparing work places and work tools and building,
implementing, and maintaining an efficient
computer system allowing participation in a single
consistent computerised monitoring system.
Organisation and managing the work of the
Monitoring Committee. It may also prove necessary
to organise and manage, on a day-to-day basis, the
operation of other bodies engaged in Programme
implementation
expert Delivering evaluation studies, analyses, expert
opinions and evaluations with the aim of
streamlining the system for the management and
implementation of EU funds, both in the current and
future financial perspective.
Ensuring proper process for the recruitment,
evaluation and selection of projects to be co-
financed by the Programme, as well as monitoring
of projects and verification of payments, control of
projects and examining complaints and appeals
related to the Programme;
Support will be also provided for day-to-day
operations of ROTs at regional level, excluding
evaluations and studies going beyond the region's
borders;
It will be also crucial to allocate technical assistance
funds to finance tasks related to the completion of
the Małopolska Regional Operational Programme
2007-2013, Human Capital Operational Programme
2007-2013 (for the regional component of the IP of
the Human Capital Operational Programme) and
programming the new financial perspective after
2020, and ensure smooth transition between the
2007-2013, 2014-2020 financial perspectives and
after 2020.
Counselling will be dedicated in particular to
entrepreneurs, NGOs and beneficiaries/potential
beneficiaries of projects under the TO4.
221
 specializations, calculated for ERDF and
ESF55
Specific objective 2

Ensured cohesion of the ROP MR 2014-2020 information and publicity system

12) holding in particular training, consultations,
information meetings (including mobile
contact points managed by the Implementing
Authority/Intermediate Body) which in effect
increase the beneficiaries’ and potential
beneficiaries’ knowledge about the
possibilities of obtaining support, and about
project delivery and settlement rules ;
13) providing regular information to the public
about the progress made towards the
implementation of the Programme, and about
the possibility for potential beneficiaries to
use the Programme;
14) publicising the effects of the Programme
through promotion activities;
15) ensuring exchange of experience and
facilitating the coordination of information
and publicity activities delivered by
institutions implementing the Programme;
As regards information and publicity measures,
supported actions will include those aimed to
improve beneficiaries' knowledge about the
possibility of obtaining support under assistance
schemes, and about the project delivery rules,
including through contact points managed by the
Implementing Authority/Intermediate Body, inter
alia those providing free consultation services and
training, which will improve the quality and
efficiency of the delivery of projects submitted
under ROP MR 2014-2020, thus contributing to the
maximum use of the funds available under the
Programme. Furthermore, activities in this area are
meant to keep the public informed about progress
made towards the implementation of the
Programme, inter alia via a dedicated website,
which will guarantee transparency of its procedures
and will disseminate the effects of support.
The information and publicity measures delivered
will be complementary with actions financed under
the Technical Assistance OP and will respect the
single fund information system.

Decisions to grant co-financing for measures delivered under this priority axis will be taken by
the MA by way of the non-competition mode. If the beneficiary is the Managing Authority,
Intermediate Body or Certifying Authority, the annual expenditure limits for the financing of tasks
under the priority axis:
in the case of the Managing Authority, Implementing Authority/ 2nd-level Intermediate Body and
the Certifying Authority, will be specified in the form of budgetary tasks in the budget of the
Małopolska Region,
or
will be set forth in an agreement concluded between the Managing Authority and the Intermediate
Body.
The needs for funding have been estimated using the institutional system established for the 2007-
2013 perspective, taking due account of the changes in the situation between the perspectives, as well
as the inflation and socio-economic developments.

55
Return on investment should be calculated beginning from 2016 using an uniform methodology

222
 Table 13. Output indicators56
Target value (for 2023)
Measurement
No. Indicator name (optionally) Source of data
unit
M W T
Number of full-time
employment equivalents per monitoring
1. item N/A N/A N/A
month financed by technical system
assistance funds
Number of purchased
monitoring
2. equipment and components of item N/A N/A N/A
system
workplace equipment
Number of participants in monitoring
3. person N/A N/A N/A
training forms for institutions system
Number of conducted monitoring
4. item N/A N/A N/A
evaluations system
Number of organized
monitoring
5. meetings, conferences, item N/A N/A N/A
system
seminars
The number of expertises monitoring
6. item N/A N/A N/A
developed system
Number of persons
monitoring
7. participating in training for person N/A N/A N/A
system
beneficiaries
Number of portal / website monitoring
8. item N/A N/A N/A
visits system
Number of informational and monitoring
9. item N/A N/A N/A
promotional actions system

Tables 14-16. Intervention categories

Table 14 Dimension 1 – Intervention field

Category of region: less developed
Priority axis Code Amount (in EUR)
13 Technical Assistance (ESF) 121 (Preparation, implementation, 86,000,000
monitoring and control)
13 Technical Assistance (ESF) 122 (Evaluation and studies) 5,000,000
13 Technical Assistance (ESF) 123 (Information and communication) 10,933,476

Table 15 Dimension 2 – Form of finance

Category of region: less developed
Priority axis Code Amount (in EUR)
13 Technical Assistance (ESF) 01 (Non-refundable grant) 101,933,476

Table 16 Dimension 3 – Territory type

Category of region: less developed
Priority axis Code Amount (in EUR)
13 Technical Assistance (ESF) 07 (N/A) 101,933,476

Main beneficiaries
1. Managing Authority
2. Intermediate Body,
3. Certifying Authority.

56
As provided by the General Regulation, there is no obligation to establish the target values of output indicators for technical assistance.

223
3. FINANCIAL PLAN

The Regional Operational Programme for the Małopolska Region 2014-2020 is an operational
programme financed by the European Regional Development Fund and the European Social Fund. It
is implemented within the territory of the Małopolska Region. Małopolska is considered to be a less-
developed region.

Pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, the allocation of EU funding for the Programme amounts to
EUR 2 068 587 710 under the ERDF and EUR 809 628 262 under the ESF. The minimum
contribution of national funding – as estimated in accordance with Article 120 of the Framework
Regulation, which allows the maximum ERDF and ESF contribution for each priority in less-
developed regions of 85% – amounts to EUR 507 920 472 million as at the time of programming. The
Programme will be financed by national public and private funds. It is assumed that the ultimate
engagement of national funds, mainly private ones, as at the Programme closure may be higher
depending on the scope and degree of public aid granted to the Programme.

Certification basis
The calculation of the EU contribution to the programme will be based on the total eligible
expenditure.

Categories of regions
The Programme is delivered within a single region considered to be a less-developed region.

Performance reserve
A performance reserve has been set aside under the programme amounting to 6% of its total the ERDF
allocation and 6% of its total the ESF allocation.
The share of the performance reserve in the individual years will amount to 6% of the ERDF
allocation and 6% of the ESF allocation (Table 17).
The performance reserve is set aside under each programme’s priority axis in equal proportion to its
value, except for the Technical Assistance priority axis (financed solely under the ESF), for which no
reserve has been established, in line with the law (excluding the TA priority axis requires, in order for
the required fund level to maintained in the Programme, a corresponding increase of the reserve for
another/other ESF priority axis/axes, Table 18a).

Thematic concentration
The concentration levels adopted under the programme ensue from the PA and allow the concentration
levels required by EU Regulations at AP level to be maintained.

224
 Table 17. Total amount of funding envisaged as the contribution of each fund to the Programme, by years and categories of regions, with indication of the
performance reserve (EUR)
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 TOTAL
No. Fund Region category
Basic Performance Basic Performance Basic Performance Basic Performance Basic Performance Basic Performance Basic Performance Basic Performance
allocation1 reserve allocation reserve allocation reserve allocation reserve allocation reserve allocation reserve allocation reserve allocation reserve

Less developed
1
regions
236 673 848 15 106 841 250 560 075 15 993 196 265 039 164 16 917 393 278 249 398 17 760 600 291 481 834 18 605 223 304 680 710 19 447 705 317 787 420 20 284 303 1 944 472 449 124 115 261
Transitional
2
regions
ERDF
Better developed
3
regions

4 TOTAL
236 673 848 15 106 841 250 560 075 15 993 196 265 039 164 16 917 393 278 249 398 17 760 600 291 481 834 18 605 223 304 680 710 19 447 705 317 787 420 20 284 303 1 944 472 449 124 115 261

Less developed
5
regions
92 632 203 5 912 694 98 067 158 6 259 606 103 734 154 6 621 330 108 904 532 6 951 353 114 083 599 7 281 932 119 249 530 7 611 672 124 379 389 7 939 110 761 050 565 48 577 697
Transitional
6
regions
ESF2
Better developed
7
regions

8 TOTAL
92 632 203 5 912 694 98 067 158 6 259 606 103 734 154 6 621 330 108 904 532 6 951 353 114 083 599 7 281 932 119 249 530 7 611 672 124 379 389 7 939 110 761 050 565 48 577 697
YEI –
9 additional Not applicable
allocation

10 Not applicable
SF
Special allocation
for peripheral areas
11 ERDF
or sparsely
populated areas

12
TOTAL 329 306 051 21 019 535 348 627 233 22 252 802 368 773 318 23 538 723 387 153 930 24 711 953 405 565 433 25 887 155 423 930 240 27 059 377 442 166 809 28 223 413 2 705 523 014 172 692 958

1 Total allocation (EU support) less performance reserve

2 Total ESF allocation including YEI

225
Table 18a. Programme's financial plan (EUR)
Share of
performanc
e reserve
For (EU
Indicative distribution of
information Basic allocation Performance reserve support) In
national contribution Co-
EU National purposes total Mount
Category of Certificatio Total funding financin of EU
Priority axis Fund contribution contributio
region n basis (E=A+B) g level support per
(A) n (B=C+D)
(F=A/E) priority axis
National
National National EIB EU EU National
contributio (L=(J/A)*10
public private ONTRIBU contribution contributio contribution
n 0)
funding (C) funding (D) TION (H=A-J) n (J) (K=B*(J/A))
(I=B-K)
Total
1. Knowledge Less
ERDF eligible 250 018 348 44 120 885 19 611 211 24 509 674 294 139 233 85,00% 235 017 248 41 473 632 15 001 100 2 647 253 6,00%
economy developed
expenditure

Total
2. Digital Less
ERDF eligible 140 000 000 24 705 883 22 081 235 2 624 648 164 705 883 85,00% 131 600 000 23 223 530 8 400 000 1 482 353 6,00%
Małopolska developed
expenditure

Total
3. Entrepreneurship Less
ERDF eligible 240 000 000 42 352 942 20 373 993 21 978 949 282 352 942 85,00% 225 600 000 39 811 765 14 400 000 2 541 177 6,00%
in Małopolska developed
expenditure

Total
4. Regional energy Less
ERDF eligible 420 000 000 74 117 648 36 423 529 37 694 119 494 117 648 85,00% 394 800 000 69 670 589 25 200 000 4 447 059 6,00%
policy developed
expenditure

Total
5. Environmental Less
ERDF eligible 138 000 000 24 352 942 21 917 647 2 435 295 162 352 942 85,00% 129 720 000 22 891 765 8 280 000 1 461 177 6,00%
protection developed
expenditure

Total
Less
6. Regional heritage ERDF eligible 169 069 362 29 835 770 26 331 116 3 504 654 198 905 132 85,00% 158 925 201 28 045 624 10 144 161 1 790 146 6,00%
developed
expenditure

Total
7. Transport Less
ERDF eligible 390 500 000 68 911 765 67 723 632 1 188 133 459 411 765 85,00% 367 070 000 64 777 059 23 430 000 4 134 706 6,00%
infrastructure developed
expenditure

Total
Less
8. Labour market ESF eligible 270 764 148 47 781 909 40 281 909 7 500 000 318 546 057 85,00% 252 178 312 44 502 056 18 585 836 3 279 853 6,86%
developed
expenditure

Total
9. Socially coherent Less
ESF eligible 232 000 000 40 941 177 40 341 177 600 000 272 941 177 85,00% 216 075 020 38 130 886 15 924 980 2 810 291 6,86%
region developed
expenditure

226
 National contribution Total financing

Total
10. Knowledge and Less
ESF eligible 204 930 638 36 164 231 35 934 859 229 372 241 094 869 85,00% 190 863 757 33 681 840 14 066 881 2 482 391 6,86%
competences developed
expenditure

Total
11. Revitalisation of Less
ERDF eligible 170 000 000 30 000 000 26 476 057 3 523 943 200 000 000 85,00% 159 800 000 28 200 000 10 200 000 1 800 000 6,00%
regional space developed
expenditure

Total
12. Social Less
ERDF eligible 151 000 000 26 647 059 25 314 705 1 332 354 177 647 059 85,00% 141 940 000 25 048 235 9 060 000 1 598 824 6,00%
infrastructure developed
expenditure

Total
13. ESF technical Less
ESF eligible 101 933 476 17 988 261 17 988 261 0 119 921 737 85,00% 101 933 476 17 988 261 0 0 0,00%
assistance developed
expenditure

Total
Less
TOTAL ERDF ERDF eligible 2 068 587 710 365 044 894 266 253 125 98 791 769 2 433 632 604 85,00% 1 944 472 449 343 142 199 124 115 261 21 902 695 6,00%
developed
expenditure

Total
Less
TOTAL ESF EFS eligible 809 628 262 142 875 578 134 546 206 8 329 372 952 503 840 85,00% 761 050 565 134 303 043 48 577 697 8 572 535 6,00%
developed
expenditure

Total
Less
TOTAL eligible 2 878 215 972 507 920 472 400 799 331 107 121 141 3 386 136 444 85,00% 2 705 523 014 477 445 242 172 692 958 30 475 230 6,00%
developed
expenditure

227
Table 18c. Programme allocation by priority axes, funds, categories of region and thematic objectives for ERDF, ESF and SF (EUR)
Community National
Priority axis Fund Category of region Thematic objective Total financing
contribution contribution

1. Knowledge economy ERDF Less developed region 1. Supporting scientific research, technology development and innovation 250 018 348 44 120 885 294 139 233
2.Enhancing accessibility and the level of use and quality of information and
2. Digital Małopolska ERDF Less developed region 140 000 000 24 705 883 164 705 883
communication technologies
3. Raising competitiveness of small and medium-sized enterprises, the agriculture
3. Entrepreneurship in ERDF Less developed region sector with regard to ERDFOW) and the sector of fisheries and aquaculture (with 240 000 000 42 352 942 282 352 942
Małopolska regard to EFMR)

4.Supporting the shift to low-carbon economy in all sectors 404 275 507 71 342 737 475 618 244
4. Regional energy policy ERDF Less developed region
6. Environmental protection and supporting effective use of resources 15 724 493 2 774 911 18 499 404

5. Promoting adaptation to climate change, risk prevention and risk management 31 000 000 5 470 589 36 470 589
5. Environmental protection ERDF Less developed region
6. Environmental protection and supporting effective use of resources 107 000 000 18 882 353 125 882 353

6. Environmental protection and supporting effective use of resources 89 069 362 15 718 123 104 787 485
6. Regional heritage ERDF Less developed region
8. Supporting employment and mobility of employees 80 000 000 14 117 647 94 117 647
7. Promoting sustainable transport and removing throughput deficiencies in the
7. Transport infrastructure ERDF Less developed region 390 500 000 68 911 765 459 411 765
operation of the most important network infrastructures

8. Labour market EFS Less developed region 8. Supporting employment and mobility of employees 270 764 148 47 781 909 318 546 057

9. Socially coherent region EFS Less developed region 9. Supporting social inclusion and combating poverty 232 000 000 40 941 177 272 941 177

10. Knowledge and Less developed region 10. Investing in education, skills and lifelong learning 204 930 638 36 164 231 241 094 869
EFS
competences
11. Revitalisation of regional
ERDF Less developed region 9. Supporting social inclusion and combating poverty 170 000 000 30 000 000 200 000 000
space
Less developed region 9. Supporting social inclusion and combating poverty 131 000 000 23 117 647 154 117 647
12. Social infrastructure ERDF Less developed region 10. Investing in education, skills and lifelong learning 20 000 000 3 529 412 23 529 412

13. ESF technical assistance EFS Less developed region 11. Enhancing institutional potential and effectiveness of public administration 101 933 476 17 988 261 119 921 737

TOTAL 2 878 215 972 507 920 472 3 386 136 444

228
Table 19: Allocation by priority axes for climate change interventions
1. Knowledge economy 0 0.00%
2. Digital Małopolska 0 0.00%
3. Entrepreneurship in Małopolska 0 0.00%
4. Regional energy policy 259 200 000 9.01%
5. Environmental protection 32 600 000 1.13%
6. Regional heritage 28 000 000 0.97%
7. Transport infrastructure 40 000 000 1.39%
8. Labour market 0 0.00%
9. Socially coherent region 0 0.00%
10. Knowledge and competences 0 0.00%
11. Revitalisation of regional space 0 0.00%
12. Social infrastructure 0 0.00%
13. ESF technical assistance 0 0.00%
TOTAL 359 800 000 12.50%
4. INTEGRATED TERRITORIAL DEVELOPMENT APPROACH

DESCRIPTION OF THE INTEGRATED TERRITORIAL APPROACH IN MAŁOPOLSKA,

The integrated territorial approach aims to exploit the region's specific territorial potentials and
remove barriers to the development of its individual areas, where intervention will be delivered to
ensure more effective use of resources and making up for deficits. The territorial dimension
supplements the sectoral approach and has been used where it is likely to improve the efficiency of
ROP intervention. The sectoral approach remains the crucial means of delivering the ROP
interventions.

The intervention planned will contribute to satisfying the needs or removing the barriers of individual
areas, including strategic areas of intervention, through direct project delivery dedicated to the
territory concerned. ASIs will by supported mainly by grants for actions within the areas identified.
ASIs will be promoted inter alia by preferential distribution of funds, project selection criteria, use of
complementarity mechanisms, setting aside a separate allocation.

Under the ROP, three types of territorial development instruments are envisaged:
1) the integrated territorial investment - instrument dedicated to interventions within the urban
functional area of Krakow – Krakow Metropolis (MK). Thanks to the use of the integrated
territorial instrument the MK will be able to meet the important development challenges, inter
alia, development of Krakow metropolitan functions, improvement of environmental situation (by
reducing air pollution), improving accessibility of transport, enhancing investment attractiveness
and improving access to public services;
2) the subregional development programme - instrument dedicated to interventions within 5
functional subregions, implemented with the use of the competitive mode (calls for individual sub-
regions); Thanks to this instrument interventions can be adjusted to the development needs of
subregions, including, improved accessibility of transport the use of endogenous potentials of
economic development, improved accessibility of public services, enhanced investment
attractiveness and reducing the effects of natural disasters to the minimum.
3) urban and rural areas regeneration programmes - instrument dedicated to interventions in
cities, city districts and rural areas requiring regeneration; The use of this instrument will enable
the revitalisation and development of deteriorated urban areas by restoring their lost functions or
giving them new uses, as well as the regeneration of rural areas. Comprehensive regeneration of
urban and rural areas in crisis manifested by intensified social issues will be possible. In this area,
interventions under IP 9b will have specific role, supplemented by the funding from the ESF under
IPs 8i, 8iv, 9i, 9iv and 10 to cover actions to regenerate the community and urban fabric, as well as
rural areas.
Expenditure for rural areas will be monitored and reported in annual reports, taking into account -
in accordance with the scope and logic of intervention of the programme - such areas as: 1)
development of entrepreneurship and better use of human resources, including retraining of
farmers, 2) social and infrastructure revitalization, 3 ) water and sewerage and flood infrastructure.
The estimated allocation in the ROP for rural areas: EUR 746.7 million.

230
4.1. COMMUNITY-LED LOCAL DEVELOPMENT
The ROP does not envisage the “direct formula” implementation of the CLD instrument. Support for
the Local Action Groups (LAGs) as potential beneficiaries is planned under the programme. The ROP
Managing Authority accepts the possibility of applying the solution according to which the ROP
intervention will be complementary to the EAFRD and EMFF support on the territory of the relevant
LAG and will be implemented pursuant to the local development strategy. The preparatory costs,
current costs and costs of LAG animation will be supported by ESF under the ROP.

4.2. INTEGRATED ACTIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE URBAN DEVELOPMENT

Activities supporting sustainable urban areas’ development will be eligible for support across a range
of ROP interventions. Most priority axes do not envisage allocations dedicated exclusively to urban
areas or other designated territories.
Intervention through the mechanism of integrated territorial investment directly contributing to the
achievement of the objectives specified for ASIs at state level – "Region's capital city and its
functional area" – will be delivered within Kraków's urban functional area, including the following
municipalities: Kraków, Biskupice, Czernichów, Igołomia-Wawrzeńczyce, Kocmyrzów-Luborzyca,
Liszki, Michałowice, Mogilany, Niepołomice, Skawina, Świątniki Górne, Wieliczka, Wielka Wieś,
Zabierzów and Zielonki. Intervention will comprise IPs 3.a, 4c, 4e, 6b, 7b, 9a, 9iv, 10i 10iv.
The Kraków Metropolis was delimited within the subregion of the Metropolitan Area of Kraków.
Thus, it will not benefit from the support envisaged for the rest of the Metropolitan Area of Kraków
due to the separability of interventions under ITI and the Subregional Development Programme.
The thematic scope of ITIs comprises support areas which, on the one hand, respond to the needs
identified by partners, and on the other, foster the integration of the central city with its functional
surroundings. The use of ITIs will lead to the execution of development goals of KM in the territorial,
social and economic dimensions. The intervention will lead to: boosting the economic development
and improving transport accessibility of KM (allocation within the Priority Axis 7: 10.06 million for
sub-regional roads). At the same time the use of ITIs will contribute to achieving environmental
objectives through the implementation of tasks on the improvement of energy efficiency, supporting
low-carbon economy and sustainable urban transport. Implementation of tasks related to water and
wastewater and waste management contributes to the improvement of ecological safety and the quality
of life of KM. Residents will acquire increased access to public services through intervention in the
following areas: support for dependent persons and their caregivers (with the exception of long-term
care and telecare) and crisis intervention services, creation of pre-school education and vocational
training. In this context, there will also be investments in healthcare infrastructure facilities of
subregional importance.

231
Table 20. Integrated actions for sustainable urban development (estimated allocation supported
from ERDF) and estimated ESF allocation
Fund Estimated amount of ERDF Share of column (2) in overall
support for integrated actions Fund allocation for OP
linked to sustainable urban
development (Article 7.2 of
ERDF Regulation) and estimated
ESF allocation (EUR)
Total ERDF funds 202 060 000 9.77%
Total ESF funds 34 000 000 4.20%
Total ERDF + ESF 236 060 000 8.20%

The scope of tasks connected with the ROP implementation under ITI to be entrusted to municipal
authorities is set out in the written agreement between the municipal authorities and the ROP MA.
Pursuant to Article 123 (6) of the regulation of 1303/2013, municipal authorities shall, at least, carry
out the tasks connected with selection of projects to be co-financed. The minimal scope of tasks
entrusted to the municipal authorities means that they shall submit to the ROP MA lists of projects
selected in a competition or, where the non-competitive mode is used, identified in the ITI Strategy,
following priorities based on criteria approved by the ROP Monitoring Committee according to the ITI
objectives. The ROP MA carries out final verification of eligibility of projects for co-financing,
pursuant to Article 7 (5) of regulation 1301/2013, unless the agreement provides otherwise. The
technicalities of the calls for proposals’ organisation and the full formal and substantive evaluation of
projects may be carried out by municipal authorities or the ROP MA, involving external experts,
where appropriate, pursuant to the provisions of the agreement.

4.3. INTEGRATED TERRITORIAL INVESTMENTS (ITIS) (IN APPROPRIATE CASES)

No other ITI is envisaged to be carried out than the ITI for the Kraków Metropolitan Functional
Area.

4.4. SOLUTIONS FOR INTERREGIONAL AND TRANSNATIONAL ACTIONS,

WITHIN THE OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME, WITH BENEFICIARIES
LOCATED IN AT LEAST ONE OTHER MEMBER STATE
N/A.

4.5. CONTRIBUTION OF THE PLANNED ACTIONS UNDER THE PROGRAMME

TO MACRO-REGIONAL AND SEA-BASIN STRATEGIES, SUBJECT TO THE
NEEDS OF THE PROGRAMME AREA AS IDENTIFIED BY THE MEMBER
STATE

European Union Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region

When analysing EUSBSR one may notice complementarity between the ROP and the Strategy –
individual priority axes of the ROP correspond to the objectives of EUSBSR. The Programme may

232
 contribute to the delivery of EUSBSR mainly in those areas that will require initiating cooperation
processes. In such areas, it will be reasonable to give preference in the project selection process to
actions reflecting EUSBSR.

Development Strategy for Southern Poland until 2020

The Development Strategy for Southern Poland until 2020 was adopted by resolution of the Council of
Ministers on 8 January 2014. The document was based on the provisions of the Development Strategy
for Southern Poland for the Małopolska and Silesian Regions until 2020, adopted by the Małopolska
and Silesia Regional Assemblies on 5 April 2013. The strategy identifies the possibilities of
cooperation between both regions and indicates the directions of intervention towards furthering and
strengthening such cooperation. The activities provided for in the document focus on supraregional
and interregional problems which cannot be solved within one of the regions alone and whose
specificities do not allow them to be given a universal nationwide rank.
The Strategy was used in the work on the Programme in a way allowing support to be provided (e.g.
through special criteria) to projects delivered in the Małopolska Region in partnership with entities
from Silesia and are complementary with projects supported under the Silesia Programme. This
approach is without prejudice to the competences of the Managing Authorities of either programme
and respects their territorial competence, while leading to the implementation of actions jointly
representing added value for the macroregion.
In the context of the implementation of the Strategy, the MA envisages the possibility to use solutions
set out in Article 70 of the General Regulation which make the implementation of projects outside the
administrative borders of the region possible under the ROP.

The matrix of consistency of the European Union Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region’s objectives
and the objectives of the Development Strategy for Southern Poland until 2020 with the
programme priority axes

EUSBSR objectives DSSP 2020

Saving the Develop Upper Silesia- Southern Southern

Sea ment of Increasing prosperity Kraków Europe – Poland – Poland – an
Programme connecti an area of An area of area
priority axes ons concentration of partnership attracting
within innovation and cooperation people,
the creativity, setting for the entities and
Region development effective use of initiatives
trends and development enhancing
becoming part of opportunities the
the network of the macroregion’
Biological substances

most dynamically s potential

Internal market
Biodiversity
Agriculture

Innovation
Education
Transport

developing
Tourism
Threats

Culture
Energy

Health

SMEs

European
agglomerations

1. Knowledge
233
economy
2. Digital
Małopolska
3.
Entrepreneurship
in Małopolska
4. Regional
energy policy
5. Environmental
protection
6. Regional
heritage
7. Transport
infrastructure
8. Labour market
9. Socially
coherent region
10. Knowledge
and competences
11. Revitalisation
of regional space
12. Social
infrastructure
source: own study.5.

234
5. SPECIFIC NEEDS OF GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS MOST
AFFECTED BY POVERTY OR TARGET GROUPS MOST
VULNERABLE TO DISCRIMINATION OR SOCIAL EXCLUSION

5.1 GEOGRAPHIC REGIONS WITH HIGHEST POVERTY / TARGET GROUPS

MOST VULNERABLE TO DISCRIMINATION OR SOCIAL EXCLUSION

In 2013, over 81.6 thousand households, i.e. over 235 thousand individuals received social welfare
benefits in Małopolska, which accounts for 7% of the region’s population. Poverty was the most
frequent premise for granting social welfare in the region (over 63% of all social welfare clients). The
share of social welfare clients within the total population of Małopolska had been dropping
successively since 2003 (when it had reached nearly 15%), and in 2013 was below the country’s
average of 8.6%. It is worth noting however that the percentage of population with social welfare
benefits in 2013 in individual poviats was significantly different from the region’s average. The
situation was most favourable in Kraków (approx. 3.5% of its population) and in the Krakowski poviat
(approx. 4.5%). The least favourable rates were recorded in the following poviats: Dąbrowski (approx.
14%), Nowosądecki (approx. 14%), Limanowski (approx. 13%), Gorlicki (approx. 13%) and. It
should also be stressed that the poviats with high numbers of social welfare clients were as a rule
characterized by high unemployment. In 2013, the following rates of unemployment were recorded in
the following poviats: Dąbrowski (approx. 20%), Limanowski (approx. 19%), Nowosądecki (approx.
18%). Kraków recorded the lowest rate of unemployment (approx. 6% as compared to the region’s
average of 11.6%).
The situation in Małopolska can also be analysed comprehensively from the point of view of social
welfare clients, children under 17 whose parents receive child benefits, and the disabled. Each of the
aforesaid factors affects and translates into the material situation of individuals and whole families.
Therefore, a synthetic index calculated on the basis of the said factors indicates those poviats in
Małopolska, where negative social phenomena actually accumulate. The situation is most difficult in
the following poviats: Dąbrowski, Gorlicki, Nowosądecki, Limanowski, Tarnowski, and in the city of
Tarnów.

235
Map 1. A synthetic social situation index in Małopolska

source: own development

To picture the territorial differences in the poverty risk indicator, one can also use a map of poverty at
the sub-regional level using 6 explaining variables, i.e. a percentage of singles above 25 years of age,
the number of rooms per a household member, a percentage of households having a bathroom, a
percentage of households with two persons aged more than 25 years of age, with no more than
vocational education, population density, and the ratio of persons registered out and registered as
permanent residents of the sub-region. The analysis of the map shows that in the Małopolska Region
the residents of households in the Nowy Sącz and Tarnów sub-regions are at the highest risk of
poverty whilst the lowest poverty risk indicator is seen in the city of Krakow.

Map 2. Poverty risk indicator at sub-regional level

source: ”Mapy ubóstwa na poziomie podregionów w Polsce z wykorzystaniem estymacji pośredniej” [Poverty
maps at the subregional level in Poland using indirect estimation], Statistical Office In Poznań
236
The impact of poverty and social exclusion on particular social groups differs.
The group being at the greatest risk of social exclusion includes all households with an unemployed
member (in particular, where such unemployed members hare low skilled). According to the Central
Statistical Office [GUS], in 2012 13% households with at least one unemployed member were at risk
of extreme poverty, and the rate of extreme poverty was as high as 33% for households with at least
two unemployed members. At the same time, unemployment was one of the most frequent premises
for granting social welfare in Małopolska (in 2013, over 47% of all social welfare clients).
Children and youth are another group highly vulnerable to poverty and social exclusion. According
to the Central Statistical Office [GUS], in 2012, the extreme poverty risk rate among children and
youth under 18 was approx. 9%, and individuals under 18 accounted for nearly one third of population
at risk of extreme poverty, while approx. one in five individuals from the general population belonged
to this age group. Large families and single-parent families experience particularly difficult
situation. According to the Ministry of Labour and Social Policy (MPiPS-03 report), there is a big
group of families with children (over 40 thousand families in 2013) among the social welfare clients
in Małopolska. Nearly 37% of the families with children who were social welfare clients in 2013 were
families with several dependants, and over 26% - single-parent families.
Although poverty in Poland affects mostly young people, it should also be stated that some elderly
people experience difficult situations as well, in particular in the context of demographic changes.
Because of their age and health condition, the elderly often have limited abilities to take action aimed
at improving their material situations. In 2013, over 595 thousand people in post-productive age lived
in the Małopolska Region, accounting for nearly 18% of the region’s total population. Currently
Małopolska is ranked among Poland’s best regions in demographic terms, but the forecasts show that
within the next 20-30 years to come, the rapid aging of the Małopolska’s population is to be expected.
The risk of poverty and social exclusion is also significantly higher in families with a disabled
member, which results not only from the disabled having difficulty finding jobs, but also from the fact
that other family members need to take care of them and experience increased expenditure (treatment,
rehabilitation, activation). According to the Central Statistical Office [GUS], in 2012, the extreme
poverty risk rate among households with at least one disabled member was approx. 10% (in
households with no disabled members the corresponding figure was approx. 6%). Families with
disabled children experienced most difficult situations (12% extremely poor individuals). The 2011
census shows that the number of the disabled in legal and biological terms in Małopolska amounted to
more than 394 thousand, i.e. 11.8% of the region’s population, compared to the national average of
12.2%. As regards this group, the very low level of participation in the labour market still remains a
major issue. The percentage of disabled persons aged 16-64 in the region reached the level of 19.8%
as compared with 20.09% on the national scale57, whilst its share in the registered unemployed barely
reached 5.1%.
There are other groups at risk of social exclusion that need to be mentioned as well, including
representatives of the Roma58. Support for this group is particularly important given the fact that the
region of Małopolska is one of the regions with the highest Roma populations.

57
Bank Danych Lokalnych, GUS
58
Comprehensive support for those groups has been envisaged under the Operational Programme: Knowledge, Education, Development
2014 - 2020

237
5.2 THE STRATEGY TO ADDRESS PARTICULAR NEEDS OF GEOGRAPHIC
AREAS / TARGET GROUPS MOST VULNERABLE TO POVERTY AND, WHERE
APPLICABLE, CONTRIBUTION OF AN INTEGRATED APPROACH
ESTABLISHED IN THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

In order to improve the social and economic situation of areas with highest poverty or target groups
most at risk of discrimination, various types of action will be taken under the operational programme,
primarily under Thematic Objectives 8-10.
Under TO 8 and TO 9 activities will translate directly into the improvement of social and career
situation of persons covered by support as well as those from their closest environment.
Under TO 8 activities will be aimed at vocational mobilisation of unemployed people, and a
comprehensive action will be dedicated to individuals who are interested in establishing their own
business. As a result of planned interventions employment opportunities for persons whose situation
on the labour market is the most difficult, including the elderly and the disabled, will improve. Special
support has been envisaged under the programme to the persons who are unemployed because they
perform functions of carers of children. Project targeted at such persons will contribute to the
increased numbers of places at child care establishments for children up to 3 years of age. Initiatives
making it possible for persons in productive age to stay in good health, contributing to keeping them
active ion the labour market, will also be of major importance.
Intervention under TO 9 will be aimed primarily at social and vocational mobilisation of those at risk
of poverty or social exclusion (including with the use of social economy). Such persons will be
granted comprehensive support tailor-made to their needs, which will contribute to their social
integration and – on a longer term – to their employment opportunities. The actions taken will result,
first of all, in ensuring children and youth, as well as families in a difficult situation due to their
caretaking and upbringing functions, the access to high quality services to reduce the risk of social
exclusion. Another very important result will also consist in a wider accessible offer of the forms of
care of dependent persons (including the elderly and the disabled), and thanks to this increasing the
opportunities of vocational activation of their informal carers.
Actions taken under the programme will largely use the potential of the social economy. Social
economy entities will have preferences when implementing the projects co-financed by the ESF and
the ERDF. The MA will identify the areas in which preferences to such entities will apply. The ROP
MA declares that social clauses are to be used in selected actions under TOs 8, 9 and 10.
Interventions financed from the ESF will be coupled with investment projects, including, first of all,
actions as regards physical revitalization implemented in degraded urban and rural areas. They will
contribute to social and vocational inclusion of their residents. At the same time, these actions will
help to overcome the crisis in such areas, by giving them a new functional quality and by creating
conditions for development. Investments in the healthcare infrastructure, thanks to which inequalities
in the access to adequate quality healthcare services in areas resulting from the needs diagnosed at the
national and regional level (e.g. geriatrics) will be also of major significance.
Actions taken under TO 10 will contribute to the development of the region residents’ intellectual
capital (including action aimed at pre-school education as well as general and vocational education,
and at the development of counselling and lifelong learning offer). Interventions envisaged under IP
10iii will contribute to upgrading competences and qualifications of adults (including, in particular ,
aged 50+), offering them opportunities of employment or improving conditions and comfort of their
238
work. Improved quality of education has a significant impact on the competences of young residents
of Małopolska, which in turn will translate in the future into their career opportunities. At the same
time, interventions planned under TO10 will contribute to the fuller participation of children and youth
with special needs (including those with disabilities) in pre-school, general and vocational education.
Given the significant internal differences within the Małopolska Region, based on the current data and
results of analyses, and depending on the changing situation in the region, preference is envisaged for
those labour market, social inclusion and educational projects which are dedicated to the residents of
areas where the situation is most severe.
At the same time, because of the territorial aspect of poverty, it is highly important in terms of the
region’s sustainable development to implement comprehensive revitalisation projects in response to
the diagnosed social problems, through introducing new social and economic functions into the
revitalized spaces, supporting social inclusion, and taking initiative aimed at enhancing employment
and the development of human and social capital.

Table 22: Actions aimed at addressing particular needs of geographic areas / target groups most
vulnerable to poverty
Main types of planned
Target group/ Region Investment
action being part of an Priority axis Fund
geographic areas category priority
integrated approach

Support for the unemployed

involving the use of various Labour
less
tools aimed at the market ESF 8i
developed
enhancement of labour market
entry or re-entry
Comprehensive action aimed Labour
at individuals interested in less
market ESF 8iii
establishing their own developed
business
Initiative aimed at the process
of re-entering or entering the Labour
Unemployed
labour market by individuals less
individuals market ESF 8iv
who do not participate in it developed
because of their caretaking
roles towards children
Action as regards active
A socially
integration of individuals in less
cohesive ESF 9i
specific social and vocational developed
region
situations
Developing adult
Knowledge
competences and skills in the less
and ESF 10iii
context of their functioning developed
competence
on the labour market
Initiative aimed at the process
Families (mainly
of re-entering or entering the
with several
labour market by individuals Labour less
dependants and ESF 8iv
who do not participate in it market developed
single-parent
because of their caretaking
families), children
roles towards children
and youth at risk
Action as regards active A socially
of poverty and less 9i
integration of individuals in cohesive ESF
social exclusion developed
specific social and vocational region

239
 situations
Improving the quality and
accessibility of social and
A socially
healthcare services (including less
cohesive ESF 9iv
support enhancing prevention developed
region
aimed at proper family
functioning)
Initiatives aimed at
maintaining good health of
persons in productive age, Labour less
ESF 8vi
contributing to their market developed
maintained activity on the
labour market
Investment in healthcare
infrastructure facilities and
The elderly
purchase of specialist medical Social less
ERDF 9a
devices infrastructure developed
Actions concerning long-term
care
Improving the quality of
A socially
social and healthcare services less
cohesive ESF 9iv
(e.g. support for dependent developed
region
persons and their carers)
Support for the unemployed
involving the use of various
tools aimed at the Labour less
ESF 8i
enhancement of their entering market developed
or re-entering the labour
market
Action as regards active
A socially
integration of individuals in less
cohesive ESF 9i
specific social and vocational developed
region
situations
Improving the quality and
accessibility of social and
healthcare services (including A socially
The disabled less
early intervention and cohesive ESF 9iv
developed
rehabilitation, support for region
dependent persons and their
carers)
Action aimed at a fuller
participation of children and Knowledge
less
youth with specific needs in and ESF 10i
developed
nursery school education and competences
in general education
Interventions aimed at a
Knowledge
greater and fuller participation less
and ESF 10iv
of youth with specific needs developed
competences
in vocational education
Support to the unemployed by
using various instruments
Labour less
aimed at facilitating their ESF 8i
market developed
entry or re-entry to the labour
Geographic areas
market
the most affected
Actions in the area of active
by poverty Socially
integration of persons in a less
coherent ESF 9i
special social and professional developed
region
situation
Improving the quality of and Socially ESF less 9iv
240
 access to social and coherent developed
healthcare services region
Knowledge
Actions for pre-school and less
and ESF 10i
general education developed
competences
Revitalisation
Physical regeneration of less
of regional ERDF 9b
urban and rural areas developed
space

6. SPECIFIC NEEDS OF GEOGRAPHICAL REGIONS

SUFFERING FROM SERIOUS AND PERSISTENT ADVERSE
ENVIRONMENTAL OR DEMOGRAPHIC CONDITIONS

The diagnosis presented in the first part of the Programme showed several key areas suffering from
adverse environmental conditions. Intervention under the ROP will contribute to eliminating the
resulting deficits. In particular, the areas include:

Areas susceptible to landsliding,

Areas susceptible to qualitative and quantitative water deficit,
Mountain areas.
As regards the first area, attention needs to be brought to the fact that Małopolska is a region with
significant hazard of landsliding which results from the susceptibility of its bedrock, slope, and the
nature of hydration of the near-surface rock. The landsliding hazard is aggravated by the way the land
is used, in particular by its more and more intensive development and the expansion of road network,
which interferes with water outflow processes. The most vulnerable areas include the Inner and Outer
Carpathians, the Carpathian Foredeep, and the Wyżyna Krakówsko-Częstochowska Upland. Given the
landsliding hazard identified in the region, the Programme envisages support under IP 5.b involving
prevention as regards the movement of land masses whose incidence and range pose significant
natural hazard in the region.
In view of the geographic characteristics of Małopolska, it needs to be said that the main features of
the region’s waters that cause the risk of drought include the largely imbalanced water flow, territorial
imbalance of groundwater supply into surface water, as well as varying outflow of surface water
supplied directly from rainfall. Areas located along the left bank of the Vistula River are potentially
most at risk of water shortages. Particular quantitative and qualitative deficits of groundwater have
been identified in the north-west part of the region (in the following municipalities: Wolbrom, Klucze,
Olkusz, Bukowno, Chrzanów, Trzebinia, Babice, Alwernia, Oświęcim, Kęty, Wadowice, Czernichów,
Liszki, Zabierzów, Wielka Wieś, Skała, Trzyciąż), as well as in the municipalities of Kłaj and
Niepołomice. The greatest threat of quantitative groundwater deficits takes place in the municipalities
in the following poviats: Miechowski, Proszowicki, Myślenicki, Tarnowski, Gorlicki and
Nowosądecki. The highest risk of a qualitative deficit with a parallel high quantitative hazard is found
in the municipality of Kościelisko. The highest risk as regards the groundwater potential has been
found in the following poviats: Nowosądecki, Brzeski and Limanowski. Given the region’s numerous
areas vulnerable to qualitative or quantitative water deficits, the programme envisages support under
241
IP 5b which includes action aimed at increasing the retention capacity of river valleys, including small
retention reservoirs, restored floodplains, and river renaturalization, and under IP 6b as regards water
and sewage management.
Małopolska is characterised by strongly varying topography with many mountains and uplands. Over
70 municipalities in the region which are located in submontane or mountain areas have at least 50 %
of their arable land over 350 m above sea level59. Mountain areas have unfavourable physical and
geographic, climatic and soil characteristics, which hinders agriculture and the development of
transport, thereby generating higher cost of building new infrastructure than in lowlands. Therefore,
action taken under Priority Axes 5, 6, 7 will be of paramount importance to ensuring sustainable
development of mountain areas.

59
Decree No. 22/03 of 17 July 2003 of the Voivode of Małopolska concerning the list of localities situated in
mountain and submontane areas.

242
 7. INSTITUTIONS, BODIES AND AUTHORITIES INVOLVED IN
THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROGRAMME

7.1 INSTITUTIONS INVOLVED IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE

PROGRAMME

Table 23. Relevant institutions and entities

Name of authority, department or The authority’s management

Institution
another organisational unit (position)

The Designation Authority The Ministry of Infrastructure and Minister of Infrastructure and
Development Development

ul. Wspólna 2/4, 00 – 926 Warsaw

The Managing Authority The Management Board of the Małopolska Marshal of the Małopolska
Region acting serviced by the Marshal’s Region
Office of the Małopolska Region, Operational
Programmes Management Department

ul. Basztowa 22, 31 – 156 Kraków

The Certifying Authority (where The Board of the Małopolska Region acting Marshal of the Małopolska
applicable) serviced by the Marshal’s Office of the Region
Małopolska Region, Certification Bureau

ul. Basztowa 22, 31 – 156 Kraków

The Audit Authority The Ministry of Finance – the Department of Minister responsible for public
Protection of the Financial Interests of the finance
European Union
ul. Świętokrzyska 12, 00 – 916 Warsaw

The Authority competent for The Ministry of Finance, the Paying Authority Minister responsible for public
receiving payments from the EC Department finance
ul. Świętokrzyska 12, 00 – 916 Warsaw

Intermediate Bodies Małopolska Entrepreneurship Centre, ul. Director of the Małopolska

Jasnogórska 11, 31-358 Kraków Entrepreneurship Centre

Regional Labour Office, Plac Na Stawach 1, Director of the Regional Labour

30-107 Kraków Office

Krakow Metropolis Association (ITI) President of the Krakow

Metropolis Association
Management Board

243
The institutional system under the programme is in line with the institutional system for the cohesion
policy as described in PA. The function of the Coordinating Body for PA implementation is performed
by the minister competent for regional development. The function of the Managing Authority and, at
the same time, the Certifying Authority is performed by the Board of the Region. In order to enhance
the efficiency and effectiveness of programme delivery some of the tasks are to be delegated to the
Intermediate Bodies whose role and functions will be specified in the relevant interinstitutional
arrangements. Detailed rules for the operation of the management, control, monitoring, evaluation,
information and publicity, and IT systems arise from PA and the relevant provisions of applicable
regulations.

The function of the Managing Authority for Małopolska’s ROP is carried out by the Board of the
Małopolska Region.

Pursuant to Article 125 of Regulation (EU) No. 1303/2013 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 17 December 2013 laying down common provisions on the European Regional
Development Fund, the European Social Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Agricultural Fund
for Rural Development and the European Maritime and Fisheries Fund and laying down general
provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund, the Cohesion
Fund and the European Maritime and Fisheries Fund and repealing Council Regulation (EC)
No 1083/2006, the Managing Authority is responsible for managing and implementing the
operational programme in accordance with the principle of sound financial management and, in
particular:

- as regards the management of the operational programme, it shall:

support the work of the monitoring committee and provide it with the information it requires to
carry out its tasks,

draw up and, after approval by the monitoring committee, submit to the Commission annual and
final implementation reports,

make available to intermediate bodies and beneficiaries information that is relevant to the
execution of their tasks and the implementation of operations respectively,
establish a system to record and store in computerised form data on each operation,
ensure that the data relating to each operation is collected, entered and stored in the system, and
that data on indicators is broken down by gender where required by Annexes I and II of the ESF
Regulation.

- as regards the selection of operations, it shall:

draw up and, once approved, apply appropriate selection procedures and criteria,
ensure that a selected operation falls within the scope of the Fund or Funds concerned and can be
attributed to a category of intervention of the operational programme,
ensure that the beneficiary is provided with a document setting out the conditions for support for
each operation including the specific requirements concerning the products or services to be
delivered under the operation, the financing plan, and the time-limit for execution,

244
 satisfy itself that the beneficiary has the administrative, financial and operational capacity to fulfil
these conditions before approval of the operation,
satisfy itself that, where the operation has started before the submission of an application for
funding to the managing authority, applicable law relevant for the operation has been complied
with,
ensure that operations selected for support from the Funds do not include activities which were
part of an operation which has been or should have been subject to a procedure of recovery
following the relocation of a productive activity outside the programme area,
determine the category of intervention to which the expenditure of an operation shall be attributed.

- as regards the financial management and control of the operational programme, it shall:

verify that the co-financed products and services have been delivered and that expenditure
declared by the beneficiaries has been paid and that it complies with applicable law, the
operational programme and the conditions for support of the operation,
ensure that beneficiaries involved in the implementation of operations reimbursed on the basis of
eligible costs actually incurred maintain either a separate accounting system or an adequate
accounting code for all transactions relating to an operation,
put in place effective and proportionate anti-fraud measures taking into account the risks
identified,
set up procedures to ensure that all documents regarding expenditure and audits required to ensure
an adequate audit trail are held in accordance with the Regulation,
draw up the management declaration and annual summary referred to in points (a) and (b) of
Article 59(5) of the Financial Regulation.
Pursuant to Article 123(3) of Regulation (EU) No. 1303/2013 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 17 December 2013, the Managing Authority for the Małopolska’s Regional Operational
Programme carries out, in addition, the functions of the Certifying Authority responsible in
particular for:

drawing up and submitting payment applications to the Commission, and certifying that they
result from reliable accounting systems, are based on verifiable supporting documents and have
been subject to verifications;

drawing up the accounts on the expenditure that was incurred as referred to in point(a) of Article
59(5) of the Financial Regulation,
certifying the completeness, accuracy and veracity of the accounts and that the expenditure
entered in the accounts complies with applicable law and has been incurred in respect of
operations selected for funding in accordance with the criteria applicable to the operational
programme and complying with applicable law,

ensuring that there is a system which records and stores, in computerised form, accounting records
for each operation;

245
 ensuring, for the purposes of drawing up and submitting payment applications, that it has received
adequate information on the procedures and verifications carried out in relation to expenditure,
taking account when drawing up and submitting payment applications of the results of all audits
carried out by, or under the responsibility of, the audit authority,
maintaining, in a computerised form, accounting records of expenditure declared to the
Commission and of the corresponding public contribution paid to beneficiaries,
keeping an account of amounts recoverable and of amounts withdrawn following cancellation of
all or part of the contribution for an operation.
The Managing Authority will carry out its functions in respect of managing and certifying
through the competent units at the Marshal’s Office of the Małopolska Region. In order to
facilitate the programme implementation process, the MROP Managing Authority plans to delegate
some of its competences in this respect (excluding certification) to the Intermediate Bodies
established taking into account the existing administrative potential, i.e. using the structures/units that
operated on the regional level in the years 2007-2013.
The competences shall be delegated pursuant to an understanding / agreement to be concluded with
MA or pursuant to the relevant MA resolution.
The Managing Authority has decided that the Intermediate Bodies will be partly or fully
responsible, among other things, for:
preparatory activities – setting up of the organisational structure to ensure separation of functions,
clear determination of responsibilities and management levels, and proper performance of tasks
delegated to it,
day-to-day handling of tasks delegated to it – ensuring technical and administrative support on all
stages of performance of the tasks delegated to it, including establishment of centres for
submission of applications for funding,
receiving applications for funding, evaluating and selecting projects – organising and conducting
competitions, evaluating applications,
concluding agreements and making settlements of the projects;
financial procedures – keeping separate accounting records for the tasks delegated to it so as to
enable identification of projects and of the particular banking transactions,
monitoring of the physical progress in project delivery,
control and audit – developing a manual of internal control procedures in accordance with the
MA’s guidelines and submitting the manual for approval to MA,
carrying out information activities falling within the scope of its competences,
archiving – storing the documentation related to the performance of the role of the Intermediate
Body for a period stipulated in the applicable laws,
operating an IT system – performing any possible operations falling within the scope of its tasks
using the IT systems selected to support the Programme and made available for use to it by the
MA.

246
Audit Authority:
The entity carrying out the function of the Audit Authority is the General Tax Control Inspector.
The function of the General Tax Control Inspector is carried out by a Secretary or an Undersecretary
of State at the Ministry of Finance. The General Tax Control Inspector performs its tasks through the
Department for Protection of EU Financial Interests and 16 tax control offices. At the tax control
offices separate organisational units were set up to carry out the audit of funds obtained from the
European Union. The Audit Authority ensures that the audit activities comply with the internationally
recognised auditing standards. The Audit Authority is independent of the Managing Authority and of
the Certifying Authority. The Audit Authority has exclusive responsibility in respect of the planning
and selection of operations to be audited, as well as the method of auditing and reporting on the
findings and recommendations.

The designating institution is the Ministry of Infrastructure and Development.

The institution carrying out the designations with regard to the Managing Authority and the
Certifying Authority will evaluate satisfaction of the criteria set forth in Annex XIII of
Regulation (EU) No. 1303/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 December
2013, related to the following:
internal control environment
risk management
management and control activities
monitoring.
The institution responsible for the receiving of payments from the Commission is the Ministry of
Finance.

Monitoring and reporting system

Monitoring Committee
The Monitoring Committee for the programme will be set up within three months of the date of
notification to Poland of the European Commission decision adopting the programme. The Committee
will be composed of representatives, among other bodies, of the MA, all the intermediate bodies,
representatives of the social and business partners, the minister coordinating ROP, and also of the
representative of the Commission acting in an advisory capacity.
The Monitoring Committee shall be chaired by a representative of the MA who convenes the meeting
at least once a year in order to review implementation of the programme and progress made towards
achieving its objectives.
In establishing the Committee efforts will be made to ensure best possible effectiveness and quality of
its work, balanced involvement of all the parties, with the principle of equal opportunities also being
taken into account. The Monitoring Committee will carry out the tasks stipulated in Article 110 of
Regulation (EU) No. 1303/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 December 2013
by examining and approving in particular:
any issues that affect the performance of the operational programme,
247
 progress made in implementation of the evaluation plan and the follow-up given to findings of
evaluations,
implementation of the communication strategy, major projects and joint action plans,
actions to promote equality between men and women, equal opportunities, and non-
discrimination, including accessibility for persons with disabilities,
actions to promote sustainable development,
where applicable ex ante conditionalities are not fulfilled at the date of the submission of the
Partnership Agreement and operational programme, progress on actions to fulfil the applicable ex
ante conditionalities,
financial instruments,
the methodology and criteria used for selection of operations,
the annual and final implementation reports,
the evaluation plan for the operational programme and any amendment of the evaluation plan,
the communication strategy for the operational programme and any amendment of the strategy,
any proposal by the managing authority for any amendment to the operational programme.

Reporting and monitoring

Monitoring of the programme implementation includes concurrent analysis of the financial and
physical progress within the framework of the reporting system with the monitoring of the physical
progress being based on a list of key indicators for the projects delivered under the particular thematic
objectives and also additional programme-specific indicators set out for ROP.
Monitoring of the progress will serve to ensure achievement of the strategic objectives and milestones
set out in ROP as well as full absorption of allocated funds.
The monitoring and reporting obligation under the programme lies with MA. The process takes place
on a regular basis and in due time throughout the programming period and is implemented on all the
institutional levels of programme delivery and of programme beneficiaries.
By 31 May 2016 and by the same date of each subsequent year until and including 2023 the ROP MA
submits to the Commission annual reports on implementation of the programme in the previous
financial year (with respect to reports to be submitted in 2017 and 2019 the deadline shall fall on 30
June). The report submitted in 2016 shall cover the financial years 2014 and 2015, as well as the
period between the starting date for eligibility of expenditure and 31 December 2013.
Pursuant to Article 50 and Article 111 Regulation (EU) No. 1303/2013 of the European Parliament
and of the Council of 17 December 2013, the annual implementation reports will include information
on:
implementation of the operational programme and its priorities by reference to the financial data,
common and programme-specific indicators and quantified target values,
progress in preparation and implementation of major projects and joint action plans,
in addition, the annual implementation reports submitted in 2017 and 2019 will set out and assess
the progress made towards achieving the objectives of the programme, as well as:
248
 progress in the implementation of the evaluation plan and the follow-up given to the findings
of evaluations,
the results of the information and publicity measures of the Cohesion Policy Funds carried out
under the communication strategy,
the involvement of the partners in the implementation, monitoring and evaluation of the
operational programme.

Evaluation system
The evaluation rules are set forth in Article 54 to Article 57 and in Article 114 of Regulation (EU) No.
1303/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 December 2013. Evaluations will be
carried out to improve the quality of the design and implementation of programmes, as well as to
assess their effectiveness, efficiency and impact. Evaluations will be carried out by internal or external
experts that are functionally independent of the authorities responsible for programme implementation.
The evaluations include:
ex-ante evaluation to be carried out under the responsibility of MA. Such evaluation is submitted
to the Commission at the same time as the programme, together with an executive summary,
evaluation during the programming period. MA carries out the evaluation based on an evaluation
plan. At least once during the programming period, an evaluation shall assess how support from
the Funds has contributed to the objectives for each priority. All evaluations shall be examined by
the monitoring committee and sent to the Commission,
ex-post evaluation carried out by the Commission or by the Member States in close cooperation
with MA. Ex post evaluations shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
Evaluation tasks will be carried out by the MA and by independent external experts. The duties of the
Evaluation Unit will be performed by the separate organisational unit within the structures of the M A.
Appropriate potential of the said unit will be guaranteed by drawing on the organisational and staff
resources worked out during the financial perspective 2007-2013.
The plan of evaluation of the ROP, covering the entire programming period, will be submitted to the
Monitoring Committee no later than one year after the adoption of the operational programme, as
stipulated in Article 114(1) of Regulation (EU) No. 1303/2013 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 17 December 2013.

Control system
The Managing Authority ensures that three types of control be carried out by setting forth the rules
governing performance of such controls and distributing the relevant responsibilities within the
system:
systemic controls to verify that the tasks are carried out properly by the Intermediate Bodies
entrusted by the MA with tasks related to the implementation of the operational programme.
The systemic controls are carried out directly by the MA.
verifications of expenditure to check that the co-financed products and services have been
delivered and that expenditure declared by the beneficiaries has been paid and that it complies

249
 with applicable law, the operational programme and the conditions for support of the operation.
Such verifications include the following procedures:
a) administrative verifications in respect of each application for reimbursement by
beneficiaries,
b) on-the-spot verifications of operations, which can be carried out during and upon
completion of the project implementation.
control durability as provided for in Article 71 of Regulation (EU) No. 1303/2013 of the European
Parliament and of the Council of 17 December 2013.
Verifications of expenditure and durability controls will be carried out by the Intermediate Bodies.

IT system
In accordance with PA, the minister competent for regional development ensures development and
operation of the central IT system SL 2014 to support delivery of operational programmes. The system
is developed in order to satisfy the requirements of the framework regulation in respect of:
the obligation to record and store data on each project, necessary for the monitoring, evaluation,
financial management, control and audit, including personal details of project participants, for the
purposes of monitoring and evaluation of projects co-financed with the ESF funds (Article 114(2)
of the Framework Regulation),
computerised systems for accounting, for the storage and transmission of financial data and data
on indicators, for monitoring and for reporting (Article 72(d) of the Framework Regulation),
ensuring operation of an IT system through which all exchanges of information between the
beneficiary and the relevant authorities and bodies are carried out by means of electronic data
exchange systems (Article 122(3) of the Framework Regulation).
The SL 2014 IT system is designed in particular to support processes related to:
management of the project as of the moment the project co-financing agreement is signed or a
decision on the project co-financing is taken,
recording data related to operational programmes,
management of processes related to certification of expenditure.
Institutions and beneficiaries use the functionalities made available through the SL 2014 central IT
system as regards management of the project as of the moment the project co-financing agreement is
signed or a decision on the project co-financing is taken.
The following persons and entities have access to data recorded in the SL 2014 system:
• all the authorities and bodies involved in the implementation of the operational programmes,
including, but not limited to, the Managing Authority, Intermediate Bodies, and the Audit Authority,
to the extent required for the proper carrying out of their respective tasks,
• beneficiaries, to the extent that the data required pertains to the projects they deliver.
The SL 2014 IT system enables generation of certain reports, including:
• information on the level of the EU funds expended,

250
• expenditure forecast,
• information on the progress in the implementation of structural funds,
• information on controls carried out.
Exchange of information between the European Commission and the Managing Authority will be
carried out via the SFC 2014 system.

MA envisages development of a single common IT system for all the authorities and bodies involved
in the implementation of the regional programme to support the entire process of the regional
programme implementation: e-RPO. The system will enable applying by beneficiaries for the ERDF
and the ESF funds. Furthermore, staff at the authorities and bodies involved in the programme
implementation will have access to the functionalities related to a management of applications,
payment applications, financial corrections, project controls, etc. The system will also enable
generation of specifications/reports required for the financial and technical management of MROP
based on the information on the projects.
In line with the principle of the e-Cohesion policy, set out by the European Commission, submission
of applications, letters and other documentation in a form other than electronic will be limited to a
minimum. It is assumed that only some types of documents (e.g. agreements and annexes) will be
stored in a paper form.
The planned system will be compatible with the SL 2014 central IT system and with the MA’s internal
systems (e.g. the document flow system).
Despite a decision on a development of its own IT system under the regional operational programme,
MA is obliged to use the functionalities made available to it in the SL 2014 central IT system as
regards:
• recording of data related to the operational programmes;
• management of processes related to certification of expenditure.
Communication between the planned e-RPO system and the other IT systems, including with SL 2014,
should be automatic or semi-automatic thus reducing a risk of human error.

Information and publicity system

MA is responsible for ensuring proper information on and promotion of the operational programme.
In order to ensure efficient coordination of communication activities, as provided for in PA, carried
out by the individual authorities and bodies, Poland is drafting a horizontal document, namely a
common communication strategy for the cohesion policy.
Based on the common communication strategy, pursuant to Article 116 of Regulation (EU) No.
1303/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 December 2013, MA develops a
communication strategy for the ROP to serve as a basis for the carrying out of information and
publicity activities for the programme. MA also prepares annual action plans of executive nature.
The information and publicity activities support implementation of the programme.
Such support will consist in particular in the following:

251
 informing potential beneficiaries on the funding opportunities under the programme and
means of obtaining such funding,
providing beneficiaries with information required to deliver projects at various stages of
implementation,
disseminating among the region’s city information about the role and the achievements of the
Cohesion Policy and the Funds by means of information and publicity measures concerning
the effects and the impact of the programme and of the individual projects, and, as applicable,
the PA.
It is central that in the carrying out of the information and publicity measures in the programming
perspective 2014-2020 efforts should be made to enhance coordination of actions in order to ensure
that the message delivered is highly coherent and complementary with the tools.
A challenge conditioning effective communication will be to draft the documents addressed to
potential beneficiaries and beneficiaries, and also the materials designed to be communicated through
the media, using a clear and comprehensible language.
In the period 2014-2020 more emphasis should be put on the exploitation of the communication
potential of beneficiaries themselves.
Other key aspects include implementation of the horizontal policies, providing equal access to
information for persons with disabilities, care for the natural environment and cooperation with social
and business partners.

Financial management
The principal financial flow mechanism for the Structural Funds and the Cohesion Fund is based on
the European funds budget, namely a separate section of the State budget to which funds from the EC
are transferred (revenue of the European funds budget), and from which payments to beneficiaries are
subsequently made in the amounts representing the EU funding granted (expenses from the European
funds budget). The European funds budget is exclusive of expenditure incurred as part of technical
assistance.
The institution making the payments is Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego (BGK). The basis for the
making of payment to the beneficiary is a payment order submitted to BGK and issued by the
institution with which the beneficiary signed an agreement on the project co-financing, prepared based
on the beneficiary’s verified payment application. In the case of state-owned budgetary units
delivering a project co-financed with the EU funds, the MA may authorise such units to issue payment
orders on their own.
Eligible expenditure incurred by a beneficiary will be settled based on a payment application filed
with the relevant authority or body. Based on verified payment applications the relevant implementing
body draws up specifications of expenditure containing the aggregate values and data for the
individual projects, which are subsequently transferred to the Managing Authority which, based on the
documents received, draws up and sends to the Commission declarations and specifications of
expenditure together with the interim payment application.
The basis for the calculation of the EU contribution, referred to in Article 130(2) of Regulation (EU)
No. 1303/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 December 2013, is the total
eligible expenditure.

252
7.2 INVOLVEMENT OF RELEVANT PARTNERS

7.2.1 MEASURES TAKEN IN ORDER TO INVOLVE THE RELEVANT PARTNERS IN THE PREPARATION
OF THE OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME AND THE ROLE OF PARTNERS IN THE IMPLEMENTATION,
MONITORING AND EVALUATION OF THE OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME

The programme has been developed with participation of a wide group of stakeholders. The principle
of partnership in the preparation, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of the programme is and
will be followed as stipulated in Article 5 and in point c) of Article 96(5) of Regulation (EU) No.
1303/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 December 2013, the European code of
conduct on partnership in the framework of the European Structural and Investment Funds, the
provisions of the PA and the horizontal guidelines of the minister competent for regional development,
drafted in cooperation with the partners.
More effective use of the EU funds in the years 2014-2020 is contingent on a cooperation of the
widest possible group of representatives of the social and business environment as early as at the
programme preparation stage. Particular importance was attached to collecting opinions and
recommendations submitted by the largest possible number of interested persons and institutions. This
has had a material impact on precise channelling of the interventions under the particular Priority Axes
to the areas actually in need of such support. While following the principle of partnership, it was
important to generate added value as compared with the actions taken in the perspective 2007-2013.
Such an assumption required that the forms of consultation with the society, available under the
applicable law, be broadened. The region’s governing bodies decided to establish a platform for the
exchange of opinions between the public administration and the social, business, professional and
scientific environments, namely to appoint a Working Group for MROP.
On 4 April 2013, the Board of the Małopolska Region appointed a Working Group for the Regional
Operational Programme for 2014-202060. This referred to the provisions of the Resolution of the
Interministerial Team for the Programming and Implementing of the European Union’s Structural
Funds and the Cohesion Fund61 to the effect that the task of the working groups on the region’s level
should be to support the institutions responsible for the preparation of the operational programmes
with regard, among other aspects, to the establishing of the objectives and scope of the programme
taking into account the relevant provisions of the national and European strategic documents, the
outcome of the negotiations of the legislative package for the years 2014-2020 and the agreed
Common Financial Framework. The task of the Working Group in Małopolska was to coordinate the
works on ROP as regards its programming aspects and the system of implementation. The following
persons were invited to engage in the work of the Group: representatives of the central government
and local government administration, business and social partners; entities representing civil society,
including partners conducting activities to support environmental protection; non-governmental
organisations and entities responsible for the promotion of equality, and external experts. The criteria

60
Resolution No. 397/13 of the Board of the Małopolska Region of 4 April 2013 on the appointment of the Working Group for the Regional
Operational Programme for 2014-2020,
http://www.wrotamalopolski.pl/root_bip/bip_w_malopolsce/root_um/podmiotowe/zarzad/uchwaly/2013/17432

61
Resolution No. 1/2013 of the Interministerial Team for the Programming and Implementing of the European Union’s Structural Funds and
the Cohesion Fund of 4 April 2013 on the appointment of Working Groups to support the work on the preparation of the operational
programmes for 2014-2020.

253
for the selection of persons to work within the Group were dictated by the need to ensure the widest
possible and varied representation of the social and business environment in the region, having
practical knowledge of the implementation of the Structural Funds and also experience gained in the
course of works on the Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region for 2011-2020 and regional
strategic programmes until 2020, which served as the starting point for the new operational
programme. Engagement of representatives of the central government administration in the works on
the preparation of the programme, including the representatives of the Ministry of Infrastructure and
Development, Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development, Ministry of Labour and Social Policy,
was of particular importance for the ensuring of complementarity of the regional operational
programme with the national operational programmes in the preparation of which these ministries
were involved.
The works of the Working Group were managed by the Chairperson assisted by Deputy Chairpersons.
The function was performed by the Marshal of the Małopolska Region together with designated
members of the Board of the Region. Ongoing supervision over the efficient performance of tasks was
carried out by the Coordinator, namely Director of the Regional Policy Department at the Marshal’s
Office of the Małopolska Region. The Coordinator supervised the work of:
a. the Editorial Team;
b. Task Forces:
for Strategic Selection
for Programming Rules
for Supported Areas
for the Management System
for Legislative Acts
for Information and Publicity
for Complementarity with the Rural Development Programme
c. Secretary of the Working Group.
The process of consultation involved, in particular, the representatives of:
the Government (Ministry of Infrastructure and Development, Ministry of Agriculture and Rural
Development, Ministry of Labour and Social Policy, Małopolska Voivodeship Office, Regional
Directorate for Environmental Protection in Krakow, State Fire Service, Police, District
Inspectorate of Prison Service, Voivodeship Command of Voluntary Labour Corps in Krakow).
Territorial Self-Government Units (municipalities and poviats as well as local government forums,
such as the Forum of Presidents of Małopolska’s Municipal and Poviat Councils, the Forum of
Voyts and Mayors of Małopolska, sub-regional forums).
Key social and business partners throughout the region (Małopolska Regional Development
Agency, Kraków Technology Park, Małopolska Energy and Environment Agency, Małopolska
Tourism Organisation, Małopolska Public Benefit Council, TAURON Polska Energia, “Polish

254
 Green Network” Union of Associations, trade unions: Regional Board of NSZZ “Solidarność”,
Małopolska Regional Board of OPZZ)62.
School and education system, in particular higher education.
From the beginning of the works, the participation of partners in the process of developing the
programme has been ensured through multi-stage public consultation. Participants were also
encouraged to develop their own suggestions for the programme ideas (e.g. specifying priorities and
detailed objectives of interventions, allocation of funding in individual priority axes, actions and sub-
actions, the territorial approach and horizontal principles) and consult their proposals within a wider
group within Task Forces and at the meetings of the ROP Working Group.
The Working Group developed: Regional assumptions for 2014-2020 Regional Operational
Programme for Małopolska Region and The Initial Draft Regional Operational Programme for
Małopolska Region 2014-2020 – versions 1.0, 2.0 and 3.0 and 4.0 – adopted by the Region’s Board on:
24.06, 18.07, 21.11.2013, and 6.02. and 1.04.2014, respectively.
The multi-stage public consultation on the ROP assumptions and on further versions of the project was
of particular importance for the programme development. Information about public consultation,
conferences, meetings and workshops were regularly announced on the Małopolska Region’s local
government’s website (http://www.malopolskie.pl) and on the portal about European Funds in
Małopolska (http://www.fundusze.Małopolska.pl). Additionally, a subpage was created on the portal
of the European Funds in Małopolska: ”Fundusze na lata 2014-2020” (Funds 2014-2020)
(http://www.fundusze.Małopolska.pl/2014_2020/Strony/default.aspx), devoted to the new programme
perspective, and in particular the development of ROP 2014-2020.
Pursuant to the Act of 3rd October 2008 on Providing Information on the Environment and
Environmental Protection, Public Participation in Environmental Protection and on Environmental
Impact Assessment (hereinafter: ”EP Act”), the Board of the Małopolska Region has run the strategic
environmental impact assessment procedure with regard to The Initial Draft 2014-2020 Regional
Operational Programme for the Małopolska Region (version 2.0)

One of the milestones in the assessment was agreeing the scope and the level of detail in the forecast
of environmental impact assessment with the Regional Director for Environmental Protection and the
State Voivodeship Sanitary Inspector in Krakow. The forecast with the draft ROP were subject to
public consultation from 22nd November to 26th December 2013. Information about the launching of
consultation was announced on the website http://www.malopolskie.pl, the Public Information
Bulletin (BIP) (http://bip.Małopolska.pl/umwm) and the press of regional circulation. The documents
could be consulted at the seat of the Marshal’s Office. Opinions and motions could be submitted in the
electronic form. in writing, by fax or orally at the Office.
On 25th January 2014, the report from public consultation was announced on the regional self-
government websites and in BIP. The report contains a list of comments submitted and Board of the
Małopolska Region’s opinions, along with relevant decisions and justification. Additionally, the
summary of the strategic environmental impact assessment will be published within the scope and in
the form required in Article 55 of the EP Act.

62
Detailed list in Section 12.3 List of partners involved in the programme preparation

255
The meetings and consultations with partners focused on the following areas: financial allocations
under individual priority axes, actions and sub-actions; directions of interventions; types of operations;
types of projects; territorial approach; RLKS(community-led local development) mechanism. Most
comments and opinions concerned: the shifting of financial funding within individual actions and sub-
actions; expanding the catalogue of beneficiaries; adding areas of support within individual priority
axes; adding key (strategic) projects to the programme; using the flexibility mechanism to prospective
re-allocation of funding; revitalisation programmes; increasing the scope of support to the disabled;
increasing support to rescue services and services responsible for security in the region. Some of those
postulates were included in subsequent versions of the draft programme.
Cooperation with partners and a wide public debate in the phase of the operational programme
were conducted on several levels and were aimed at the development of a common programme,
involving, inter alia:
the RPO Working Group as a body coordinating work on the regional operational programme ,
public consultation of the programme assumptions and subsequent versions of the programme,
organisation of consultation meetings, e.g. in the form of regional conferences, thematic
conferences, consultations and sub-regional meetings,
presentation of the programme assumptions and the rules for the use of the funding availabl e
under the Financial Perspective 2014-2020, taking as an opportunity the meetings organised
or co-organised by the Małopolska Region,
work conducted during sub-regional forums and meetings and debates with the most important
social and business partners from various sub-regions, including local governments,
workshops devoted to possible support for joint and complementary projects of the Małopolska
and Silesian Regions under the EU Financial Perspective 2014-2020,
development and implementation of solutions dedicated to integrated territorial investments.
Partnership cooperation is planned to be continued at the programme monitoring and evaluation
stages. To this end, the partners will be included in the work of the ROP Monitoring Committee
and the public access to the results of studies, expert opinions and evaluations related to the
programme and to up-to-date information on the progress in the programme delivery will be ensured.

For the needs of the programme management, implementation and evaluation, independent experts
will carry out assessment, provide expert opinions and conduct studies to enable on-going assessment
of the programme and revise irregularities, if any. The system of the programme evaluation will
guarantee an independent and impartial process of evaluation through the public access to evaluation
results, sharing them with the Monitoring Committee, and organising conferences and seminars to
discuss research results. The influence of partners on the process of evaluation will be ensured by the
use of the regionally implemented model based on the Małopolska Regional Development
Observatory (MRDO) operating within the network of Regional Territorial Observatories and the
National Territorial Observatory. In particular, the MRDO collects and analyses data concerning the
absorption of EU funds and the results of implementation of projects co-financed from European funds
and examines the impact of such projects on the region’s social and economic development. The
Małopolska Council for Regional Development Observatories and Evaluation, consisting of
representatives of regional administration, Małopolska higher schools and research and development
institutions, as well as institution supporting economic development in the region, will be an advisory
256
body to the MRDO. The Council shall, inter alia, discuss results of studies and programme
assumptions of strategic documents in the context of their monitoring and evaluation.

7.2.2. GLOBAL GRANTS (REFERRING TO ESF)

Following Section 7.2.3, the MA does not exclude the possibility of implementing global grants.

7.2.3 ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES FOR ENHANCING POTENTIAL (REFERRING

TO ESF).

Non-governmental organisations which fill in the space between the public sector and the
private/business sector are very important partners in the carrying out social tasks. As opposed to
public bodies, similarly to business, they are established by the founders (individuals or institutions
dealing with social affairs), but they differ from business in that, similarly to public authorities, they
act in the public interest. Nearly 10,000 non-governmental organisations operate in Małopolska,
accounting for almost 9% of all non-governmental organisations active in Poland. These include
strong organisations operating at regional and national levels, as well as small local organisations.
Each organisation has its specific potential, which, naturally, depends on the size of the organisation,
its reputation and financial capacity. Considering the missions of the respective organizations, to meet
their needs to enhance their potential under the programme, financial resources are available for their
operation under relevant IPs:
IP 8i – Access to employment for job-seekers and inactive people, including the long-term
unemployed and people far from the labour market, also through local employment initiatives and
support for labour mobility— ESF allocation: approx. EUR 2 million.
IP 9i – Active inclusion, including with a view to promoting equal opportunities and active
participation, and improving employability - ESF allocation of approx. EU 2 million.
IP. 9v – Promoting social entrepreneurship and vocational integration in social enterprises and the
social and solidarity economy in order to facilitate access to employment – ESF allocation of approx.
EUR 5 million
IP.10i – Reducing and preventing early school-leaving and promoting equal access to good quality
early-childhood, primary and secondary education including formal, non-formal and informal learning
pathways for reintegrating into education and training – EFS allocation of approx. EUR 5 million

All the above-mentioned measures are aimed to help non-governmental orgaisations to fulfil their
missions and carry out their projects, while at the same time offering them the opportunities for
gradually building their own potentials. This approach will give an added value, that is it will
strengthen the III sector in Małopolska. It was also assumed that the funding under IPs 8i, 9i and 10i
will be available for, for example, grant projects or global projects (the MA does not exclude the use
of global grants).

At the same time, to improve skills and effectiveness in applying for European funds, non-
governmental organisations as prospective beneficiaries will be eligible for support under information
and training actions planned under the RPO Technical Assistance.

257
8. COORDINATION BETWEEN COHESION POLICY FUNDS,
THE EAFRD, THE EMFF AND OTHER UNION AND
NATIONAL FUNDING INSTRUMENTS AND THE EIB
Maximisation of effects of interventions from the programme funding will require the use of an
effective coordination mechanism, both at the programming and the implementation stages, which will
contribute to the achievement of the goals of the Partnership Agreement, whilst at the same tine will
serve to enhance complementarity, synergies, cohesion and effectiveness of interventions.
The solution which ensure coordination will be implemented at the programming stage - its scope
include, among other things, the specification of intervention areas where different instruments may be
used; identification of complementary priority axes; identification of the scopes of intervention; the
use of territorial instruments to ensure complementarity in geographical terms (integrated territorial
approach) -- and at the level of management and implementation – where coordination mechanisms
will have to be implemented to support complementary use of different instruments so as the actions
do not overlap. The coordination mechanisms at both levels will be created having in mind
mechanisms resulting from the PA.
A strategic role in coordinating interventions under the Małopolska ROP will be played by the Board
of the Region, supported by the MC and task forces. The Monitoring Committee of the programme
will be appointed within three months of the date of the European Commission’s notification of the
decision to accept the programme to Poland. The Committee will consists, inter alia, of
representatives of the Managing Authority, all Intermediate Bodies, social and economic partners, the
minister coordinating the ROP, as well as the Commission’s representative in the advisory capacity.
The main complementarity mechanisms will indicate, inter alia,. the demarcation line between
interventions implemented at the national and regional levels., a common list of key indicators, the
territorial contract, territorial instruments, a coordinated and synchronized system of calls for projects
and selection of projects and operations, as well as information and promotion. In the context of
ensuring proper coordination and complementarity of interventions, the territorial contact will also
have an important role. The subject of the contract will include mutual obligations of the central
government and local government to deliver inter-related priority actions in the Małopolska Region
and to finance them from various sources. Additionally, the intervention planned under the programme
will contribute to ensuring higher synergies of interventions and complementarity of actions financed
by the ESF and the ERDF (e.g. implementation of revitalization projects - IP 9b or the use of the
region’s endogenous potentials – IP 8.b).
Noteworthy is the fact that a package of strategic programmes in place in the Małopolska Region
which will be an important instrument of the regional development policy as methods of
implementation of the Development Strategy of the Małopolska Region 2011-2020 will have an
important coordination function at the programming stage.
Depending on the specificities of individual instruments and stages of management, various solutions
and mechanism will be used to ensure coordination and complementarity .
Ensuring complementarity of interventions undertaken under various policies and financed by
different sources is an important factor of success in meeting the region’s development objectives.
Complementarity can contribute to the faster and more effective accomplishment of expected results.
The table below presents a review of the main areas of complementarity and coordination.

258
 Complement
TO Coordination mechanisms
ary Solutions
(only Possible
Thematic programme, in respect
EFSI- areas of
objective or initiative, Practical examples of of
supporte complementa
investment policy, complementarity coordinati
d rity and Programming Implementation
priority national on with
program synergy
instrument, ETC OP
mes)
EIB
Priority Axis 1
TO 1 Horizon 2020 - development ROP: regional - identification of possible - cooperation between -
of research specialization complementary operations institutions in charge of
IP 1a. infrastructure infrastructure within thematic coordination of instruments
area/region
Horizon2020: Pillar 1:
excellent science base,
scientific research and
research infrastructure
IDOP 1 development ROP: regional - identification of possible - cooperation between -
of research specialization complementary operations institutions in charge of
infrastructure infrastructure within thematic coordination of instruments
area/region - territorial contract
IDOP: infrastructure - demarcation line
under the Polish
Roadmap for Research
Infrastructures
(PMDIB)
Knowledge, 10 science sector ROP: only as part of an - identification of possible - cross-financing -
Education, personnel investment project complementary operations
Development within thematic
OP Knowledge, Education, area/region
Development OP:
comprehensive
personnel support
The NCBiR - industrial and ROP: research - identification of possible - cooperation of the -
(the National development infrastructure of the complementary operations institutions responsible for
Center for research science sector within thematic coordination of instruments
Research and area/region
Development) NCBiR: dedicated
programme sector programs / theme
ones
National - basic research ROP: research - identification of possible - cooperation between -
Science infrastructure of the complementary operations institutions in charge of
Centre science sector within thematic coordination of instruments
programmes area/region
NCN: dedicated
sectoral/thematic
programmes
TO 1 Horizon 2020 - research in ROP: smaller projects - identification of possible - interrelated project -
areas that are within the framework of complementary operations selection criteria for similar
IP 1b. crucial for the regional specialization within thematic types of operations
economy area/region
development Horizon 2020: Pillar
of innovation IIKET industry
in SMEs leadership’ access to
risk financing, MSP
innovation development
COSME development ROP: projects within - identification of possible - interrelated project -
- of innovation the framework of complementary operations selection criteria for similar
in the SME regional specialisation within thematic types of operations
sector area/region
COSME: improving
SMES Access to
financing in the form of
capital and debt
instruments
NER 300 - low-carbon ROP: projects within - identification of possible - interrelated project -
technology the framework of complementary operations selection criteria for similar
development regional specialisation within thematic types of operations
(clean energy) area/region

NER: innovative
projects in the low-
carbon technology area
IDOP 1 research in ROP: projects within - identification of possible - interrelated project -
areas that are regional specialization complementary operations selection criteria for similar

259
 key for the within thematic types of operations
economy area/region - cross-financing
development IDOP: larger-scale - quota-based and/or
of innovation projects with national or instrument-based
in SMEs regional specialization demarcation line
R&D sector preference
personnel
Knowledge, 10 science sector ROP: only as part of an - identification of possible - cross-financing -
Education, personnel investment project complementary operations
Development within thematic
OP Knowledge, Education, area/region
Development OP:
comprehensive
personnel support
Rural Areas 1 reserach In ROP: Project under - identficiation of - cooperation between
Development areas regional specialization comlementary operations institutions In charge of
Programme important for in thematic area/ region coordination of instruments
(PROW) the economy Rural Areas - demarcation line based
development Development on the quota or instrument
of Programme (PROW): type criterion
innovationin enhancing links between
SME sector agriculture, ford
production and forestry
and research and in
order to improve
environmental
management and
protection
National - industrial ROP: projects within - identification of possible - interrelated project -
R&D Centre research and regional specialization complementary operations selection criteria for similar
Programmes development within thematic types of operations
works in areas National R&D Centre: area/region
that are key dedicated industry /
for the thematic programmes
economy
development
of innovation
in SMEs

CENTRAL 1 Cooperation ROP: projects within - identification of possible - cooperation between -

EUROPE between the regional specialization complementary operations institutions in charge of cooperation
Programme science and the within thematic coordination of instruments between
business Central Europe area/region institutions
sectors and Programme: projects in charge of
transfer of within cooperation of coordination
knowledge Central European of
innovation system instruments
entities
INTERREG 1 Cooperation ROP: projects within - identification of possible -cooperation between -cooperation
EUROPE between the regional specialization complementary operations institutions in charge of between
Programme science and the within thematic coordination of instruments institutions
business Interred Europe: area/region in charge of
sectors and projects within w coordination
transfer of interregional/cross- of
knowledge border cooperation instruments
Priority Axis 2
TO 2 DIGITAL 2 public e- ROP: self-government - identification of possible - cooperation between -
POLAND OP services administration or complementary operations institutions in charge of
IP 2c regional projects within thematic coordination of instruments
digitization of area/region - interrelated project
offices DIGITAL POLAND - demarcation line selection criteria for similar
OP: government types of operations
access to administration or
public sector national projects
information
Priority Axis 3
TO 3 COSME - SME - SME competitiveness - identification of possible - cooperation between -
IP 3a. competitivenes - facilitating enterprise complementary operations institutions in charge of
IP 3b. s expansion within thematic coordination of instruments
IP 3c. - promoting area/region - territorial contract
strengthening entrepreneurship - complementarity as an
entrepreneursh - improved access to additional criterion at the
ip financing through stage of assessment of
improved financial instruments project evaluation criteria
access to
financing for
SMEs
HORIZON - SME ROP: - identification of possible - cooperation between
260
 2020 competitivenes - facilitated access to complementary operations institutions in charge of
s financing (financial within thematic coordination of instruments
instruments) area/region - complementarity as an
- SME competitiveness additional criterion at the
stage of assessment of
Horizon 2020: project evaluation criteria
- facilitated access to
risk financing
- ensuring EU-wide
support for innovation
in SMEs
PCSI - support to ROP: - identification of possible - cooperation between -
SMEs - facilitating access to complementary operations institutions in charge of
financing (financial within thematic coordination of instruments
instruments) area/region and their use in the region
- SME competitiveness

PCSI: increasing the

level of and access to
microfinancing
IDOP 3 investment in ROP: - identification of possible - cooperation between -
the - facilitated access to complementary operations institutions in charge of
development financing (financial within thematic coordination of instruments
of instruments) area/region - complementarity as an
infrastructure - promotion of the additional criterion at the
for economic region stage of assessment of
development project evaluation criteria
IDOP:
projects of - facilitated access to
enterprises risk financing
focused on - promotion of the
expanding country
exports and
winning new
markets

promotional
action that
stimulates
internationaliz
ation of the
region’s
economy
DIGITAL 2 support for ROP: support for - identification of possible - cooperation between -
POLAND OP entrepreneurs entrepreneurs, including complementary operations institutions in charge of
those connected with within thematic coordination of instruments
ICT area/region

DIGITAL POLAND
OP: support for
telecommunications
entrepreneurs, support
for projects in respect of
creating services and
applications that utilize
public sector
information
Rural Areas 3 support for ROP: support for the - identification of possible - cooperation between -
Development entrepreneurs development of non- complementary operations institutions in charge of
Programme agricultural within thematic coordination of instruments
(PROW) entrepreneurship in rural area/region
areas - quota-based or
instrument-based
Rural Areas demarcation line
Development
Programme (PROW):
support for
entrepreneurs who deal
with processing
agricultural products
listed in appendix I to
the Treaty, where the
final product is also
listed in appendix I to
the Treaty
Priority Axis 4
TO 4 Horizon 2020 - competitive ROP: development of - identification of possible - cooperation between -
low-carbon renewable sources of complementary operations institutions in charge of
IP 4a. energy energy, implementation within thematic coordination of instruments
261
 of the climate and area/region - interrelated selection
energy package criteria for similar types of
operations
Horizon 2020: clean,
safe and efficient energy
Norwegian - entrepreneurs/i ROP: development of - identification of possible - interrelated project -
Financial ndustry - renewable sources of complementary operations selection criteria for similar
Mechanism ecologization energy, implementation within thematic types of operations
2009-2014 of operations of the climate and area/region
Innovation in energy package
respect of
green NMF: Raising the level
technologies of ecologization of
existing industries,
utilizing business
opportunities for the
ecologization of the
European economy, and
better use of
environment-friendly
technologies
LIFE+ - alleviating ROP: improving air - identification of possible - interrelated project -
climate change quality complementary operations selection criteria for similar
within thematic types of operations
LIFE+: action focused area/region
on reducing greenhouse
gas emission
COSME - low-carbon ROP: development of - identification of possible - interrelated project -
energy system renewable sources of complementary operations selection criteria for similar
energy, (no restrictions within thematic types of operations
in respect of area/region
beneficiaries)

COSME: investment in
improving enterprise
competitiveness, RES
development, and
improving energy
efficiency
INTERREG 4 low-carbon ROP: development of - identification of possible - cooperation between -
Europe economy renewable sources of complementary operations institutions in charge of
Programme energy within thematic coordination of instruments
area/region
Interreg: Improving
implementation of
regional development
policies and
programmes and
policies connected to
the shift towards the
low-carbon economy –
“soft measures”

CENTRAL 4 enhancing ROP: investment In the - identification of possible - cooperation between -

EUROPE energy housing and public complementary operations institutions in charge of
Programme efficiency in sector within thematic coordination of instruments
the region area/region
PCE: enhancing energy
efficiency of public
infrastructure – ”soft”
measures
IEOP 4 development ROP: complementary - a system of strategic - cooperation between
of renewable investment based on documents showing the institutions in charge of
sources of quota-based and logic of interventions in coordination of instruments
energy subjective criteria: RES individual areas - interrelated project
and development of - demarcation line selection criteria for similar
distribution networks - identification of possible types of operations
complementary operations - guidelines
IE OP: RES and within thematic
development of area/region
industrial networks
Rural Areas 4 improving ROP: Investemnts in -a system of strategic - cooperation between
Development energy business, housing documents showing the institutions in charge of
Programme efficiency in sector, public utility logics of intervention in coordination of instruments
(PROW) the region buildings individual areas - related project selection
- demarcation line criteria for similar types of
PROW: Facilitating - identification of possible projects
supply and use of complementary operations - guidelines
renewable energy within thematic
262
 sources, by-products, area/region
waste and refuse and
other non-alimentary
products for
bioeconomy purposes
TO 4 Horizon 2020 - competitive ROP: improving energy - identification of possible - cooperation between complement
low-carbon efficiency in the complementary operations institutions in charge of arity
IP 4b energy economy within thematic coordination of instruments assessment
area/region - interrelated project in the
Horizon2020: clean, selection criteria for similar process of
safe and efficient energy types of operations project
selection
LIFE + - alleviating ROP: improving energy - identification of possible - cooperation between complement
climate change efficiency of the complementary operations institutions in charge of arity
economy within thematic coordination of instruments assessment
area/region - interrelated project in the
LIFE+ actions focused selection criteria for similar process of
on reducing greenhouse types of operations project
gases emission selection
Norwegian - entrepreneurs/i ROP: improving air - identification of possible - cooperation between -
Financial ndustry - quality complementary operations institutions in charge of
Mechanism ecologization within thematic coordination of instruments
2009-2014 of operations NFM: Rising the level area/region - interrelated project
Innovation in of ecologization of selection criteria for similar
respect of existing industries, types of operations
green utilizing business
technologies opportunities for the
ecologization of the
European economy, and
better use of
environment-friendly
technologies
INTERREG 4 Low-carbon ROP: improving air - identification of possible - cooperation between -
Europe economy quality complementary operations institutions in charge of
Programme within thematic coordination of instruments
Interreg: area/region
- Improving
implementation of
regional development
policies and
programmes and
policies connected to
the shift towards the
low-carbon economy.
-Exchange of
experience between
regional and local
authorities regarding the
methods of monitoring
and improving air
quality and managing
air quality in urban and
industrialised areas–
”soft” measures
CENTRAL 4 Low-carbon ROP: RES development - identification of possible - cooperation between -
EUROPE economy complementary operations institutions in charge of
Programme CENTRAL EUROPE within thematic coordination of instruments
Programme: improving area/region
energy efficiency In the
public and private sector
(in particular SMEs)
IEOP 4 improving ROP: SME investment - a system of strategic - cooperation between complement
energy documents showing the institutions in charge of arity
efficiency in IE OP: investment in logic of interventions in coordination of instruments assessment
the region big enterprises individual areas - interrelated project in the
- demarcation line selection criteria for similar process of
- identification of possible types of operations project
complementary operations - guidelines selection
within thematic
area/region
Rural Areas Enhancing ROP: improving energy -a system of strategic - cooperation between -
Development energy efficiency in SMEs documents showing the institutions in charge of
Programme efficiency in logics of intervention in coordination of instruments
(PROW) the region PROW: Improving individual areas - related project selection
effective use of energy - demarcation line criteria for similar types of
in agriculture and food - identification of possible projects
processing complementary operations - guidelines
within thematic
area/region
263
TO 4 Horizon 2020 - competitive ROP: improving energy - identification of possible - cooperation between complement
low-carbon efficiency in the complementary operations institutions in charge of arity
IP 4.c energy economy within thematic coordination of instruments assessment
area/region - interrelated project in the
Horizon2020: clean, selection criteria for similar process of
safe and efficient energy types of operations project
selection
LIFE+ - alleviating ROP: improving energy - identification of possible - cooperation between complement
climate change efficiency in the region complementary operations institutions in charge of arity
within thematic coordination of instruments assessment
LIFE+: action focused area/region - interrelated project in the
on reducing greenhouse selection criteria for similar process of
gas emission types of operations project
selection
Norwegian - entrepreneurs/i ROP: supporting the - identification of possible - cooperation between -
Financial ndustry - development of low- complementary operations institutions in charge of
Mechanism ecologization carbon and energy- within thematic coordination of instruments
2009-2014 of operations efficient economy area/region - interrelated project
Innovation in selection criteria for similar
respect of NMF: Rising the level types of operations
green of ecologization of
technologies existing industries,
utilizing business
opportunities for the
ecologization of the
European economy, and
better use of
environment-friendly
technologies
INTERREG 4 low-carbon ROP: support for - identification of possible - cooperation between -
Europa economy development of low- complementary operations institutions in charge of
carbon and energy- within thematic coordination of instruments
efficient economy area/region
INTERREG:
improvement of
implementation of
regional development
policies and
programmes regarding
the shift to low-carbon o
economy – “soft”
measures
CENTRAL 4 increasing ROP: investment in the - identification of possible - cooperation between -
EUROPE energy housing sector, public complementary operations institutions in charge of
Programme efficiency in utility buildings within thematic coordination of instruments
the region area/region
CENTRAL EUROPE
Programme: increasing
energy efficiency in the
public sector – “soft”
measures
IEOP 4 increasing ROP: investment in the - a system of strategic - cooperation between complement
energy housing sector, public documents showing the institutions in charge of arity
efficiency in utility buildings and logic of interventions in coordination of instruments assessment
the region in the
SMEs individual areas - interrelated project
process of
- demarcation line selection criteria for similar project
IE OP: quota-based - identification of possible types of operations selection
criterion – investment in complementary operations - guidelines
the housing sector, within thematic
public use buildings and area/region
SMEs
TO 4 Horizon 2020 - competitive ROP: improving air - identification of possible - cooperation between -
low-carbon quality complementary operations institutions in charge of
IP 4e energy within thematic coordination of instruments
Horizon2020: clean, area/region - interrelated project
safe and efficient energy selection criteria for similar
types of operations

Norwegian - entrepreneurs/i ROP: improving air - identification of possible - cooperation between -

Financial ndustry - quality complementary operations institutions in charge of
Mechanism ecologization within thematic coordination of instruments
2009-2014 of operations NMF: Rising the level area/region - interrelated project
Innovation in of ecologization of selection criteria for similar
respect of existing industries, types of operations
green utilizing business
technologies opportunities for the
ecologization of the

264
 European economy, and
better use of
environment-friendly
technologies
LIFE+ - alleviating ROP: improving air - identification of possible - cooperation between
climate change quality complementary operations institutions in charge of
within thematic coordination of instruments
LIFE+: action focused area/region - interrelated project
on reducing greenhouse selection criteria for similar
gas emission types of operations

INTERREG 4 low-carbon ROP: improving air - identification of possible - cooperation between -

Europe economy quality complementary operations institutions in charge of
Programme within thematic coordination of instruments
Interreg: area/region
- Improving
implementation of
regional development
policies and
programmes and
policies connected to
the shift towards the
low-carbon economy.
-Exchange of
experience between
regional and local
authorities regarding the
methods of monitoring
and improving air
quality and managing
air quality in urban and
industrialised areas–
”soft” measures
IEOP 4 reducing the ROP: eliminating - a system of strategic - cooperation between -
proportion of sources of low-emission documents with the logic institutions in charge of
pollutant IE OP: building heating of interventions in coordination of instruments
emission networks and exchange individual areas - interrelated project
of heating sources based - demarcation line selection criteria for similar
sustainable on the project-type - identification of possible types of operations
urban criterion complementary operations - guidelines
transportation within thematic
ROP: supporting area/region
investment in
sustainable urban
transportation

IEOP: supporting
investment in
sustainable urban
transportation in
selected cities
CENTRAL 4 low-carbon ROP: sustainable urban - a system of strategic - cooperation between complement
EUROPE economy transportation documents showing the institutions in charge of arity
2020. logic of interventions in coordination of instruments assessment
Operational in the
Central Europe OP: individual areas - interrelated project
Programme process of
improved ability to plan - demarcation line selection criteria for similar project
mobility in functional - identification of possible types of operations selection
urban areas in order to complementary operations - guidelines
reduce CO2 emissions within thematic
area/region
TO 6 LIFE+ - alleviating ROP: improving air - identification of possible - cooperation between -
climate change quality complementary operations institutions in charge of
IP 6e within thematic coordination of instruments
LIFE+: action focused area/region - interrelated project
on reducing greenhouse selection criteria for similar
gas emission types of operations

INTERREG 6 low-carbon ROP: improving air - identification of possible - cooperation between -

Europe economy quality complementary operations institutions in charge of
Programme within thematic coordination of instruments
Interreg: area/region
- Improving
implementation of
regional development
policies and
programmes and
policies connected to
the shift towards the

265
 low-carbon economy.
-Exchange of
experience between
regional and local
authorities regarding the
methods of monitoring
and improving air
quality and managing
air quality in urban and
industrialised areas–
”soft” measures
IEOP 6 reducing the ROP: eliminating - a system of strategic - cooperation between -
proportion of sources of low-emission documents with the logic institutions in charge of
pollutant of interventions in coordination of instruments
emission IE OP: building heating individual areas - interrelated project
networks and exchange - demarcation line selection criteria for similar
of heating sources based - identification of possible types of operations
on the project-type complementary operations - guidelines
criterion within thematic
area/region

Priority Axis 5
TO 5 Horizon 2020 - sustainable ROP: preference for - identification of possible - cooperation between -
growth, projects in respect of complementary operations institutions in charge of
IP 5b. strengthening disasters (e.g. within thematic coordination of instruments
objectives in landslides) area/region - interrelated project
respect of selection criteria for similar
climate and the Horizon2020: action in types of operations
environment respect of climate
LIFE+ - managing ROP: improving - identification of possible - cooperation between -
climate change resilience to disasters, complementary operations institutions in charge of
action management systems, within thematic coordination of instruments
rescue actions area/region - interrelated project
selection criteria for similar
LIFE+: improving types of operations
adaptability to climate
change, managing
climate change action
and information
IEOP 5 adaptation to ROP: investment in - a system of strategic - cooperation between -
climate change small retention (local documents showing the institutions in charge of
significance), logic of interventions in coordination of instruments
landslides, rescue individual areas - interrelated project
systems - demarcation line selection criteria for similar
- identification of possible types of operations
IEOP: flood protection, complementary operations - guidelines
small retention (super- within thematic
local significance), area/region
rescue systems
TO 6 PROW 6 adaptation to ROP: investment in - a system of strategic - cooperation between -
climate change small retention (local documents showing the institutions in charge of
IP 6a. significance), logic of interventions in coordination of instruments
landslides, rescue individual areas - interrelated project
systems - demarcation line selection criteria for similar
- identification of possible types of operations
PROW: Support for risk complementary operations - guidelines
prevention and within thematic
management in farm area/region
holdings and
agricultural-
environmental-climate
measures. At the same
time measures to
improve water
management/
Horizon 2020 - sustainable ROP: preference for - identification of possible - cooperation between -
growth, waste management complementary operations institutions in charge of
strengthening systems (application of within thematic coordination of instruments
objectives in territorial instruments) area/region - interrelated project
respect of selection criteria for similar
climate and the Horizon2020: action in types of operations
environment respect of efficient
resource and raw
material management
LIFE+ - environment ROP: investment in - identification of possible - cooperation between -
and efficient water management complementary operations institutions in charge of
use of system (adaptation to within thematic coordination of instruments
resources the EU requirements) area/region - interrelated project
selection criteria for similar
266
 LIFE+: innovative types of operations
solutions for a better
implementation of the
environmental policy
and integration of
environmental
protection objectives in
other sectors
INTERREG 6 effective ROP: investments in the - identification of possible - cooperation between -
Europe resource waste management complementary operations institutions in charge of
Programme management sector within thematic coordination of instruments
area/region
Interreg: Exchange of
experience between
regional authorities and
waste management
agencies
IEOP 6 waste ROP: comprehensive - a system of strategic - cooperation between -
management investment under the documents showing the institutions in charge of
Regional Waste logic of interventions in coordination of instruments
Management Plan individual areas - interrelated project
- demarcation line selection criteria for similar
IE OP: comprehensive - identification of possible types of operations
investment under the complementary operations - guidelines
National and Regional within thematic
Waste Management area/region
Plans
CENTRAL 6 waste ROP: comprehensive - a system of strategic - cooperation between complement
EUROPE management investment under the documents showing the institutions in charge of arity
2020. Regional Waste logic of interventions in coordination of instruments assessment
Operational Management Plan individual areas - interrelated project in the
Programme - demarcation line selection criteria for similar process of
Central Europe OP: - identification of possible types of operations project
comprehensive complementary operations - guidelines selection
investment in waste within thematic
management system in area/region
functional urban areas
TO 6 Horizon 2020 - sustainable ROP: preferences to - identification of possible - cooperation between -
IP 6b. growth, water management complementary operations institutions in charge of
enhancing project (e.g. support to within thematic coordination of instruments
objectives areas that show water area/region - interrelated project
regarding deficit) selection criteria for similar
climate and Horizon2020: action on types of operations
environment efficiency of resource
and raw materials
LIFE+ - water and ROP: investment in - identification of possible - cooperation between -
wastewater waste management complementary operations institutions in charge of
management sector (harmonisation within thematic coordination of instruments
with EU requirements) area/region - interrelated project
LIFE+: innovative selection criteria for similar
solutions for better types of operations
implementation of
environmental policies
and integration of
environmental
objectives in other
sectors
EIOP 6 water and ROP: sewage systems, - a system of strategic - cooperation between -
wastewater water treatment documents showing the institutions in charge of
management facilities, water piping logic of interventions in coordination of instruments
systems – depending on individual areas - interrelated project
the size of the - demarcation line selection criteria for similar
agglomeration - identification of possible types of operations
EIOP: sewage systems, complementary operations -guidelines
water treatment within thematic
facilities, water piping area/region
systems
PROW 6 water and ROP: sewage systems, - a system of strategic - cooperation between -
wastewater water treatment documents showing the institutions in charge of
management facilities, water piping logic of interventions in coordination of instruments
systems individual areas - interrelated project
PROW: sewage - demarcation line selection criteria for similar
systems, water - identification of possible types of operations
treatment facilities, complementary operations -guidelines
water piping systems within thematic
area/region
CENTRAL 6 water and ROP: sewage systems, - a system of strategic - cooperation between complement
EUROPE wastewater water treatment documents showing the institutions in charge of arity
2020 management facilities, water piping logic of interventions in coordination of instruments assessment
267
 Programme systems – individual areas - interrelated project in the
agglomerations up to - demarcation line selection criteria for similar process of
population of 10,000 - identification of possible types of operations project
CENTRAL EUROPE complementary operations -guidelines selection
sewage systems, water within thematic
treatment facilities, area/region
water piping systems on
functional urban areas
Priority Axis 6
TO 6 IE OP 6 protection, ROP: smaller value - identification of possible - complementarity as an -
development, projects in respect of complementary operations additional criterion at the
IP 6c. accessibility protection, within the thematic area / stage of assessment of
and promotion development, region project evaluation criteria
of cultural accessibility and - identification of common - cooperation of institutions
heritage promotion of cultural areas for intervention, in charge of coordination of
resources heritage resources potential beneficiaries and instruments
target groups
IE OP: greater value -defining scopes of
projects in respect of intervention against the
cultural heritage demarcation line
protection and
development of cultural
resources
PL - SK ROP: projects in respect - identification of possible - complementarity as an complement
of protection, complementary operations additional criterion at the arity
development, within thematic stage of assessment of assessment
accessibility and area/region project evaluation criteria in the
promotion of cultural process of
heritage resources project
selection
PL-SK: protection of
cultural heritage
Creative - development ROP: protection, - identification of possible - cooperation of institutions -
Europe 2014- of the culture, development, promotion complementary operations in charge of coordination of
2020 cultural of cultural heritage within the thematic area / instruments
heritage and region
creative Creative Europe: - identification of common
industries Access to European areas for intervention,
sector works of culture and potential beneficiaries and
creative work, and to target groups
tangible and intangible
European cultural
heritage
Rural Areas 6 preserving ROP: protection, - identification of possible - complementarity as an -
Development cultural development, promotion complementary operations additional criterion at the
Programme heritage of cultural heritage within the thematic area / stage of assessment of
(PROW) region project evaluation criteria
Rural Areas - identification of common - cooperation of institutions
Development areas for intervention, in charge of coordination of
Programme (PROW): potential beneficiaries and instruments
restoring or improving target groups
the condition of -defining scopes of
monuments that help intervention against the
preserve cultural demarcation line
heritage
TO 6 IEOP 6 protection of ROP: - identification of possible - complementarity as an -
biodiversity support for landscape complementary operations additional criterion at the
IP 6d. parks and nature within the thematic area / stage of assessment of
reserves region project evaluation criteria
- identification of common
IE OP: areas for intervention,
support for national potential beneficiaries and
parks within Nature target groups
2000 -defining scopes of
intervention against the
demarcation line

IP 6d. LIFE+ - protection of ROP: protection of - identification of possible - complementarity as an -

biodiversity biodiversity complementary operations additional criterion at the
within the thematic area / stage of assessment of
LIFE+: protection and region project evaluation criteria
improvement of natural - identification of common
environment quality; areas for intervention,
discontinuing and potential beneficiaries and
reversing the current target groups
loss of biodiversity
PL SK 6 ROP: protection of - complementarity as an complement
biodiversity In the additional criterion at the arity

268
 region stage of assessment of assessment
project evaluation criteria in the project
PL-SK: protection of selection
the borderland natural process -
heritage
Norwegian - ROP: protection of - complementarity as an -
Financial biodiversity additional criterion at the
Mechanism stage of assessment of
NMF: project evaluation criteria
protection of
biodiversity and
ecosystems
TO 8 Rural Areas 8 utilizing the ROP: development of - identification of possible - complementarity as an -
IP 8.b Development endogenous tourist and recreation complementary operations additional criterion at the
Programme potential infrastructure based on within the thematic area / stage of assessment of
(PROW) the local natural region project evaluation criteria
resources
- identification of common - cooperation of institutions
Rural Areas areas for intervention, in charge of coordination of
Development potential beneficiaries and instruments
Programme (Rural target groups
Areas Development
Programme (PROW)): -defining scopes of
development of intervention against the
generally accessible demarcation line
tourism, recreation and
cultural infrastructure in
rural areas
TO 8 PL SK 8 utilizing ROP: development of - identification of possible - complementarity as an complement
IP 8.b endogenous tourist and recreation complementary operations additional criterion at the arity
potential infrastructure based on within thematic stage of assessment of assessment
local natural resources, area/region project s in the project
contributing to selection
increased employment - identification of possible process
complementary operations
PL-SK building or within thematic
modernisation of cross- area/region -
border recreational
infrastructure in the
vicinity of historic
monuments, landscape
parks and national parks
TO 8 PSCI - support to ROP: development of - identification of possible - cooperation between -
IP 8.b employment tourist and recreation complementary operations institutions in charge of
infrastructure based on within thematic coordination of instruments
local natural resources, area/region - used in the region
contributing to
increased employment

PCSI: increasing the

level of and access to
microfinancing
Priority Axis 7
TO 7 CEF 7 development transportation - identification of possible - cooperation between -
IP 7b. of infrastructure - complementary operations institutions in charge of
IP 7d transportation categories of within thematic coordination of instruments
infrastructure infrastructure area/region - territorial contract
IE OP 7 development transportation - identification of possible - cooperation between complement
of infrastructure - complementary operations institutions in charge of arity
transportation categories of within thematic coordination of instruments assessment
infrastructure infrastructure / area/region - territorial contract in the project
beneficiaries - quota-based and/or - complementarity as an selection
instrument- / beneficiary- additional criterion at the process
based demarcation line stage of assessment of
project evaluation criteria
PL-SK 7 development improving access to - identification of possible - cooperation between complement
of transportation (in a complementary operations institutions in charge of arity
transportation cross-border aspect) within thematic coordination of instruments assessment
infrastructure area/region - complementarity as an in the project
(roads) - quota-based and/or additional criterion at the selection
instrument- / beneficiary- stage of assessment of process
based demarcation line project evaluation criteria

Implementati - development transportation - identification of possible - cooperation between -

on document of infrastructure complementary operations institutions in charge of
for the transportation within thematic coordination of instruments
transportatio infrastructure area/region - territorial contract
n

269
 development
strategy by
2020 (with a
2030
perspective)
National - development Road infrastructure - identification of possible - cooperation between -
programme of complementary operations institutions in charge of
for transportation within thematic coordination of instruments
reconstructio infrastructure area/region
n of local (roads)
roads
Priority Axis 8
TO 8 Erasmus + - enhancing ROP: support for - identification of possible - cooperation between -
skills and unemployed (people complementary operations institutions in charge of
IP 8i employability unemployed for a long within the thematic area / coordination of instruments
time, aged 50+) people region
with low qualifications,
the disabled, women) –
including domestic
internships,
volunteering

Erasmus: support for

younger individuals,
e.g. internships,
volunteering abroad
Programme - enhancing ROP: promoting spatial - identification of possible - cooperation between -
for social employment mobility complementary operations institutions in charge of
change and within the thematic area / coordination of instruments
innovation PSCI: building open region and utilizing the EURES
2014-2020 and widely accessible network in the region
(PSCI) EU labour markets - using results of research
(EURES), research and and analyses
analyses concerning
employment policy
Knowledge, 8 enhancing ROP: support for - utilising the experience - non-competition projects -
Education, employment unemployed individuals of employment services in implemented by PSZ
Development action aimed at
OP Knowledge, Education, professional activation of
Development OP: unemployed individuals
systemic action to under IP 8i
improve the
effectiveness of labour
market institutions
TO 8 COSME - promoting ROP: smaller value - identification of possible - cooperation between -
entrepreneursh projects addressed to complementary operations institutions in charge of
IP 8iii ip and natural persons who are within the thematic area / coordination of instruments
entrepreneurial interested in region within the Region
culture establishing their own
businesses
COSME: reducing
barriers in establishing
businesses, support for
business environment,
action aimed at the
development,
facilitation, education,
training, acquiring skills
and attitudes in respect
of entrepreneurship, in
particular among
potential new
entrepreneurs
TO 8 Knowledge, 8 facilitating ROP: - identification of possible - cooperation between -
Education, reconciliation creating new day care complementary operations institutions in charge of
IP 8iv Development of family and facilities for children within the thematic area / coordination of instruments
OP work under 3 region in the region, consulting
KNOWLEDGE, draft legislative instruments
EDUCATION,
DEVELOPMENT OP:
raising the
qualifications of local
government staff
responsible for the
development of forms
of institutional care over
children under 3
model programmes

270
 - legislative changes in
respect of equal
opportunities
Horizon 2020 - combating ROP: - identification of possible - using results of research -
inequalities support to individuals complementary operations and analyses in ROP
outside the labour within the thematic area / programming
market because they region
fulfil the functions of
carers through creating
new places to care over
children under 3 years
of age

Horizon 2020: research

and development on
social exclusion,
discrimination and
various form of
inequalities

TO 8 Knowledge, 8 adjusting staff ROP: support for - identification of possible - regional use of an
Education, competences employers and complementary operations application developed at the
IP 8.v Development to the needs of employees in respect of within the thematic area / national level, as well as of
OP the economy, raising/complementing region research results that make it
adaptation to their competences, and possible to forecast micro-
change adaptation to change and macroeconomic trends

Knowledge, Education,
Development OP:
creating a Central
Register of
Developmental
Services, and a system
for early response to
economic change
EGF - adaptation to ROP: comprehensive - identification of possible - cooperation between -
change support for people who complementary operations institutions in charge of
have been laid off or are within the region coordination of instruments
at risk of layoffs for from the regional level and
reasons due to their EGF Managing Authority
employers (the Ministry of
Infrastructure and
EFG: support in case of Development)
layoffs of more than
500 employees or in
minor labour markets,
or in exceptional
circumstances, where
the layoffs have a strong
impact on employment
and local economy
Horizon 2020 - adaptation to ROP: comprehensive - identification of possible - using results of research -
change, support to people made complementary operations and analyses in ROP support
combating redundant or at risk of within the thematic area / programming
crisis redundancy for region;
employer’s reasons
Horizon 2020:
research and
development of new
ideas to overcome the
crisis In Europe
TO 8 Knowledge, 8 action aimed at ROP: implementation of - identification of possible - regional use of national -
Education, prolonging health care complementary operations health care programmes,
IP 8.vi Development professional programmes, support within the region research and analyses,
OP activity for mature employees cooperation while holding
promotion campaigns
Knowledge, Education,
Development OP:
nation-wide health
education programmes,
promoting healthy
ageing, research and
analyses
Horizon 2020 - ensuring ROP: implementation of - identification of possible - using results of research -
citizens’ Heath programmes, complementary operations and analyses in ROP support
health, disease support to mature within the thematic area / programming
prevention workers region;

Horizon 2020:
271
 research and
development
concerning the area of
health and active aging
Erasmus + - enhancing ROP: support to mature - identification of possible - cooperation of institutions -
skills and workers, in particular complementary operations in charge of coordination of
employment those who work on within the thematic area / instruments
opportunities posts involving health region;
hazards

Erasmus: education of
personnel of adult
learning organisations
PSCI - support to ROP: : support to - identification of possible - using results of research -
employment mature workers, In complementary operations and analyses in ROP support
particular those who within the thematic area / programming
work on posts region;
involving health hazards

PSCI: research and

analyses connected with
employment policy
Priority Axis 9
TO 9 Knowledge, 9 active social ROP: support for social - identification of possible - cooperation of institutions -
IP 9i Education, integration and professional complementary operations in charge of coordination of
Development activation of persons at within the thematic area / instruments;
OP risk of poverty or social region; - project selection criteria
exclusion - defining scopes of
intervention (demarcation
Knowledge, Education, line)
Development OP:
developing systemic
solutions in respect of
social welfare and
integration; raising staff
qualifications
Fund for - supporting the ROP: support for social - identification of possible - cooperation between -
European Aid activation and and professional complementary operations institutions in charge of
to the Most integration of activation of persons at within the thematic area / coordination of instruments
Deprived the most risk of poverty or social region
(FEAD) deprived exclusion

EFPONP: food aid for

the most deprived
Asylum and - supporting the ROP: support for social - identification of possible - cooperation between -
Migration activation and and professional complementary operations institutions in charge of
Fund integration of activation of persons at within the thematic area / coordination of instruments
third-country risk of poverty or social region
nationals exclusion

AMF: promoting
successful integration of
third-country nationals
PSCI - active social ROP: support for social - identification of possible - cooperation of institutions -
integration and professional complementary operations in charge of coordination of
activation of persons at within the thematic area / instruments;
risk of poverty or social region - project selection criteria
exclusion , using
innovative solutions

PSCI: developing
innovative solutions in
respect of social policy
TO 9 Knowledge, 9 improved ROP: providing social - identification of possible - cooperation of institutions -
IP 9iv Education, access to high services in order to complementary operations in charge of coordination of
Development quality social increase their within the thematic area / instruments;
OP services accessibility region; - project selection criteria
- defining scopes of
Knowledge, Education, intervention (demarcation
Development OP: line)
systemic action aimed
at improving social
services quality
PSCI - improved ROP: action aimed at - identification of possible - cooperation of institutions -
access to high developing social complementary operations in charge of coordination of
quality social services in the region within the thematic area / instruments;
services using innovative region - project selection criteria
solutions

272
 PSCI: developing
innovative solutions in
respect of social policy
TO 9 Knowledge, 9 development ROP: developing SE - identification of possible - cooperation of institutions -
IP 9v Education, of social support network in the complementary operations in charge of coordination of
Development economy region within the thematic area / instruments;
OP region; - project selection criteria
Knowledge, Education, - defining scopes of
Development OP: intervention (demarcation
developing systemic line)
solutions in respect of
SE
PSCI - support for ROP: comprehensive - identification of possible - cooperation between -
social support for establishing complementary operations institutions in charge of
entrepreneursh social enterprises within the thematic area / coordination of instruments
ip region
PSCI: support for the
development of social
enterprises, in particular
through facilitating
access to financing
Priority Axis 10
TO 1O Erasmus+ - education at ROP – support for - identification of possible -
general level schools and educational complementary operations
IP 10i facilities and for their within the thematic area /
personnel region

Erasmus+ - courses and

study visits abroad for
teachers and other
personnel of schools
and educational
facilities

ROP – support for the

cooperation of schools
with cultural, scientific
and educational
institutions, and with
entrepreneurs in the
region

Erasmus+ - support for

the partnership of
schools with other
schools and institutions
in Europe
Knowledge, 10 Development ROP – support for - identification of possible - project selection criteria
Education, of the schools and educational complementary operations - cooperation between
Development education facilities in accordance within the thematic area / institutions in charge of
OP system with their reported region coordination of instruments
needs, and using the in the region,
model teaching - consulting draft legislative
programmes developed instruments
under the Knowledge,
Education,
Development OP

Knowledge, Education,
Development OP –
improving kindergarten
curriculum, general
education curriculum,
and developing model
curricula
TO 10 Knowledge, 10 development ROP – support for - identification of possible - project selection criteria -
IP 10iii Education, of a national individuals in need to complementary operations - cooperation between
Development qualification confirm their within the thematic area / institutions in charge of
OP system qualifications obtained region coordination of instruments
in formal, non-formal in the Region,
and informal ways - consulting draft legislative
instruments
Knowledge, Education,
Development OP –
building a national
qualification system
TO 10 Erasmus+ - -vocational RPO – support to - identification of possible -

273
IP 10.iv education schools and educational complementary operations
establishments and their within the thematic area /
personnel, region

Erasmus+ - courses and

study visits abroad for
teachers and other
personnel of schools
and educational
establishments

ROP – support to
cooperation of schools
with culture, science
and educational
institutions and
businesses in the region.

Erasmus+ - support to
partnerships between
schools and other
schools and institutions
in Europe.
Knowledge, 10 cooperation of ROP – encouraging and - identification of possible - project selection criteria -
Education, vocational rewarding projects that complementary operations - cooperation between
Development schools with envisage cooperation within the thematic area / institutions in charge of
OP employers among schools, region coordination of instruments
vocational training in the Region,
facilities and employers - consulting draft legislative
instruments
Knowledge, Education,
Development OP –
modernizing the
vocational teaching
content and methods
with the participation of
employers
Priority Axis 11
TO 9 Rural Areas 9 basic services ROP: projects in respect - identification of possible - complementarity as an -
IP 9b Development and restoration of rural renovation complementary operations additional criterion at the
Programme of within the thematic area / stage of assessment of
(PROWRural town/villages Rural Areas region project evaluation criteria
Areas in rural areas Development
Development Programme (PROW): - identification of common
Programme action in respect of areas for intervention,
(PROW)) preservation, restoration potential beneficiaries and
and improvement of target groups
rural cultural and
natural heritage, rural - defining scopes of
landscape and of places intervention against the
with high natural values demarcation line
IE OP 6 reclamation of ROP: urban - identification of possible - urban regeneration – -
degraded areas regeneration, rural complementary operations competition whose
renovation within the thematic area / requirements take account of
region the complexity of the
IE OP: revitalization process
reclamation of degraded - identification of common
areas for environmental areas for intervention, - complementarity as an
purposes potential beneficiaries and additional criterion at the
target groups stage of assessment of
project evaluation criteria
- defining scopes of
intervention against the
demarcation line
CT 9 PSCI - Socio- ROP: creating - identification of possible - cooperation between -
PI 9b economic conditions to foster complementary operations institutions in charge of
activation of socio-economic within the thematic area / coordination of instruments
revitalised development region in the Region
areas
PCSI: increasing the
level of and access to
microfinancing /
support to social
enterprises, In
particular through
facilitating access to
financing sources
274
 Priority Axis 12
TO 9 IE OP 9 Healthcare ROP: healthcare - identification of possible - complementarity as an -
IP 9a infrastructure infrastructure with complementary operations additional criterion at the
regional and within the thematic area / stage of assessment of
subregional significance region project evaluation criteria

IE OP: - identification of common

healthcare infrastructure areas for intervention,
with supra-regional potential beneficiaries and
significance, medical target groups
rescue
- defining scopes of
intervention against the
demarcation line

- conformity with the

health protection Policy
Paper
TO 10 Knowledge, 10 Cooperation ROP: - Identifying the feasibility - Complementarity as an -
IP 10a Education, between the establishment of a of the complementary additional criterion in the
Development education regional centre for operations in the thematic evaluation of projects to
OP institutions and popularizing science area / region create evaluation criteria
employers and innovation

Knowledge, Education,
Development OP:
modernization of the
content and methods of
education and training

275
 9. EX-ANTE CONDITIONALITIES

9.1 EX-ANTE CONDITIONALITIES

Following the framework resolution concerning the funds within the Common Strategic Framework
2014-2020, the funding will be released when ex-ante conditionalities are met, in other words the
criteria aimed to ensure specific preliminary conditions to make the effective delivery of programmes
co-financed from European funds viable.
According to the adopted approach to ex-ante conditionality, in Poland regions were indicated as
being responsible for meeting preliminary thematic requirements of a smart specialisation strategy
and waste management, transport plans, also with respect to the preliminary general requirement
dedicated to the system of result indicators.
Pursuant to the provisions of the Partnership Agreement, actions to be taken in relation with
incomplete fulfilment of ex-ante conditionality requirements shall be monitored by the Ministry of
Infrastructure and Development. The report from monitoring of such a work and the resulting
recommendations will be submitted to the Council of Ministers’ Committee for European Affairs until
all the requirements are met.
The assessment of the fulfilment of ex-ante conditionalities was prepared on the basis of self-
evaluation prepared by the Managing Authority with respect to requirements fulfilled on the regional
level and by the Ministry of Infrastructure and Development with respect to conditions fulfilled on the
national level.

Table 24. Applicable ex ante conditionality and assessment of fulfilment thereof

Fulfilme Complia Reference to the relevant

nt of ex nce with
Priority documents
ante criteria
Ex ante Axis/Axes conditio
(strategies, other relevant Additional
conditionality the nalities
Criteria documents with references information/
relevant to the condition to relevant chapters, explanations
programme ality Yes/No articles, sections and links
applies to to the full version of the
Yes/No/P
document)
artly

GENERAL CONDITIONS

1.Preventing 1-13 Partly Solutions conforming to the
discrimination institutional and legal framework
of the Member States as regards
The existence of engaging entities in charge of the
administrative promotion of equal treatment of all
capacity to ensure persons involved in the process of
the implementation preparation and implementation of
and application of the programmes, including
EU legislation and consultancy on equal treatment in
policy in the area of actions regarding ESIF
preventing
discrimination with Solutions regarding the training of
regard to ESIF staff of authorities engaged in the
management of ESIF in the area of
EU legislation and policy to
prevent discrimination in
The Act of 3 December 2010 The Agenda was sent to
on the Implementation of the European
Yes
Certain Provisions of the Commission by the
European Union in the Field Ministry of
of Equal Treatment Infrastructure and
Development on
12.08.2014
http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Detail
sServlet?id=WDU201025417
00
No The Agenda of activities for
equal opportunities and non-
discrimination under EU

276
 controlling the funds
2. Gender equality 1-13 Partly Solutions conforming to the
institutional and legal framework
Existence of of the Member States in the
administrative gender equality area through
capacities to engaging entities in charge of the
enhance the in the process of preparation and
implementation and implementation of the
application of the programmes, including
EU gender equality consultancy on gender equality
legislation and actions regarding ESIF
policy in respect of
ESIF Solutions regarding the training of
staff of authorities engaged in the
management of ESIF in the area of
EU legislation and policy
concerning gender equality, and in
controlling the funds
3. Disability 1-13 Partly solutions conforming to the
institutional and legal framework
Existence of of the Member States as regards
administrative consultation and involvement of
capacities to entities responsible for the
enhance the protection of rights of persons
implementation and with disabilities or representative
application of the organisations for persons with
UN Convention on disabilities, and other relevant
the Rights of parties concerned during the
Persons with preparation and implementation of
Disabilities in programmes
respect of ESIF
subject to the solutions as regards training
Council Decision employees of institutions involved
no. 2010/48/EC in the management of EFSI and in
the control of the funds in respect
of the EU disability legislation and
policy, including accessibility and
practical application of the UN
Convention on the Rights of
Persons with Disabilities in
accordance with the EU and
national legislation
solutions as regards monitoring
the implementation of the
provisions of art. 9 of the UN
Convention on the Rights of
Persons with Disabilities in
connection with ESIF during the
preparation and implementation of
programmes
4. Public 1-13 Yes solutions regarding effective
procurement. application of the EU legislation
concerning public procurement
Existence of through the application of the
legislative relevant mechanisms
regulations
regarding effective solutions ensuring transparency of
277
Funds 2014-2020.
The Act of 3 December 2010
on the Implementation of
Yes
Certain Provisions of the
European Union in the Field
of Equal Treatment
The Agenda was sent to
http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Detail the European
sServlet?id=WDU201025417 Commission by the
00 Ministry of
Infrastructure and
Development on
12.08.2014
No The Agenda of activities for
equal opportunities and non-
discrimination under EU
Funds 2014-2020.
The Act of 3 December2010
Yes on the Implementation of
Certain Provisions of the
European Union in the Field
of Equal Treatment
http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Detail The Agenda was sent to
sServlet?id=WDU201025417 the European
00 Commission by the
Ministry of
Infrastructure and
Development on
The Agenda of activities for 12.08.2014
equal opportunities and non-
discrimination under EU
Funds 2014-2020.
No
The Act of 3 December2010
on the Implementation of
Certain Provisions of the
European Union in the Filed
Yes of Equal Treatment
http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Detail
sServlet?id=WDU201025417
00
The Act amending the Act -
Yes Public Procurement Law as
regards the amendment of
art. 24 par. 1 subpar. 1 and
art. 24 par. subpar.1a of the
Act -- Public Procurement
Law, involving its
application of the public procurement procedures
EU legislation
concerning public legal regulations concerning
procurement in training and dissemination of
respect of information among the staff
involved in implementing the
funds
Yes adjustment to the judgment
of the EU Court of Justice
u, Case C-465/11
Yes http://www.uzp.gov.pl/cmsw
s/page/?F;248;ustawa_pzp.ht
ml

solutions that ensure

administrative capacity for the
implementation and application of Yes
EU public procurement
legislation

5.State aid 1-13
The existence of
legal regulations
regarding effective
application of the
EU legislation
concerning state aid
in the area of EU
structural and
investment funds
Yes solutions regarding effective
application of the EU legislation
concerning state aid through the
application of the relevant
mechanisms
legal regulations concerning
training and dissemination of
information among the Staff
involved in implementing the
funds
solutions that ensure
administrative capacity for the
implementation and application of
EU state aid legislation
The SHRIMP database
Yes (System
Harmonogramowania,
Raportowania i
Monitorowania Pomocy),
http://www.uokik.gov.pl/kom
petencje_prezesa_uokik_w_z
Yes akresie_pomocy_publicznej.
php
The Act of 30 April 2004. on
proceeding in cases
concerning state aid (Journal
Yes of Laws of 2007 no. 59, item
404, as amended.)
http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Detail
sServlet?id=WDU200705904
04

6. Legislation 1. The Act amending the 1. http://isap.sejm.gov.p

1-13 Yes solutions regarding effective
concerning Act Water Law and l/DetailsServlet?id=
application of directives Yes
environmental some other Acts WDU20140000850
concerning environmental impact
protection in respect assessment (EIA) and strategic 2. The Act on Access to 2. http://isap.sejm.gov.pl
of the environmental assessment (SEA) Information on the /DetailsServlet?id=W
environmental Environment and its DU20081991227
impact assessment legal regulations concerning Protection, on Society’s
(EIA) and strategic Engagement in 3. http://isap.sejm.gov.pl
training and dissemination of Yes /DetailsServlet?id=W
environmental Environmental
information among the Staff DU20130000817
assessment (SEA) Protection and on
involved in implementing the EIA Environmental Impact 4. http://isap.sejm.gov.pl
and SA directives Assessments Act
Existence of legal /DetailsServlet?id=W
regulations 3. The Council of DU20130001238
legal regulations that ensure
regarding effective Ministers’ decree on
adequate administrative capacity Yes
application of the actions which might
have a great impact on
EU legislation
the environment
concerning the
environmental 4. The Act – Geological
protection as and Mining Law and
regards the some other Acts
(Journal of Laws, item
environmental
1238).
impact assessment
(EIA), and strategic
environmental
assessment (SEA).

7. Statistical 1-13 Partly a) solutions concerning timely In the case of indicators the Institutions responsible
systems and result collection and aggregation of Yes source of which are official for fulfilling the criterion
indicators. statistical data are ready, statistics - the Public of the Central Statistical
Statistics Act of 29 June Office, Ministry of

278
Existence of a including the following elements:
statistical basis
necessary for the  identification of sources
assessment of and mechanisms aimed to
programme ensure statistical validation
effectiveness and
impact  arrangements concerning
publication and public
Existence of a availability of
system of result disaggregated data
indicators necessary
to select action
which will most
effectively
contribute to the
achievement of the
desired results, to
monitor progress in
achieving the results
and to assess
impact.
b) an effective system of result
indicators which comprises:
 selection of result
indicators for every
programme providing
information on the
motivation for selecting
actions within policies
financed by a given
programme,
 setting objectives for such
indicators,
 compliance with the
following requirements for
each indicator: statistical
resilience and validation,
clarity of normative
interpretation, response to
policy, , timely collection
of data,
c) procedures ensuring that all
operations financed under
the programme apply an
effective system of
indicators are in place.
279
1995 (as amended) Infrastructure and
http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Detail Development, Managing
sServlet?id=WDU199508804 National and Regional
39 Operational
Yes Programmes, including
In the case of indicators from the MA ROP.
outside official statistics (e.g.
from evaluation studies), The institutions
indicated for PI 3b, 4e, 6c, responsible for providing
6d, 6e, 7b, 7d, 8i, 8iii, 8v, data for indicators from
Yes 8iv, 8vi, 9i, 9iv, 9V, 10i, non-public statistics: The
10iv, 10iii a competent management Board of
institution provides a the Małopolska Region,
mechanism for proper control Landscape Parks of the
of data quality and statistical Małopolska Region, the
validation. Ministry of
Infrastructure and
Development.
Institutions responsible
for fulfilling the criterio:
the Central Statistical
Office, the Ministry of
Infrastructure and
Yes Development, the
Managing National and
Regional Operational
Programmes, including
the MA ROP
No
Yes
Yes the Act of 11 July 2014 on Institutions responsible
the basis of the for fulfilling the
implementation of criterion: the Central
programmes within he Statistical Office, the
funded cohesion policy in the Ministry of
2014-2020 financial Infrastructure and
perspective Development, Managing
(http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Detai National and Regional
lsServlet?id=WDU20140001 Operational
146) containing the statutory Programmes, including
guidelines on Miir and SL the MA ROP
2014
the provisions of the relevant
legislation (Regulation of the
European Parliament and the

THEMATIC CONDITIONS
1.1. Research and 1 Partly A national or regional smart
innovation: specialisation strategy is in place
that:
The existence of
national or regional is based on a SWOT or
smart specialisation similar analysis to
strategies in line concentrate resources on a
with the National limited set of research and
Reform Programme,
innovation priorities,
to leverage private
outlines measures to
research and
stimulate private R&D
innovation investment,
expenditure, which contains a monitoring
complies with the
mechanism.
features of well-
A framework outlining available
performing national
budgetary resources for research
or regional R&I
and innovation has been adopted.
systems
1.2 The existence of 1 Yes An indicative multi-annual plan
a multi-annual plan for budgeting and prioritisation of
for budgeting and investments linked to Union
prioritisation of priorities, and, where appropriate,
investments. the European Strategy Forum on
Research Infrastructures (ESFRI)
has been adopted.
280
Council, the Commission
Implementing Regulation)
The EC guidelines
programming period 2014-
2020 guidance document on
monitoring and evaluation -
European Regional
Development Fund and the
Cohesion Fund, and The
programming period 2014-
2020 guidance document on
monitoring and evaluation -
European Social Fund
"Template Operational
Programme 2014-2020 in
Poland, with the comment"
Managing internal
procedures ROP
Partly Regional Innovation Strategy Actions to be taken to
of the Małopolska Region for fulfil the precondition
2014-2020 (document are laid down in Table
adopted by Resolution 586/14 26 and an annex to
of the Board of the ROP.
Małopolska Region of 3 June
2014).
The basic document forms an
annex to Resolution No.
586/14 of the Board of
Małopolska Region of 3 June
2014. – and is available on
the following website
Partly
http://www.malopolska.pl/Prz
edsiebiorca/iMalopolska/Stro
ny/RegionalnaStrategiaInnow
acji.aspx
Yes The condition is fulfilled
through the document entitled
Polish Roadmap for Research
Infrastructures adopted in
2011. It implements the
recommendations of the
European Strategy Forum on
Research Infrastructures
(ESFRI) in this respect. In
2012, a system of funding
major infrastructure projects
included in the Roadmap was
developed for a 10-year
horizon (2013-2023). The
Roadmap was updated in
2014..
http://www.nauka.gov.pl/g2/o
ryginal/2014_08/caf36c2da9f

2.1. Digital growth: 2 Yes
A strategic policy
framework for
digital growth to
stimulate affordable,
good quality and
interoperable ICT-
enabled private and
public services and
increase uptake by
citizens, including
vulnerable groups,
businesses and
public
administrations
including cross
border initiatives
A strategic policy framework for
digital growth, for instance,
within the national or regional
smart specialisation strategy is in
place that contains:
budgeting and prioritisation
of actions through a SWOT
or similar analysis
consistent with the
Scoreboard of the Digital
Agenda for Europe
an analysis of balancing
support for demand and
supply of ICT that has been
conducted
indicators to measure
progress of interventions in
areas such as digital
literacy, e-inclusion, e-
accessibility, and progress
of e-health within the limits
of Article 168 TFEU which
are aligned, where
appropriate, with existing
relevant sectoral ,Union,
281
ef183c32ce8772ec5b426.pdf).
An indicative plan for R&D
infrastructure financing has
also been prepared and
accepted by the European
Commission as to its
direction, which involves
national sources, structural
funds and international
programmes. The legal basis
for the identification of
expenditure from EU funding
(along with the required
national contribution) consists
of operational programmes
adopted by the Council of
Ministers’ resolution
(pursuant to art. 14j of the
Act of 6 December 2006 on
the principles of development
policy, Journal of Laws 2006
no. 227 item 1658, as
amended). As regards the
expenditure form the state
budget, the legal basis
consists of the State
Multiannual Finacial Plans,
drawn up pursuant to art. 103-
108 of the Public Finance Act
of 27 August 2009 (Journal of
Laws 2009 no. 157 item
1240, as amended) and
documents passed by the
Council of Ministers.
Efficient State Strategy (SSP)
https://mac.gov.pl/files/wp-
content/uploads/2011/12/SSP-
20-12-2012.pdf
Yes The National Integrated
Informatisation Programme
https://mac.gov.pl/files/pzip_
ostateczny.pdf
Yes
Yes
 national or regional
strategies

assessment of needs to
reinforce ICT capacity- Yes
building

2.2. Infrastructure of 2 Yes A national or regional plan of the National Broadband Plan
new generation new generation network is in https://mac.gov.pl/files/narod
networks : place , that contains: owy_plan_szerokopasmowy_
-
The existence of - a plan of investment in _08.01.2014_przyjety_przez_
national or regional infrastructure, based on the rm.pdf
plans of new economic analysis taking Yes
generation networks, into account existing
taking into account infrastructure and
regional actions to investment plans of the
attain the Union private and public sectors;
objectives with
regard to access to - models of sustainable
Fast Internet, investments which enhance
focused on the areas competiveness and ensure Yes
in which the market access to open, affordable
does not ensure a and good quality
open, affordable infrastructure and services ,
and quality considering future needs;
infrastructure, in
Yes
accordance with the - funds to stimulate private
EU legislation on investment
competitiveness and
state aid, as well as
providing services
available to
disadvantaged
groups

3.1. Specific actions 3 No The specific actions are: 1. The S24 system on the 1.https://ems.ms.gov.pl/
have been carried – measures have been put in portal
Yes 2. http://orka.sejm.go
out to underpin the place with the objective of v.pl/proc7.nsf/usta
promotion of reducing the time and cost 2. The Act on the National wy/2094_u.htm
entrepreneurship involved in setting-up a Court Register
isap.sejm.gov.pl 3. http://isap.sejm.gov.p
taking into account business taking account of the
l/DetailsServlet?id=
the Small Business targets of the SBA; WDU20041731807
3. Art. 29, art.25 (3), art.
Act (SBA) – measures have been put in
14 (1) of the Act on the 4. http://isap.sejm.gov.p
place with the objective of Freedom of Business
reducing the time needed to l/DetailsServlet?id=
No Activity WDU20130000829
get licenses and permits to isap.sejm.gov.pl
take up and perform the 5. http://isap.sejm.gov.p
4. The Act amending the l/DetailsServlet?id=
specific activity of an
acts regulating the WDU20140000768
enterprise taking account of [practice of some
the targets of the SBA; professions
– a mechanism is in place to isap.sejm.gov.pl
monitor the implementation of
5. The Act on facilitating
the measures of the SBA No access to some regulated
which have been put in place professions
and assess the impact on isap.sejm.gov.pl
SMEs

4.1. Actions 4 Partly Actions to ensure the Yes 1. Minister of 1. http://g.ekspert.infor.

promoting cost- implementation of minima Infrastructure and pl/p/_dane/akty_pdf/
effective requirements of energy Development’s decree DZU/2014/122/888.p
of 3.06.2014 concerning df#zoom=90
improvement of the characteristics in buildings,
methodology of
efficient end use of pursuant to art. 3, 4 and 5 of calculation of the 2. http://isap.sejm.gov.p
energy and cost- Directive of European Parliament building’s energy l/DetailsServlet?id=
effective characteristics WDU20020750690

282
investments in and the Council 2010/31/EC1;
2. Minister of 3. http://isap.sejm.gov.p
energy efficiency
Infrastructure’s decree of l/DetailsServlet?id=
when constructing Actions necessary for the 12.04.2002 concerning WDU20130001409
or renovating establishment of a certification technological
buildings system with regard to energy No requirements to be 4. http://isap.sejm.gov.p
characteristics in buildings complied with by l/DetailsServlet?id=
buildings and their WDU20110940551
consistent with art. 11 of
Directive 2010/31/EC1; locations 5. http://isap.sejm.gov.p
3. Art. 5 (2a) of the Act – l/DetailsServlet?id=
Actions to ensure strategic Construction Law of WDU20082231459
planning in the energy efficiency Yes 7.07.1994 6. Ministry of the
area, consistent with art. 3 of 4. Art. 10. (1) and (2) of Economy’s decree of
Directive of the European the Energy Efficiency 15.01.2007
Parliament and the Council Act of 15.04.2011 concerning detailed
2012/27/EC1 conditions of the
5. Act on supporting operation of heating
modernisation and systems
Actions consistent with art. 13 of http://isap.sejm.gov.p
renovation of
Directive of the European l/DetailsServlet?id=
Yes 21.11.2008
Parliament and the Council WDU20070160092
2006/32/EC1 on energy end-use
7. The Act – Energy
efficiency and energy services, to Law of 10.04. 1997
ensure end individual meters to
end users as far as technologically
possible, financially reasonable http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/D
etailsServlet?id=WDU19
and proportional to potential
970540348
energy savings
8. Ministry of the
Economy’s decree of
17.09.2010
concerning detailed
rules for the
formation and
calculation of tariffs
and account settling
for heat supply
http://isap.sejm.gov.p
l/DetailsServlet?id=
WDU20101941291
4.2. Actions have 4 Yes Support to co-generation is based Yes 1. The Act amending the Act – 1. http://isap.sejm.gov.p
been carried out to on demand for usable heat energy Energy Law of 14 March l/DetailsServlet?id=
promote highly and primary energy savings; 2014. WDU2
efficient heat and pursuant to art. 7 (1) and art. 9 (1) 2. The Act of 21 March 2014 2. http://isap.sejm.gov.p
electricity co- a) and b) of Directive 2004/8/EC; amending the Biocomponents l/DetailsServlet?id=
generation Member States or their competent and Liquid Biofuels Act (…) WDU201400004570
authorities have assessed existing 140000490
legislation and regulatory 3. http://www.Ministry
framework in view of procedures 3. Poland’s Energy Policy of
to grant the permits or other up to 2030 Economy.gov.pl/files
procedures, in order to: /upload/8134/Polityk
a%20energetyczna%
20ost.pdf
• encourage the design
4. The Biocomponents and
of co-generation units to cover 4. http://isap.sejm.gov.p
Liquid Biofuels Act of
economically justified demand l/DetailsServlet?id=
25 August 2006
for usable heat and avoid WDU20061691199
production of energy exceeding 5. The RES Act
5. http://legislacja.rcl.go
the demand for usable heat, and v.pl/docs//2/19349/22
8300/dokument11877
• to reduce regulatory 6. National Action Plan for 0.pdf
and non-regulatory barriers to co- RES energy 6. http://www.Ministry
generation development of
Economy.gov.pl/files
/upload/12326/KPD_
RM.pdf
4.3. Actions have 1. The Act of 10 April 1997 1. http://isap.sejm.gov.p
4 Yes Transparent support schemes, Yes
been carried out to priority in grid access or – Energy Law with l/DetailsServlet?id=
promote the implementing acts WDU20140000490
guaranteed access and priority in
283
production and dispatching, as well as standard
distribution of rules relating to the bearing and
renewable energy sharing of costs of technical
sources. adaptations which have been
made public are in place
consistent with Article 14(1),
Article 16(2) and 16(3) of
Directive 2009/28/EC of the
European Parliament and of the
Council.
The Member State has adopted a
national renewable energy action
plan consistent with Article 4 of
Directive 2009/28/EC.
5.1. Risk prevention 5 Yes National or regional risk
and risk assessments are in place that
management. contain the following elements:
Existence of
national or regional - description of the process,
risk assessments for methodology and insensitive data
the needs of disaster used for risk assessment as well
and catastrophe as based on risk-based criteria to
management taking identify priority investments
account of climate
change - list of single-risk scenarios and
multiple-risk scenarios;
taking account, where
appropriate, of national strategies
for adaptation to climate change.
- In sectors supported from the
6.1. Water 5 No
ERDF and the Cohesion Fund,
management: The
the Member State ensured
existence of
adequate contribution of the
different water uses,
a) a water pricing
disaggregated into industries, to
policy which
the recovery of the costs of water
provides adequate
services, in accordance with art. 9
incentives for users
par. 1 indent one of Directive
to use water
2000/60/EC , having regard –
resources efficiently
where applicable – to the social,
and
environmental and economic
effects of the recovery, as well as
b) an adequate
geographic and climatic
contribution of the
conditions of the region or
different water uses
regions affected;
to the recovery of
the costs of water - Adopting a river-basin
services at a rate management plan coherent with
determined in the Article. 13 of Directive
approved river basin 2000/60/EC
management plan
for investment
supported by the
projects.
6.2. Waste 5 Partly – Pursuant to the
management: requirements of art. 11 (5) of
Promoting Directive 2008/98/EC, a report on
284
2. The Act of 21 March 2. http://isap.sejm.gov.p
2014 amending the l/DetailsServlet?id=
Biocomponents and WDU20061691199
Liquid Biofuels Act and
some other acts 3. http://www.Ministry
of
3. The National RES Economy.gov.pl/files
Action Plan adopted by /upload/12326/KPD_
the Council of Ministers’ RM.pdf
resolution of 7 December
2010.
4. Energy Policy up to 2030 4. http://www.Ministry
of
Economy.gov.pl/files
/upload/8134/Polityk
Yes
a%20energetyczna%
20ost.pdf
”Risk assessment for crisis
management needs. The
Report on threats to national
security” from: ”The Report
on threats to national
security” http://rcb.gov.pl/wp-
Yes content/uploads/ocenaryzyka.
pdf
Strategic plan for adaptation
Yes of sectors and areas
vulnerable to climate change
up to 2020, with a 2030
perspective
Yes http://klimada.mos.gov.pl/dok
ument-spa-2020
No Amendment to the Act –
Water Law
http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Details
Servlet?id=WDU2014000065
9
Master plans for the Ode rand
Vistula river catchment areas
http://www.mos.gov.pl/artyku
l/7_archiwum/23261_rzad_pr
zyjal_masterplany_dla_dorzec
zy_wisly_i_odry.html
The Act of 27 April 2001.
Environmental Protection
Law (Journal of Laws2001
no. 62 item 627)
No http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Details
Servlet?id=WDU2001062062
7
Yes National waste management
plan 2014 (Official Law
Gazette (MP). no. 101, item
economically and the progress in attaining the
environmentally objectives laid down in art. 11 of
sustainable Directive 2008/98/EC was
investments in the submitted to the European
waste sector Commission;
particularly through
the development of – Existence of one or more waste
waste management management plans in accordance
plans consistent with with the requirements of art. 28 of
Directive Directive 2008/98/EC.
2008/98/EC, and
- Existence of waste prevention
with the waste
programmes, in accordance with
hierarchy
the requirements of art. 29
Directive 2008/98/EC;
– measures necessary to attain the
objectives for the year 2020 with
regard to preparation for reuse
and recycling, in accordance with
art. 11 (2) of Directive
2008/98/EC.
1183)
http://dokumenty.rcl.gov.pl/M
2010101118301.pdf
Regional waste management
plans
No
Regional investment plans
National waste prevention
plan
http://www.mos.gov.pl/g2/big
Yes /2014_02/9eb50a325ed30981
79730907a88a53d5.pdf
The Act of 13 June 2013 on
No packaging and packaging
waste management (Journal
of Laws, item 888)

http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Details
Servlet?id=WDU2013000088
8

7.1. Transport: The 7 Partly Existence in a comprehensive Yes Development Strategy of Actions to be taken to
existence of a plan or plans or frameworks as Małopolska Region for 2011- fulfil the precondition
comprehensive plan regards transport investment that 2020 are set out in Table 26
or plans or complies with legal regulations (http://www.malopolskie.pl/R an annex to ROP
comprehensive concerning a strategic ozwojRegionalny/Aktualizacj
framework or environmental impact assessment a/?id=1881) (SRWM)
frameworks for
transport investment Existence of a comprehensive and
in accordance with plan or plans or frameworks as
the Member States' regards transportation investment Transport development
institutional set-up defining the contribution into the No strategy 2010-220 in
(including public European unified area of transport Małopolska Region
transport at regional in accordance with art. 10 of the (http://www.malopolskie.pl/Pl
and local level) Regulation (EU) of the European iki/2012/STRATEGIA_ROZ
which supports Parliament and of the Council no. WOJU_TRANSPORTU.pdf).
infrastructure 1315/2013 including investment
development and priorities for Transport and
improves Communications Strategic
connectivity to the -the basic and comprehensive Programme (underway)
TEN-T TEN- T network, where
No
comprehensive and investment is envisaged under the
core networks. ERDF and Cohesion Fund

- secondary connectivity.

Existence of a comprehensive
plan or plans or frameworks as
regards transport investment,
defining identification of the
proper number of realistic and
advanced projects which are to be
supported from the ERDF and
Cohesion Fund

Existence of a comprehensive

285
 plan or plans or frameworks as
regards transport investment,
defining actions aimed at No
ensuring Intermediate Bodies’
and beneficiaries’ capacities to
implement projects

7.2. Railway: The 7 Partly Existence in a comprehensive Yes Development Strategy of Actions to be taken to
existence within the plan or plans or frameworks as Małopolska Region for 2011- fulfil the precondition
comprehensive regards transport of a part 2020 are set down in Table
transport plan or concerning railway development (http://www.malopolskie.pl/R 26 and an annex to ROP
plans or frameworks that complies with legal ozwojRegionalny/Aktualizacj
of a specific section regulations concerning a strategic a/?id=1881) (SRWM)
on railway environmental impact assessment
development in and
accordance with the Existence in a comprehensive
Member States' plan or plans or frameworks as Transport development
institutional set-up regards transport of a part No strategy in the Małopolska
(including concerning railway development Region for 2010-2020
concerning public that identifies an adequate (http://www.malopolskie.pl/Pl
transport at regional number of feasible projects whose iki/2012/STRATEGIA_ROZ
and local level) preparation is well advanced WOJU_TRANSPORTU.pdf).
which supports (including timetable and budget)
infrastructure Transport and
development and Actions aimed at ensuring Communication Strategic
No
improves Intermediate Bodies’ Programme (underway)
connectivity to the and beneficiaries’ capacities to
TEN-T implement projects
comprehensive and
core networks. The
investments cover
mobile assets,
interoperability and
capacity-building

8.1 Active labour Yes 8Employment services have the
market policy has capacity to, and do, deliver
been designed and is personalised services and active
delivered in the light and preventive labour market
of the Employment measures at an early stage, which
guidelines are open to all jobseekers while
focusing on people at highest risk
of social exclusion, including
people from marginalised
communities;
Employment services have the
capacity to, and do, deliver
comprehensive and transparent
information on new job vacancies
and employment opportunities
taking into account the changing
needs of the labour market.
Yes The Act on employment
promotion and labour market
institutions (Journal of Laws
2004 no. 99 item 1001, as
amended)
http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Details
Servlet?id=WDU2004099100
1
Implementing decrees to the
above Act
http://www.psz.praca.gov.pl/
main.php?do=ShowPage&nPI
Yes D=867685&pT=details&sP=
CONTENT,objectID,873075

Employment services have set up

formal or informal cooperation Yes
arrangements with relevant
stakeholders.

A strategic policy framework for

8.2. Self- 8 Yes Enterprise Development References to
inclusive start-up support is in
employment, Programme documents, continued:
place with the following
entrepreneurship Yes (http://www.mg.gov.pl/Wspie
elements:
and business ranie+przedsiebiorczosci/Polit The Freedom of

286
creation: the - measures have been put in
existence of a place with the objective of
strategic policy reducing the time and cost
framework for involved in setting up a
inclusive start-ups. business, taking account of
the targets of the SBA;
- measures have been put in
place with the objective of
reducing the time needed to
get licenses and permits to
take up and perform the
specific activity of an
enterprise, taking account of
the targets of the SBA;
- actions linking suitable
business development
services and financial
services (access to capital),
including reaching out to
disadvantaged groups,
areas, or both, where
needed:
8.4 Active and 8/12 Partly Relevant stakeholders are
healthy ageing: involved in the design and
Active ageing follow-up of active ageing
policies have been policies with a view to retaining
designed in the light elderly workers on the labour
of the Employment market and promoting their
Guidelines employment;
The Member State has measures
in place to promote active ageing.
8.5 Adaptation of 8 Yes Instruments are in place to
workers, enterprises support social partners and public
and entrepreneurs to authorities to develop and
change: The monitor proactive approaches
existence of policies towards change and restructuring
aimed at favouring which include measures:
anticipation and
good management to promote anticipation of
of change and change;
restructuring
to promote the preparation
and management of the
restructuring process
9.1. The existence 9 Yes A national strategic policy
and the framework for poverty reduction,
287
yki+przedsiebiorczosci+i+inn
owacyjnosci/Program+Rozwo
ju+Przedsiebiorstw)
Better Regulation 2015
Programme
Yes (http://www.mg.gov.pl/Prawo
+dla+przedsiebiorcy/Program
+Lepsze+regulacje+2015)
National Social Economy
Development Programme
Yes
Yes
Yes Solidarity of 50+Progranne
(adopted by the Council of
Ministers on 24 December
2013,
http://www.mpips.gov.pl/seni
orzyaktywne-
starzenie/program-
solidarnosc-pokolen/
No
Human Capital Development
Strategyhttp://isip.sejm.gov.pl
/Download?id=WMP2013000
0640&type=2
Assumptions for the Long-
term Senior Policy (ZDPS,
adopted by the Council of
Ministers on 24 2013,
http://www.mpips.gov.pl/seni
orzyaktywne-
starzenie/zalozenia-
dlugofalowej-polityki-
senioralnej-w-polsce-na-lata-
20142020/
Yes The New Opportunity Policy
Programme
http://bip.Ministry of
Economy.gov.pl/node/20367
Yes
Yes
Yes National Programme to
Combat Poverty and Social
Enterprise Act (Journal
of Laws 2004 no. 173
item 1807)
http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/
DetailsServlet?id=WDU
20041731807
References to
documents, continued:
Policy paper for health
protection 2014 -2020 –
National Strategic
Framework
Rządowy Program na
rzecz Aktywności
Społecznej Osób
Starszych na lata 2014-
2020
http://www.mpips.gov.p
l/seniorzyaktywne-
starzenie/rzadowy-
program-asos/
Social Capital
Development Strategy
2020
http://isip.sejm.gov.pl/D
ownload?id=WMP2013
0000378&type=2
implementation of a
national strategic
policy framework
for poverty
reduction aiming at
the active inclusion
of people excluded
from the labour
market in the light
of the Employment
guidelines
9.3. Health: The 9/12
existence of a
national or regional
strategic policy
framework for
health within the
limits of Article 168
TFEU ensuring
economic
sustainability
10.1. Early school 10
leaving: The
existence of a
strategic policy
framework to reduce
early school leaving
(ESL) within the
aiming at active inclusion, is in Exclusion 2020: New
place that: Dimension of Active
Integration
– provides a sufficient evidence isip.sejm.gov.pl/Download?id
base to develop policies for =WMP20140000787&type=2
poverty reduction and monitor
developments;
– contains measures supporting
the achievement of the
national poverty and social
exclusion target (as defined in Yes
the National Reform
Programme), which includes
the promotion of sustainable
and quality employment
opportunities for people at the
highest risk of social
exclusion, including people
from marginalised
communities;
Yes
– involves relevant stakeholders
in combating poverty;
– depending on the identified
needs, includes measures for
Yes
the shift from institutional to
community based care
Upon request and where justified,
relevant stakeholders will be
provided with support for
submitting project applications Yes
and for implementing and
managing the selected projects.
A national or regional strategic
No No Policy Paper for health
policy framework for health is in
protection 2014-2020 –
place that contains:
National Strategic Framework
coordinated measures to
improve access to health No
services;
measures to stimulate
efficiency in the health
sector, through deployment No
of service delivery models
and infrastructure;
a monitoring and review
system. No
The Member State or region has
adopted a framework outlining
available budgetary resources on No
an indicative basis and a cost-
effective concentration of
resources on prioritised needs for
health care.
Yes A system for collecting and Yes Human Capital Development
analysing data and information on Strategy
ESL at relevant levels is in place
that: http://isip.sejm.gov.pl/Downl
oad?id=WMP20130000640&t
- provides a sufficient evidence- ype=2
base to develop targeted policies
288
limits of Article 165 and monitors developments.
TFEU
A strategic policy framework on
ESL is in place that:
- is based on evidence;
- covers relevant educational
sectors including early childhood
development, targets in particular
vulnerable groups that are most at
risk of ESL including people
from marginalised communities,
and addresses prevention,
intervention and compensation
measures;
Lifelong learning perspective
http://www.men.gov.pl/index.
php/uczenie-sie-przez-cale-
zycie/770-perspektywa-
uczenia-sie-przez-cale-zycie
Yes
Social Capital Development
Strategy 2020
Yes http://isip.sejm.gov.pl/Downl
oad?id=WMP20130000378&t
ype=2

- involves all policy sectors and

stakeholders that are relevant to
addressing ESL. Yes

10.3. Lifelong 10 Yes A national or regional strategic Human Capital Development

learning (LL): The policy framework for lifelong
existence of a learning is in place that contains
national and/or measures:
regional strategic
policy framework - to support the developing and
for lifelong learning linking services for LL, including
within the limits of their implementation and skills
Article 165 TFEU upgrading (i.e. validation,
guidance, education and training)
and providing for the
involvement of, and partnership
with relevant stakeholders;
- for the provision of skills
development for various target
groups where these are identified
as priorities in national or
regional strategic policy
frameworks (for example young
people in vocational training,
adults, parents returning to the
labour market, low skilled and
older workers, migrants and other
disadvantaged groups, in
particular people with
disabilities);
Strategy
http://isip.sejm.gov.pl/Downl
oad?id=WMP20130000640&t
ype=2
Yes
Human Capital Development
Strategy implementing
document
http://www.mpips.gov.pl/prac
a/strategie-i-dokumenty-
programowe/strategia-
rozwoju-kapitalu-ludzkiego-
srkl---projekt-z-31072012-r/
Lifelong learning perspective
Yes
http://www.men.gov.pl/index.
php/uczenie-sie-przez-cale-
zycie/770-perspektywa-
uczenia-sie-przez-cale-zycie

- to widen access to LL including

through efforts to effectively
implement transparency tools (for
example the European
Qualifications Framework,
National Qualifications
Framework, European Credit
system for Vocational Education Yes
and Training, European Quality
Assurance in Vocational
Education and Training);

- to improve the labour market

relevance of education and
training and to adapt it to the
needs of identified target groups

289
 (for example young people in Yes
vocational training, adults,
parents returning to the labour
market, low-skilled and older
workers, migrants and other
disadvantaged groups, in
particular people with
disabilities).

10.4 The existence 10 Yes A national or regional strategic
of a national or policy framework is in place for
regional strategic increasing the quality and
policy framework efficiency of VET systems within
for increasing the the limits of Article 165 TFEU
quality and which includes measures for the
efficiency of VET following:
systems within the
limits of Article 165 - to improve the labour market
TFEU. relevance of VET systems in
close cooperation with relevant
stakeholders including through
mechanisms for skills
anticipation, adaptation of
curricula and the strengthening of
work-based learning provision in
its different forms;
Yes Human Capital Development
Strategy
http://isip.sejm.gov.pl/Downl
oad?id=WMP20130000640&t
ype=2
Lifelong learning perspective
http://www.men.gov.pl/index.
Yes php/uczenie-sie-przez-cale-
zycie/770-perspektywa-
uczenia-sie-przez-cale-zycie
Poland 2030. Long-term
Development Strategy. The
third wave of modernity

- to increase the quality and http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Details

attractiveness of VET including Servlet?id=WMP2013000012
through establishing a national 1
approach for quality assurance for
VET (for example in line with National Development
the, European Quality Assurance Strategy 2020
Reference Framework for
Vocational Education and http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/Details
Yes Servlet?id=WMP2012000088
Training) and implementing the
transparency and recognition 2
tools, for example European
Credit system for Vocational
Education and Training.
(ECVET).

9.2 ACTIONS TO FULFIL EX-ANTE CONDITIONALITIES

Table 25. Actions to be taken to comply with applicable general preconditions

General ex-ante
Institutions
conditionalities binding
responsible for
on the programme , not Criteria not complied with Actions to be taken Deadline
compliance with
complied with completely
conditionality
or partially

1. Preventing legal regulations concerning training Adoption of The Agenda of activities 1st quarter 2015 Ministry of
discrimination of the staff of the bodies involved in for equal opportunities and non- Infrastructure and
management and control of structural discrimination under EU Funds Development
and investment funds, regarding the 2014-2020. the UP Coordination
UE legislation and policies to prevent Committee
discrimination

290
2. Gender equality legal regulations concerning training
of the staff of the bodies involved in
management and control of structural
and investment funds, regarding the
UE legislations and policies with
respect to gender equality

3. Disability solutions concerning training of the

staff of the bodies involved in
management and control of structural
and investment funds, regarding the
EU and national legislation and
policies, as appropriate, with respect to
availability and practical application of
UNCRPD reflected in the EU and
national legislation

7. Statistical and result
indicators
b) an effective system of indicators,
including: the establishment of targets
for these indicators
The IP 2c introduced the output 3rd quarter 2015 Institutions
indicator: "Percentage of citizens responsible for
using e-administration (EAC)" – the fulfilling the
baseline indicator will be available at criterion: the
the Central Statistical Office (GUS) in Central Statistical
the 2nd half of 2015 form the study Office, the
:Rozszerzenie badania i pozyskanie Ministry of
danych na poziomie NTS 2 z zakresu Infrastructure and
wykorzystania ITO w gospodarstwach Development,
domowych.[The extension of study authorities
and aquisition of data on the managing
household use of ICT on NUTS2 National and
level).. After receiving the data, the Regional
ROP MA will estimate the target Operational
value of the indicator. After Programmes,
estimating the target value, the MA including the MA
will submit an application for the ROP
modification of the programme in
order to enter the missing data and the
ultimate fulfillment of the ex-ante
condition 7.

Table 26. Actions to be taken to comply with applicable thematic preconditions

Thematic ex-ante
Institutions
conditionalities binding on
responsible for
the programme, Criteria not complied with Actions to be taken Deadline
compliance with the
completely or partially not
conditionalities
complied with

1.1. Research and A national or regional smart Periodical review of updated RSI 30.11.2015 Board of Małopolska
innovation specialisation strategy is in place WM with respect to the description Region
that: of measures involved in the course
of the process of identifying smart
regional specialisations following
the entrepreneurial discovery
concept

- is based on a SWOT or similar Verification of the SWOT analysis 30.11.2015 Board of Małopolska
analysis to concentrate resources within the framework of Innovation Region
on a limited set of research and Strategy of the Małopolska Region

291

3.1 Specific measures to
support the promotion of
entrepreneurship, taking
into account the "Small
Business Act" were carried
out
4.1. Actions have been
carried out to promote cost-
effective improvements of
energy end use efficiency
and cost-effective
investment in energy
efficiency when
constructing or renovating
buildings
6.1. Water management:
The existence of
a) a water pricing policy
which provides adequate
incentives for users to use
water resources efficiently
innovation priorities,
- outlines measures to stimulate
private R&D investment
- contains a monitoring
mechanism
A framework outlining available
budgetary resources for research
and innovation has been adopted
- measures have been put in
place with the objective of
reducing the time needed to get
licenses and permits to take up
and perform the specific activity
of an enterprise taking account
of the targets of the SBA;
- a mechanism is in place to
monitor the implementation of
the measures of the SBA which
have been put in place and
assess the impact on SMEs.
- measures necessary to
establish a system of
certification of the energy
performance of buildings
consistent with Article 11 of
Directive 2010/31/EU;
- In sectors supported by the
ERDF and the Cohesion Fund, a
Member State has ensured a
contribution of the different
water uses to the recovery of the
costs of water services by sector
consistent with the first indent of
Article 9(1) of Directive
to take a fuller account of the
diagnostic part results of use and
reducing the number of priorities
with regard to research and
innovation
Verification of the logic of RSI 30.11.2015 Board of Małopolska
WM interventions to more strongly Region
link the priorities with the
diagnostic part and the revised
SWOT analysis, and to enhance
activities to stimulate private R&D
investment
Laying down the mechanism of 30.11.2015 Board of Małopolska
monitoring and evaluation of the Region
region’s smart specialisations, in
the manner which will enable the
verification of current and
identification of new specialiations
in which the region is likely to
reach a competitive advantage
Verification of the Innovation 30.11.2015 Board of Małopolska
Strategy of the Małopolska Region, Region
financial framework defining an
estimated amount of R&D
allocations which may be engaged
in the period of the strategy
implementation
Entry into force of the Act 01.05.2015 Ministry of Justice
amending the Acts regulating
conditions for the access to certain
professions – 3rd tranche of
deregulation
Implementation of electronic 1.07.2015 Ministry of the
consultation platform Economy
Guidelines for Impact Assessment
1.07.2015
Completion of pilot project with
respect to SME test 31.12.2015
Issuance of a decree on the 30.06.2015 Ministry of
methodology of setting down the Infrastructure and
energy characteristics of the Development
building or a part of the building,
the methods of preparation and
templates of energy characteristics
certificates (currently opinions have
been collected under public
consultation for the draft decree)
Main actions Leading institution:
Ministry of the
1. Adoption of the New Act – Environment
Water Law, 31.03.2016
2. Updating water management 31.12.2015
plans for river basin areas in
Poland
292
and
b) an adequate contribution
of the different water uses
to the recovery of the costs
of water services at a rate
determined in the approved
river basin management
plan for investment
supported by the
programmes
6.2. Waste management:
Promoting economically
and environmentally
sustainable investments in
the waste sector particularly
through the development of
waste management plans
consistent with Directive
2008/98/EC, and with the
waste hierarchy
2000/60/EC having regard,
where appropriate, to the social,
environmental and economic
effects of the recovery as well as
the geographic and climatic
conditions of the region or
regions affected;
- the adoption of a river basin
management plan for the river
basin district consistent with
Article 13 of Directive
2000/60/EC
Criterion 2
Existence of one or more waste
management plans that comply
with the requirements of Article
28 of Directive 2008/98/EC;
Criterion 4
Measures to attain the objectives
for the year 2020with regard to
the preparation for reuse and
recycling, pursuant to Article 11
(2) of Directive 2008/98/EC.
The compliance with the criterion
along with a detailed action plan,
timetable and institutions in charge
were presented in the Self-
evaluation of compliance with ex
ante conditionalities.
Main actions 31.12.2015 Leading institution
:National Water
1. Updating of water
Management Board (
management plan in river
basin areas in Poland KZGW)
2. Submitting a report with Cooperating
copies of PGW update to the institution: Ministry
European Commission is
of the Environment
planned in the 1st quarter of
2016.
The compliance with the criterion
along with a detailed action plan,
timetable and institutions in charge
were presented in the Self-
evaluation of compliance with i ex
ante conditionalities...
Main actions
1. Regional Board obliged to 31.03.2015 Parliament
draw up investment plans,
2. Issuance of a decree that lays
down the method and form of
Regional Waste Management 31.12.2014
Plan (WPGO) preparation
3. Updating of the National
waste Management Plan
(KPGO) 31.12.2015 Ministry of the
Environment
4. Updating of WPGO and 31.12.2016
developing investment plans
Ministry of the
The compliance with the criterion
Environment/Council
along with a detailed action plan,
of Ministers
timetable and institutions in charge
were presented in the Self-
Marshals of Regions
evaluation of compliance with i ex
ante conditionalities.. Regional Assemblies
Main actions
1. Amendment to the Act of 13
September 1996 on the 31.12.2014 Parliament
obligation to keep the
municipalities clean and in
good order
2. A decree on the obligation of
selective collection of certain
municipal waste and detailed 2nd quarter 2015 Ministry of the
method of selective collection
Environment
of selected waste fractions
3. Issuance of the Council of
Ministers’ decree on charge Ministry of the
for the use of the 31.12.2015 Environment
environment(…)
293
 4. Passing a new Act on used 31.03.2015 Parliament
electric and electronic
equipment
5. Issuance of a decree
concerning model reports on
31.12.2015 Ministry of the
collected municipal waste […]
6. Issuance of a decree Environment
concerning the audit pursuant
to Article . 51 the Act of 13 Ministry of the
June 2013 on packaging 31.12.2015 Environment
management […]

The compliance with the criterion

along with a detailed action plan,
timetable and institutions in charge
were presented in the Self-
evaluation of compliance with ex
ante conditionalities.

7.1 Transport: The Criterion 1 Main actions

existence of a
comprehensive plan or
plans or comprehensive
frameworks for transport
investment in accordance
with the Member States'
institutional set-up
(including public transport
at regional and local level)
which supports
infrastructure development
and improves connectivity
to the TEN-T
comprehensive and core
networks.
Existence of a comprehensive
plan or plans or frameworks as
regards transportation
investment, which meet the legal
requirements regarding the
strategic environmental impact
assessment,
Criterion 2
Existence of a comprehensive
plan or plans or frameworks as
regards transportation
investment defining the
contribution into the European
unified area of transport in
accordance with art. 10 of the
Regulation (EU) of the European
Parliament and of the Council
no. 1315/2013 including
investment priorities for
Collecting and analysis of input
31.03.2015 Board of Małopolska
materials and identifying the scope
Region
of works necessary adapt PS TiK
to the requirements of ex-ante
conditionality
Board of Małopolska
Adaptation of the draft regional
31.08.2015 Region
transport plan (PS TiK) to the
requirements of ex-ante
conditionality (conditions 7.1 and
7.2)
Adoption of the regional transport 30.09.205 Board of Małopolska
plan by the Board of Małopolska
Region
Region (PS TiK)

the basic and

comprehensive TEN- T
network, where investment
is envisaged under the
ERDF and Cohesion Fund
and secondary
connectivity.

Criterion 3

Existence of a comprehensive
plan or plans or frameworks as
regards transportation
investment, defining
identification of the proper
number of realistic and advanced
projects which are to be
supported from the ERDF and
Cohesion Fund;

Criterion 4

Existence of a comprehensive

294

7.2. Railway: The existence
within the comprehensive
transport plan or plans or
comprehensive frameworks
of a specific section on
railway development in
accordance with the
Member States' institutional
set-up (including
concerning public transport
at regional and local level)
which supports
infrastructure development
and improves connectivity
to the TEN-T
comprehensive and core
networks. The investments
cover mobile assets,
interoperability and
capacity-building
8.4 Active and healthy
aging: A policy was
developed on active aging
in the light of the guidelines
for employment.
plan or plans or frameworks as
regards transportation
investment, defining actions
aimed at ensuring Intermediate
Bodies’ and beneficiaries’
capacities to implement projects
Criterion 1
Existence of a comprehensive
plan or plans or frameworks as
regards railway development,
which meet the legal
requirements regarding the
strategic environmental impact
assessment,
Criterion 2
Existence in a comprehensive
plan or plans or frameworks as
regards transport of a part
concerning railway
development, identifying an
adequate number of feasible
projects whose preparation is
well advanced (including
timetable and budget)
Criterion 3
Existence of a comprehensive
plan or plans or frameworks as
regards transportation
investment, defining actions
aimed at ensuring Intermediate
Bodies’ and beneficiaries’
capacities to implement projects
2 A Member State prepares
measures to promote active
aging.
Main actions
Collecting and analysing input
31.03.2015 Board of Małopolska
materials and identifying the scope
Region
of works necessary adapt PS TiK
to the requirements of ex-ante
conditionality
Board of Małopolska
Adaptation of the draft regional
31.08.2015 Region
transport plan (PS TiK) to the
requirements of ex-ante
conditionality (conditions 7.1 and
7.2)
Adoption of the regional transport 30.09.2015 Board of Małopolska
plan by the Board of the
Region
Małopolska Region (PS TiK)
The Action plan for the preparation 30.06./2015 The Ministry of Health
of the document: the Policy Paper
for the area of health care in Poland
for the years 2014-2020. The
National Strategic Framework.
- Supplementing the Policy Paper
for the protection of health for the
period 2014-2020. The National
Strategic Framework. The
document will be reviewed in the
context of the comments made by
the European Commission at a
meeting on 16 October 2014. Date:
31.02.2015.
- Adoption of the Policy Paper by
the competent authorities at the
national level, Date: 06.30.2015.
Description of meeting the
criterion, together with a detailed
action plan and a schedule, and
those responsible have been
presented in the Self-Assessment
fulfillment of ex-ante evaluation
295

9.3 Health: The existence of
national or regional
strategic framework for
health policy to the extent
specified in Art. 168 TFEU,
to ensure economic stability
9.3 Health: The existence of
national or regional
strategic framework for
health policy to the extent
specified in Art. 168 TFEU,
to ensure economic stability
9.3 Health: The existence of
national or regional
strategic framework for
health policy to the extent
specified in Art. 168 TFEU,
to ensure economic stability
9.3 Health: The existence of
national or regional
strategic framework for
health policy to the extent
specified in Art. 168 TFEU,
to ensure economic stability
1) The national or regional
strategic framework for health
policies are in place, they
include:
2) coordinated actions aimed at
improving access to health
services;
3) measures aimed at stimulating
efficiency in the health care
sector by introducing service
delivery models and
infrastructure;
4) monitoring and review system
annexed to the programme.
The condition is considered 31.12.2016 The Ministry of Health
completed when the following
criteria are met:
The Action plan for the preparation 30.06.2015 The Ministry of Health
of the document: the Policy Paper
for the area of health care in Poland
for the years 2014-2020. The
National Strategic Framework.
- Supplementing the Policy Paper
for the protection of health for the
period 2014-2020. The National
Strategic Framework. The
document will be reviewed in the
context of the comments made by
the European Commission at a
meeting on 16 October 2014. Date:
31.02.2015.
- Adoption of Policy Paper by the
competent authorities at national,
Date: 06.30.2015.
Description of meeting the
criterion, together with a detailed
action plan and timetable, and those
responsible have been presented in
the Self-Assessment fulfilment of
ex-ante evaluation annexed to the
program.
The Action plan refers to maps of 31.12.2016 The Ministry of Health
health needs
- Drawing up "maps of needs" in
the field of oncology and
cardiology, describing elements of
the system at the hospitals. Date:
12.31.2015
- Creating "maps of needs" for
other diseases at hospitals. Date:
31.12.2016
Description of meeting the
criterion, together with a detailed
action plan and a schedule, and
those responsible have been
presented in the Self-Assessment
fulfilment of ex-ante evaluation
annexed to the program.
The Action plan for the preparation 30.06.2015 The Ministry of Health
of the document: Policy Paper for
the area of health care in Poland for
the years 2014-2020. The National
Strategic Framework.
- Supplementing the Policy Paper
296

9.3 Health: The existence of
national or regional
strategic framework for
health policy to the extent
specified in Art. 168 TFEU,
to ensure economic stability
5) The Member State or a region
adopted a framework for the
estimated budget available for
health care and cost- effective
concentration of resources
allocated to the priority health
care needs.
for the protection of health for the
period 2014-2020. The National
Strategic Framework. The
document will be reviewed in the
context of the comments made by
the European Commission at a
meeting on 16 October 2014. Date:
31.02.2015.
- Adoption of the Policy Paper by
the competent authorities at the
national level, Date: 06.30.2015.
Description of meeting the
criterion, together with a detailed
action plan and a schedule, and
those responsible have been
presented in the Self-Assessment
fulfilment of ex-ante evaluation
annexed to the program.
The Action plan for the preparation 30.06.2015
of the document: Policy Paper for
the area of health care in Poland for
the years 2014-2020. The National
Strategic Framework.
- Supplementing the Policy Paper
for the protection of health for the
period 2014-2020. The National
Strategic Framework. The
document will be reviewed in the
context of the comments made by
the European Commission at a
meeting on 16 October 2014. Date:
31.02.2015.
- Adoption of the Policy Paper by
the competent authorities at the
national level, Date: 06.30.2015.
Description of meeting the
criterion, together with a detailed
action plan and a schedule, and
those responsible have been
presented in the Self-Assessment
fulfilment of ex-ante evaluation
annexed to the program.
297
10. REDUCTION OF ADMINISTRATIVE BURDEN FOR
BENEFICIARIES
Institutions responsible in Poland for implementing cohesion policy will continue in the financial
perspective 2014-2020 action aimed at introducing as broad as possible a catalogue of simplifications
for beneficiaries of EU funding, in accordance with the Section 2.6 of the Partnership Agreement. The
simplifications include not only simplifications following from or being a consequence of EU
regulations, but also simplifications in areas subject to national regulation. In accordance with the
national recommendations, while developing a programme, the relevant institutions involved in its
preparation were obliged to include in the programme a synthetic assessment of the most important
administrative responsibilities on the part of beneficiaries concerning the programme’s
implementation, and to quote their source.
The simplifications in implementing cohesion policy funds in 2014-2020 which do not follow
directly from the planned EU regulations include in particular:
a) greater decentralisation of the implementation system through increasing the share of regional
programmes in the general allocation,
b) introducing into the programmes integrated support mechanisms, whose implementation will
be entrusted to municipalities,
c) flexible forms of project financing with a comprehensive down-payment system,
d) ensuring broader thematic access to reverse support,
e) ensuring easy access for potential beneficiaries to exhaustive information through a
comprehensive network of points of information for individual funds.
The following simplifications which result from the opportunities introduced by the framework
regulation have been implemented in Poland:
a) as regards projects that generate revenue – a possibly broad application of flat rates, including
a reduction in the level of financing under a priority axis upon consideration of profitability of
projects implemented under the axis,
b) a possibly broad application of flat rate financing of programmes.
Notably, the aforesaid simplifications have been introduced as early as at the stage of programming
the support. On the other hand, action will be taken on a need-basis to eliminate sources of
problems as regards all other problem issues identified in the course of programme
implementation (following the example of the previous financial perspectives).
At the regional level, the following sources of administrative burden for beneficiaries were
identified in 2007-2013:
a) elongated project implementation path; lengthy procedures at individual stages of
implementation;
b) the number and sizes of the required appendices;
c) the number and sizes of the required paper documentation at individual stages of
implementation;
d) the number and sizes of correspondence;
298
 e) frequent changes in the applicable procedures/guidelines.
Regular action taken to reduce the aforesaid burden involved:
a) improving information tools supporting implementation (applications for communication with
the beneficiaries), and enabling electronic correspondence (the ePUAP profile, electronic
signature verified with a valid qualified certificate);
b) applying the mechanism for flexible personnel movement within the programme lifecycle to
enable smooth course of procedures in peak periods, and prompt reaction to delays at
individual stages of implementation;
c) organizing the work of consultation points to make it possible for the consultants to use the
support of professional staff;
d) substituting official certificates with beneficiary declarations (e.g. concerning environmental
fee clearance);
e) flexible forms of financing projects with complex down-payment systems.
The following guidelines adopted at the stage of designing the ROP institutional system will
contribute to a reduction of administrative burden at the regional level in the 2014 - 2020
financial perspective:
using personnel and organizational resources and expertise acquired in 2007-2013 – relying on
the existing structures/units which are identified with the implementation of the EU funding;
flattening the institutional structure – no intermediary body/bodies are envisaged in the
institutional system; in the institutional system tasks will be vested directly in the 2 nd level
intermediary body/bodies (implementing institution(s)). At the same time, as a result of
settlements at the national level and vesting the spending certification function in institutions
managing the regional operational programmes, no intermediary bodies for certification
purposes will be created. A smaller number of institutions within the system makes it more
transparent and efficient from the beneficiary’s point of view (smoother procedures at
particular stages of project implementation).
In addition, the following action has been envisaged to reduce administrative burden, based on the
experience acquired under the 2007-2013 perspective:
a) informatization of relations with the beneficiaries – a systematic development and
improvement of informatics tools to support the implementation (e.g. applications for
communication with the beneficiaries), and greater number of documents/matters
submitted/dealt with electronically,
b) informatization of relations among institutions and inside institutions, developing internal
databases to ensure that all information already possessed by an institution are used in
providing services to beneficiaries, leading to a possible reduction in the number of documents
required from beneficiaries – no need to multiply data already possessed by institutions,
c) further use of a flexible personnel movement mechanism within a programme’s lifecycle
ensuring both smooth procedures in peak periods and prompt reply to any delays at particular
stages of implementation, as well as the use of experience of those employees who know
projects from their previous stages of implementation,

299
d) continuation of the flexible approach to project selection procedures developed in 2007-2013
– applying procedures adapted to particular types of projects and specific features of
beneficiaries, e.g. continuous submission of applications, revitalisation/health resort projects,
in the case of areas showing a high supply of projects, preselection of projects is envisaged,
separate modes for ITIs is and sub-regional projects etc., including the use of the mechanism
for negotiation with the beneficiary at the stage of assessment,
The modes will respect the principles of transparency and equal treatment of beneficiaries.
e) ensuring (through a comprehensive development of system solutions and using the experience
acquired in the present perspective) stability of the implementation system in its first years –
reducing the number of changes introduced in the guidelines/procedures over the period
concerned,
f) as regards access to information – organizing points of information, where consultants may
use the support of professional staff – whereby beneficiaries can obtain more detailed and
specific information,
g) supporting the development of strategic projects which are key to the programme because of
their cost- or time-consumption demands (counselling and the development of documentation)
at an early stage of the programme,
h) continued substitution of official certificates with beneficiary declarations.

300
11. HORIZONTAL PRINCIPLES

11.1. SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

The principle of sustainable development in its social, spatial, economic and environmental
dimensions means that the social and economic development must not be in conflict with the interests
of the environment protection and spatial order. Thus action envisaged in projects must take into
consideration the needs of future generations, therefore it must not breach the environmental and
spatial balance. All action will be implemented taking into consideration the need to ensure
biodiversity, sustainable approach to the use of natural resources, restoring and sustaining spatial
order, and the requirements of protection of naturally valuable areas, including their integrity and
coherence. In consequence, environmental protection and spatial order will be recognised as the key
principles for the programme’s implementation.
The spatial dimension of the sustainable development principle will be implemented by respecting the
following principles:
stopping spontaneous urban sprawl, preventing dispersed development and spatial chaos to
increase
as far as possible, shaping resident-friendly public spaces which foster low-carbon approach
spatial policy taking into account adaptation to climate change; strong traffic generators to be
located in areas served by highly efficient municipal transport
preferring brown-field re-use and in-fills rather than expansion on undeveloped areas (brown-
field taking priority over green-field)
caring for aesthetic aspects of projects which should be adjusted to the environment respecting
the natural, cultural and social context
ensuring wide public participation in the spatial planning processes and investment project
preparation.
The principle of sustainable development is the key principle taken into consideration by the
Małopolska Region while developing its strategic and operational documents. In the draft programme,
the principle of sustainable development has been reflected in particular in the following priority axes:
Priority axis 4. Regional energy policy, as regards the development of low-carbon economy
and meeting the requirements of the climate and energy package, as well as meeting the
requirements of the relevant EU directives. Subject to the Directive of the European
Parliament and of the Council, after 31 December 2018, energy consumption in public
buildings should be near zero. As regards new buildings that are not owned by public
authorities, the requirement should be met by 31 December 2020. Where possible, the energy
performance requirements should be met also when overhauling and modernizing buildings or
their parts.63 Therefore, all new buildings erected with the use of the ROP funds will be
required to meet high energy performance standards.

63
Directive 2010/31/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 May 2010 on the energy performance of
buildings

301
 Priority axis 5. Environmental protection, as regards the requirements of environmental
protection, resilience to disasters, as well as risk prevention and management. Here, priority
will be given to action following from Poland’s – and therefore its regions’ – obligations
towards EU. The areas include intervention aimed at investment in water management and
waste management that implement the requirements resulting from EU directives.
Priority axis 6. Regional heritage, as regards maintenance and protection of biodiversity, with
a parallel balanced use of local natural resources for the development of the leisure time
industry.
Priority axis 11, Revitalisation of regional space, as regards actions to improve social and
territorial cohesion, including comprehensive social, physical, economic and spatial
revitalisation based on revitalisation programmes.
Notably, the principle of sustainable development is horizontal in nature, therefore in the aforesaid
priority axes it will be implemented with particular emphasis; it will also be taken into consideration in
all priority axes within the programme This is why the sustainable development principle, including
the spatial dimension, will be adequately taken into account in the principles and criteria for selection
of projects under individual priority axes. By this, the enforcement of the said principle will be a
formal requirement which will be subject to obligatory verification in the process or selection and
implementation of initiatives, with particular emphasis put on infrastructural projects.
In the event that assistance from the Funds is granted to large enterprises, the Managing Authority will
make sure that the financial contribution from the Funds does not result in a significant loss of jobs in
the existing locations within the European Union. In the case of activities that are potentially
financially viable, possible use of financial instruments will be considered by the MA. Each time, the
decision to make use of the mechanism of financial instruments will be preceded by an ex-ante
evaluation, in accordance with Article 37 of the General Regulation.

302
11.2. EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES AND NON-DISCRIMINATION
In order to offer equal opportunities to all groups, in particular those at risk of discrimination64 because
of such factors as gender, race, ethnic origin, religion, disability, age or sexual orientation, specific
action has been envisaged at the stages of preparation and implementation of the programme.
Groups particularly at risk of discrimination in areas subject to the programme’s intervention include:
women
older people (above 50 years of age)
people with disabilities
people with low social status (at risk of poverty)
The principle of equal opportunities will be implemented taking into consideration the provisions of
the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, ratified by Poland in September 2012,
in particular as regards the identification and elimination of obstacles and barriers to the general
accessibility in areas subject to the regional programme’s intervention.
Action envisaged here takes account of the fact that discrimination and unequal treatment may occur
because of a simultaneous occurrence of more than one premise (multiple or cross discrimination).
This means that there may be particular groups at risk of discrimination e.g. in the area of education –
young women of Roma origin (discrimination on account of gender, age and ethnic origin) or older
homeless men (discrimination on account of age, social status and gender), or disabled women
(discrimination on account of gender and disability), whose situation will call for specific action.
Striving at ensuring equal opportunities and preventing discrimination is a matter of social justice and
responsibility of groups that are in more favourable situations for helping those whose access to goods
and services is, for some reason, restricted.
At the stage of the programme implementation, the principle of equal opportunity and non-
discrimination will be taken into account in the process of project selection, in particular it the criteria
adopted while selecting projects that take account of the needs of specific groups. Implementation of
action in respect of ensuring equal opportunities and initiating action preventing discrimination will be
supervised by the programme’s Monitoring Committee, which will consist of members who deal with
such issues. At the same time, the monitoring and evaluation process will involve collection of
information regarding action taken for the benefit of people from groups at risk of discrimination. The
analysis of data obtained from the monitoring and recommendations resulting from evaluation studies
concerning the implementation of horizontal principles will be taken into accounts in envisaged
competitions, in particular by formulating relevant criteria of project selection with active participation
of the Monitoring Committee.
The project evaluation process will involve verifying whether the project concerned meets the
principle of equal opportunities.

64
Discrimination – unequal, worse treatment of a person based on the person’s belonging to a group differentiated on the basis of a single
feature, which derives from the existing stereotypes and prejudice. Discrimination means improper, selective, unfair, unfounded and
unjust treatment of individuals because of their group membership. The causes (premises) for discrimination may involve both inborn
features which are out of our control and which refer strictly to our identity, and acquired features, including those of our choice. The
primary elements of our identity, i.e. those that are not selected and that are very difficult or impossible to change, such as gender, age,
the colour of skin, level of ability, national and ethnic origin, psychosexual orientation, are the so called legally protected features that the
provisions of anti-discriminatory law refer to most often (...) (Małgorzata Jonczy-Adamska, The Anti-Discrimination Education Association
(TEA), http://rownosc.info/rownosc.php/dictionary/item/id/266).
Promotion and information action will be taken subject to the principle of equal opportunities and non-
discrimination; action will be addressed to various groups, taking into consideration their needs, e.g.
the needs of people with disabilities. At the same time, effort will be made to ensure that the relevant
message does not copy the stereotypical convictions concerning groups at risk of discrimination. The
programme’s beneficiaries will be obligated to take similar steps as regards project promotion. The
Managing Authority will develop materials for beneficiaries with suggestions and advice in respect of
equal opportunities and preparing projects that take account of the point of view and the needs of
various groups, and that do not contribute to the occurrence of discrimination.
Specific action taken to ensure equal opportunities within the programme:
action for the benefit of people with disabilities and older people as regards their access to
social and healthcare services, e.g. support for entities that offer day care and creating places
for temporary stay,
support to prolong vocational activity,
taking into consideration the issue of accessibility of infrastructures within newly-erected,
extended or modernized facilities for people with disabilities.

11.3. EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES

Regulation on the European Social Fund identifies the following particular challenges in respect of
equal opportunities for men and women:
1. increasing sustainable participation of women in employment and their career development
2. reducing segregation on the labour market
3. fighting stereotypes regarding gender in the area of education and training
4. propagating reconciliation between family and work among men and women.
Action aimed at ensuring gender equality will very often be aimed at the improvement of the situation
of women, because women – as a group – are often in a less favourable situation on the labour market.
However, it must be borne in mind that the benefits of limiting discrimination on account of gender
open opportunities both for women and men to choose their careers, as well as develop in their
private/family lives, without restrictions resulting from gender stereotypes. At the same time, using the
full potential of women is rational, given the fact that women are better educated than men
(statistically more women than men have academic education), and therefore public funds spent for
their education are higher. And higher vocational activity of women means higher revenue to the state
budget by way of taxes.
Specific action taken to ensure equal opportunities within the programme:
Health is the area where the situation and needs of men should be taken into account when
granting support. On the other hand, both women and men should be supported as regards the
issues of reconciliation of family and work, with particular support for men in their roles as
fathers, and encouraging greater participation in their care over children.
As regards labour market, action will be taken to support women in their professional careers and
entering or re-entering the labour market after childbirth or periods of child upbringing. At the
same time, beneficiaries will be encouraged to provide counselling, training and courses to give
women and men vocational qualifications and skills corresponding to the needs of the regional
labour market without copying stereotypic convictions as regards women’s and men’s capabilities
 and predispositions to perform certain jobs. As far as projects addressed to women are concerned,
particular emphasis will be put on strengthening their self-esteem and belief in their competencies
as key factors to their successful functioning of the labour market.
As regards social inclusion and preventing social exclusion, emphasis will be put on issues in
respect of the risk of poverty which refers more to women than men, and on the greater rate of
unemployment, and more importantly – lower rate of employment among women; emphasis will
be put on support in respect of age groups.
Like in the case of the principle of equal opportunities and non-discrimination, the mechanism to
ensure equal opportunities for men and women at the stage of programme implementation will involve
application of adequate project selection criteria. The role of the Monitoring Committee in respect of
ensuring equal opportunities for various groups, including men and women, has been described in the
foregoing section.
Institutions involved in programme implementation will assign officers who will act as experts in this
regard, and who will cooperate with one another in order to ensure cohesion at the programme level in
their approach to the issue of equality of men and women. At the same time, the Managing Authority
will provide its cooperation through a working group assigned by the Ministry of Infrastructure and
Development. The members of the group will also be responsible for disseminating knowledge as
regards gender equality among people involved in the programme implementation.
All the indicators regarding individuals will be monitored on account of gender, and additionally there
will be evaluative research into the issue of equality, which will contribute to a better insight into the
situation of men and women in various areas, and which will enhance a more precise programming of
support.
Beneficiaries will be obligated to verify action declared in the relevant projects in terms of ensuring
equal opportunities for men and women.
Promotion and information action as regards equal opportunities and non-discrimination has been
described in the foregoing section.
 12.DISTINCT ELEMENTS

12.1 MAJOR PROJECTS PLANNED TO BE IMPLEMENTED IN 2014-2020

Table 27. List of major projects

Planned date of
notification/submission
Planned Planned closing
of a major project
starting date of date of Investment Priority
Project application to the
implementation implementation Priority Axis/
Commission
(year, quarter) (year, quarter)
(year, quarter)

Providing equipment for QI/2015 Q2/2015 Q2/2020 9a Investing in 12. Social

the new building of the health and infrastructure
University Hospital social
Kraków-Prokocim infrastructure
which
contributes to
national,
regional and
local
development,
reducing
inequalities in
terms of health
and the
transition from
institutional to
community-
based services

12.2 OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME PERFORMANCE FRAMEWORK

Table 28. Performance framework by fund and category of region (summary table)

Target value
Indicator or the key Measurement Intermedia
Region (2023)
PA Fund stage of unit, where te target
category
implementation appropriate for 2018
M W T
(1) Number of
less
1 ERDF enterprises receiving enterprises 104 - - 719
developed
support
The total amount of
less
1 ERDF certified eligible EUR 62 960 656 - - 294 139 233
developed
expenditure
The number of offices
that have implemented a
less catalog of
2 ERDF item 4 - - 49
developed recommendations
concerning digital
promotion
The total amount of
less
2 ERDF certified eligible EUR 33 388 226 - - 164 705 883
developed
expenditure
 (1) Number of
less
3 ERDF enterprises receiving enterprises 160 - - 1432
developed
support
The total amount of
less
3 ERDF certified eligible EUR 51 513 264 - - 282 352 942
developed
expenditure
OI1: The number of
less units of thermal energy
4 ERDF item 0 - - 670
developed production from
renewable sources
KIS OI1: The estimated
less value of the output
4 ERDF item 382 - - n/a
developed indicator based on
signed grant agreements
OI2: The number of
less units of thermal energy
4 ERDF item 0 - - 1 330
developed production from
renewable sources
KIS OI2: The estimated
less value of the output
4 ERDF item 758 - - n/d
developed indicator based on
signed grant agreements
Number of buildings
less
4 ERDF with a better class of item 9 - - 48
developed
energy consumption
OI4: Number of
less
4 ERDF modernized heat item 0 - - 26 600
developed
sources
KIS OI4: The estimated
less value of the output
4 ERDF item 6 000 - - n/a
developed indicator based on
signed grant agreements
Length of constructed /
less
4 ERDF reconstructed power km 115 - - 460
developed
grids
The total amount of
less
4 ERDF certified eligible EUR 85 855 439 - - 494 117 648
developed
expenditure
OI1: Number of
less supported municipal
5 ERDF item 0 - - 12
developed wastewater treatment
plants
KIS OI1: The estimated
less value of the output
5 ERDF item 5 - - n/d
developed indicator based on
signed grant agreements
OI2: The length of the
less
5 ERDF sewer system km 0 - - 480
developed
KIS OI2: The estimated
less value of the output
5 ERDF item 206 - - n/a
developed indicator based on
signed grant agreements
OI3: Number of
less supported Municipal
5 ERDF item 0 - - 110
developed Waste Selective
Collection Points
KIS OI3: The estimated
less value of the output
5 ERDF item 55 - - n/a
developed indicator based on
signed grant agreements
The total amount of
less
5 ERDF certified eligible EUR 38 157 973 - - 162 352 942
developed
expenditure
 The number of
less
6 ERDF supported immovable item 4 - - 28
developed
monuments
Number of supported
less
6 ERDF tourism and recreation item 24 - - 87
developed
facilities
The total amount of
less
6 ERDF certified eligible EUR 46 743 517 - - 198 905 132
developed
expenditure
The total length of new
less roads and those
7 ERDF km 37 - - 274
developed reconstructed or
upgraded
The total amount of
less
7 ERDF certified eligible EUR 70 592 250 - - 459 411 765
developed
expenditure
The total amount of
less
8 EFS certified eligible EUR 77 208 901 - - 318 546 057
developed
expenditure
The number of
less unemployed persons
8 EFS person 14 300 16 136 24 204 40 340
developed (including the long-term
unemployed)
The number of
less economically inactive
8 EFS person 1 020 1 152 1 728 2 880
developed people supported under
the program
The number of
unemployed persons
less
8 EFS who received non- person 560 - - 2 960
developed
repayable funds for
starting a business
The total amount of
less
9 EFS certified eligible EUR 44 528 291 - - 272 941 177
developed
expenditure
The number of people
at risk of poverty or
less
9 EFS social exclusion person 4 190 - - 23 900
developed
supported under the
programme
The number of people
at risk of poverty or
social exclusion
less
9 EFS covered by social person 3 960 - - 22 600
developed
services rendered in the
public interest in the
programme
The total amount of
less
10 EFS certified eligible EUR 42 627 657 - - 241 094 869
developed
expenditure
The number of students
receiving support in the
less
10 EFS development of key person 11 296 - - 54 000
developed
competencies in the
program
The number of entities
performing actions of
less the center of vocational
10 EFS person 4 - - 25
developed and continuing
education covered by
the programme
less OI1: The areas covered
11 ERDF ha 0 - - 370
developed by revitalization
 KIS OI1: The estimated
less value of the output
11 ERDF ha 70 - - n/a
developed indicator based on
signed grant agreements
The total amount of
less
11 ERDF certified eligible EUR 19 078 987 - - 200 000 000
developed
expenditure
OI1: Number of
less
12 ERDF supported therapeutic item 0 - - 24
developed
entities
KIS OI1: The estimated
less value of the output
12 ERDF item 5 - - n/a
developed indicator based on
signed grant agreements
The total amount of
less
12 ERDF certified eligible EUR 33 388 226 - - 177 647 059
developed
expenditure

12.3 THE RELEVANT PARTNERS INVOLVED IN THE PROGRAMME PREPARATION

1. List of entities and partners involved in the works of the Working Group for the Regional
Operational Programme for 2014-2020:

Local government:
The Board of the Małopolska Region,
Marshal’s Office of the Małopolska Region,
Małopolskie Centre of Entrepreneurship,
Regional Centre for Social Policy,
Regional Labour Office in Kraków,
Regional Roads Authority in Kraków,
Małopolska Board for Drainage, Irrigation and Water Infrastructure Facilities in Kraków,
Małopolska Region Landscape Parks,
Regional Fund for Environmental Protection and Water Management in Kraków

Central government and state-owned budgetary units:

Ministry of Infrastructure and Development,
Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development,
Ministry of Labour and Social Policy,
Regional Directorate for Environmental Protection in Kraków,
State Fire Service,
Police,
District Inspectorate of Prison Service in Kraków,
Regional Headquarters of Voluntary Labour Corps in Kraków.

Key social and business partners in the region:

Małopolska Regional Development Agency,
Kraków Technology Park,
Małopolska Energy and Environment Agency,
Małopolska Tourism Organisation,
Małopolska Public Benefit Council,
 TAURON Polska Energia,
“Polish Green Network” Union of Associations,
Regional Board of NSZZ “Solidarność”.
Małopolska Regional Board of OPZZ.

External experts:
Professor Jarosław Górniak, Centre for Evaluation and Analysis of Public Policies of the
Jagiellonian University,
Professor Aleksander Noworól, The Institute of Public Affairs of the Jagiellonian University.

2. List of persons and entities consulting draft regional operational programmes during special
meetings:
Members of Parliament and Senators from Małopolska,
Regional Assembly of the Małopolska Region,
Forum of Presidents of Małopolska’s Municipal and County Councils,
Forum of Voits, Mayors and Presidents in Małopolska,
Forum of Secretaries of Local Governments in Southern Poland,
Joint Committee of Local and Economic Self-Governments of Małopolska
Małopolska Public Benefit Council,
Ministry of Administration and Digitisation,
Ministry of Science and Higher Education,
Regional Committee for Social Dialogue,
Małopolska Regional Historic Monuments Conservator,
Forum of the Kraków Metropolitan Area,
Forum of Western Małopolska,
Forum of Tarnów Subregion,
Forum of Nowy Sącz Subregion,
Forum of Podhale Subregion,
Kraków County,
Tarnów County,
Nowy Sącz County,
Gorlice County,
Limanowa County,
Municipality of Tarnów.

3. List of entities involved in the consultations as members of the ITI association:

Municipality of Kraków,
Municipality of Biskupice,
Municipality of Czernichów,
Municipality of Igołomia-Wawrzeńczyce,
Municipality of Kocmyrzów-Luborzyca,
Municipality of Liszki,
Municipality of Michałowice,
Municipality of Mogilany,
Municipality of NieNiepołomice,
Municipality of Skawina,
Municipality of Świątniki Górne,
Municipality of Wieliczka,
Municipality of Wielka Wieś,
Municipality of Zabierzów,
Municipality of Zielonki.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

ASC - Ambulatory specialist care

BGK - Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego
CEF - Connecting Europe Facility
COSME – Framework programme for Competitiveness of Enterprises and Small and Medium-sized Enterprises
TO – Thematic objective

LTNDS – Long-Term National Development Strategy - Poland 2030

ERDF – European Regional Development Fund

EGF - European Globalisation Adjustment Fund
EMFF - European Maritime and Fisheries Fund
EAFRD – European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development
ESF – European Social Fund
Erasmus+ - EU programme for education, training, youth and sport

Europa 2020 - Strategy for a smart and sustainable growth fostering social inclusion

IB – Intermediate Body
IA – Implementing Authority
MA – Managing Authority
MC - Monitoring Committee
KMA - Krakow Metropolitan Area
MFA - Municipal Functional Area
NAP – National Action Plan
NPMWT – National Programme of Municipal Wastewater Treatment
NPPPSE – National Programme on Preventing Poverty and Social Exclusion 2020
NRP – National Reform Programme
NPDSE – National Programme for a Development of Social Economy
NSDC – National Spatial Development Concept 2030
NRDS – National Regional Development Strategy 2010-2020: Regions, Towns and Cities, Rural Areas

LAG- Local Action Group

LLL – Life Long Learning

MAD – Ministry of Administration and Digitisation

MID – Ministry of Infrastructure and Development
ROP – Regional Operational Programme for Małopolska Region for 2014-2020
SME – micro, small and medium-sized enterprises

NCRD – National Centre for Research and Development

NCN – National Science Centre
NER 300 – New Entrants' Reserve

EIA – environmental impact assessment

PA – priority axis
SESC - Social Economy Support Centres
ASI – area of strategic intervention
RES – renewable energy sources

IP - Investment Priority
PL-SK - Cross-Border Cooperation Programme Poland - Slovak Republic 2014-2020
MR ROP - Małopolska Region Operational Programme 2014-2020
OPI & E - Operational Programme Infrastructure and Environment 2014-2020
OPDP - Digital Poland Operational Programme 2014-2020
OPKED – Operational Programme Knowledge Education Development 2014-2020
RADP - Rural Areas Development Programme 2014-2020
PSCI - Programme for Social Change and Innovation 2014-2020
PUP - Local Labour Offices
INCP – Integrated National Computerisation Programme
PPL – Public Procurement Law

RTO - Regional territorial observatory

ROP – Regional Operational Programme
RISMR – Regional Innovation Strategy for the Małopolska Region

SESE – Strategy for Energy Security and Environment

SIEE - Strategy for Innovation and Efficiency of the Economy “Dynamic Poland 2020”
SAP – Strategic Adaptation Plan for Sectors and Areas Sensitive to Climate Change Until 2020
SDP – Sub-regional Development Programme
NDS - National Development Strategy 2020
HCDS - Human Capital Development Strategy 2020
SCDS – Social Capital Development Strategy 2020
TDS – Transport Development Strategy Until 2020 (with a perspective until 2030)
TDSMR - Transport Development Strategy in the Małopolska Region 2010-2030
MRDS - Małopolska Region Development Strategy for 2011-2020
EUSBSR - European Union Strategy for the Baltic Sea Region

PA – Partnership Agreement
PPO – Public Procurement Office

RFEPWM – Regional Fund for Environmental Protection and Water Management

ITI – integrated territorial investment

1. EX-ANTE CONDITIONALITIES’ FULFILLMENT STATUS

2. REPORT ON THE EX-ANTE EVALUATION ALONG WITH A SUMMARY

3 OPINION OF THE GOVERNMENT PLENIPOTENTIARY FOR EQUAL TREATMENT ON THE

PERFORMANCE OF HORIZONTAL PRINCIPLES UNDER THE PROGRAMME

4 SUMMARY OF THE OPERATIONAL PROGRAMME

5 DIAGNOSIS AND SWOT ANALYSIS

6 INTEGRATED TERRITORIAL APPROACH – AREAS OF STRATEGIC INTERVENTION